Package Familiarization LM2500 - 50 HZ

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE
BASIC OPERATORS COURSE
This document is intended for training use only. It is not

intended to cover all possible variations in equipment or
to provide for specific problems that may arise.
Technical drawings and descriptions herein are intended
to illustrate conceptual examples and do not necessarily
represent as-supplied system details. System users are
advised to refer to drawings of current release when
conducting troubleshooting, maintenance procedures, or
other activities requiring system information.
GE Aero Energy Products advises that all plant
personnel read this training manual and the Operation
& Maintenance Manual to become familiar with the
generator package, its auxiliary equipment and its
operation.
This manual is not a replacement for experience and

judgment. The final responsibility for proper, safe
operation of the generator package lies with the Owners
and Operators. Operation and performance of auxiliary
equipment and controls not furnished by GE is the sole
responsibility of the Owners and Operators.
Reproduction of this guide in whole or in part without
written permission is prohibited.
2262533TR
PLTG Kaji Power Station
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
ii
2262533TR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1-1
COURSE INTRODUCTION
1-9
LM2000 50HZ TYPICAL PRE START WALK AROUND
2-1
GAS TURBINE BASIC PRINCIPLES
2-19
LM2000 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
2-47
ENGINE OPERATING PARAMETERS
2-49
LM2000 INSTRUMENTATION
3-1
GAS TURBINE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
3A-1
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND SKID OVERVIEW
3B-1
HYDRAULIC START SYSTEM
3C-1
TURBINE LUBE OIL SYSTEM
3D-1
TURBINE GAS FUEL SYSTEM
3E-1
TURBINE WATER WASH SYSTEM
3F-1
VENTILATION AND COMBUSTION AIR SYSTEM
3G-1
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
3H-1
TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
3I-1
TURBINE-GENERATOR VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM
3J-1
24-VDC BATTERY SYSTEM
4-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4-2
ELECTRICITY AND THE PRINCIPLES OF POWER

GENERATION
4-10
BRUSHLESS EXCITATION SYSTEM
2262533TR
PAGE
iii
iv
2262533TR
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
4-14
ELECTRIC GENERATOR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
4-27
GENERATOR LUBE OIL SYSTEM
4-35
POWER CONTROL AND SYNCHRONIZATION
4-65
SYNCHRONIZATION
4-71
DIGITAL GENERATOR PROTECTION SYSTEM
4-81
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
5-1
TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM
5-3
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM
5-5
TURBINE CONTROL PANEL
5-27
ATLAS PC CONTROL SYSTEM
5-55
OPERATOR SCREENS
5-67
FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
5-79
NORMAL START SEQUENCE
5-93
NORMAL STOP SEQUENCE
5-99
TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
APPENDIX
APPENDIX 3
DEFINITIONS FOR ALARM AND SHUTDOWNS
APPENDIX 19
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
APPENDIX 29
GLOSSARY
APPENDIX 39
GAS TURBINE ENGINE THEORY DEFINITIONS
2262533TR
vi
2262533TR
SECTION 1
COURSE INTRODUCTION
2262533TR
1-1
SYSTEM PACKAGE OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW OF GE AERO ENERGY PRODUCTS

GE Aero Energy Products is a leading supplier of diesel and aeroderivative gas turbine packages
for industrial and marine applications with many units operating throughout the world.
We take single-source responsibility for the total equipment package, and we provide field
service for the equipment once it has been installed.
1-2
2262533TR
We put our best into each unit that we buildall our skill and field experience. We meet our
customers needs with standardized designs, which have been proved and reproved in tropic heat,
desert sand, and arctic cold.
For our customers special requirements, we add features from our list of pre-engineered options.
Then we build the unit with care in a modern factory and test it rigorously, under load, before
shipment.
Our obligation doesnt end when the unit rolls out our door. We provide job-site supervision and
operator training. We offer total plant operation and maintenance, if desired. Then we back up
our customers with a multimillion-dollar inventory of turbine parts and a service department
ready to perform field service anywhere in the world24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Meeting our customers requirements for quality, dependability, and outstanding service has been
the basis of the GE Aero Energy Products reputation since day one.
PURPOSE OF THE COURSE

This training course will familiarize system operators with the basic operation of the gas turbinegenerator (GTG) set, alternating current generator, and subsystems that make up the GTG set
package. The integration of these subsystems into an operational unit represents the value-added
engineering contributed by GE Aero Energy Products.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This training course will provide adequate system and subsystem operational information to
achieve maximum equipment efficiency. The correct interpretation of this information will lead
to safe, reliable operation and extended equipment life.
This course will cover the following:
Gas turbine fundamentals, theory of operation, and details of construction
Gas turbine support systems and equipment flow and instrument diagrams (F&ID)
Generator fundamentals, theory of operation, details of construction
Control system fundamentals, theory of operation, details of construction
This course should be considered a mandatory prerequisite to maintenance training, which is a
separate discipline requiring disassembly and reassembly instructions, as well as troubleshooting
techniques using special tools and test equipment.
2262533TR
1-3
CLASS HOURS
The minimum course length is five calendar days, eight hours per day with a one-hour lunch
break and a fifteen-minute break every one and one-half hours. The class start time is normally 8
a.m., and the finish time is 4 p.m.
PROGRESSIVE AND FINAL EXAMINATIONS

Progressive examinations are given after each major subsection. The examinations are intended
to be part of the learning process. The examinations are open book, and help from other class
members is allowed.
A final, comprehensive examination is given at the conclusion of the course. During the final
examination, students may not communicate with others when answering the questions. The final
examination allows GE Aero Energy Products and your employer to measure the effectiveness of
the training and your understanding of the material and concepts presented.
A course completion certificate will be given to qualified students.
Additional courses are available:
Level I maintenance- The training will cover LM2000 engine routine, periodic, and
unscheduled maintenance and Boroscope training.
Advance Control Systems - Woodward Atlas Control - The training will cover the
Woodward governor equipment description, operations and calibration
1-4
2262533TR
TYPICAL LM2000
SAFETY
The following are general safety precautions that are not related to any specific procedures and do
not appear elsewhere in this manual. Personnel must understand and apply these precautions
during all phases of operation and maintenance.
HEALTH HAZARDS
Use all cleaning solvents, fuels, oil adhesives, epoxies, and catalysts in a well-ventilated area.
Avoid frequent and prolonged inhalation of fumes. Concentrations of fumes of many
cleaners, adhesives, and esters are toxic and will cause serious adverse health effects and
possible death if inhaled frequently. Wear protective gloves and wash thoroughly with soap
and water, as soon as possible, after exposure to such materials. Take special precautions to
prevent materials from entering the eyes. If exposed, rinse the eyes in an eyebath fountain
immediately and report to a physician. Avoid spilling solvents on the skid. Review the
hazard information on the appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all applicable
personal protection requirements.
2262533TR
1-5
ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS
The disposal of many cleaning solvents, fuels, oils, adhesives, epoxies, and catalysts is
regulated and, if mismanaged, could cause environmental damage. Review Material Safety
Data Sheets, product bulletin information, and applicable local, state, and federal disposal
requirements for proper waste management practices.
FIRE HAZARDS
Keep all cleaning solvents, fuels, oil, esters, and adhesives away from exposed-element
electric heaters, sparks, or flame. Do not smoke when using flammable materials, in the
vicinity of flammable materials, or in areas where flammable materials are stored. Provide
adequate ventilation to disperse concentrations of potentially explosive fumes or vapors.
Provide approved containers for bulk storage of flammable materials, and approved
dispensers in the working areas. Keep all containers tightly closed when not in use.
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
Use extreme care when working with electricity. Electricity can cause shock, burns, or death.
Electrical power must be off before connecting or disconnecting electrical connectors. Lethal
output voltages are generated by the ignition exciter. Do not energize the exciter unless the
output connection is properly isolated. Be sure all leads are connected and the plug is
installed, or that all personnel are cleared to at least 5 feet before firing the exciter.
COMPRESSED AIR HAZARDS

Air pressure used in work areas for cleaning or drying operations shall be regulated to 29 psi
or less. Use approved safety equipment (goggles or face shield) to prevent injury to the eyes.
Do not direct the jet of compressed air at yourself or other personnel so that refuse is blown
onto adjacent work stations. If additional air pressure is required to dislodge foreign materials
from parts, ensure that approved safety equipment is worn, and move to an isolated area. Be
sure that the increased air pressure is not detrimental or damaging to the parts before applying
high-pressure jets of air.
PROCEDURAL HAZARDS
Observe all specified and logical safety practices when assembling or disassembling the
engine. Wear safety glasses or other appropriate eye protection at all times. Do not allow
safety wire or wire clippings to fly from the cutter when removing or installing wire. Do not
use fingers as guides when installing parts or checking alignment of holes. Use only correct
tools and fixtures. Avoid shortcuts, such as using fewer-than-recommended attaching bolts
or inferior-grade bolts. Heed all warnings in this manual and in all vendor manuals, to avoid
injury to personnel or damage to gas turbine parts.
TOOLING HAZARDS
Improperly maintained tools and support equipment can be dangerous to personnel, and can
damage gas turbine parts. Observe recommended inspection schedules to avoid unanticipated
failures. Use tooling only for the purpose for which it was designed, and avoid abuse. Be
constantly alert for damaged equipment, and initiate appropriate action for approved repair
immediately.
1-6
2262533TR
GAS TURBINE OPERATIONAL HAZARDS

The outside surfaces of the engine are not insulated; therefore, adequate precautions shall be
taken to prevent operating personnel from inadvertently coming into contact with these hot
surfaces.
The gas turbine is a source of considerable noise. It is necessary for personnel working on the
gas turbine or in its vicinity to wear proper ear protection equipment when it is operating.
The gas turbine is a high-speed machine. In case of component failure, the skid housing
would contain compressor and turbine blade failures, but might not contain major compressor
or turbine disk failures. Operating personnel shall not be permanently stationed in or near the
plane of the rotating parts.
Low-pressure, high-velocity airflow created by the compressor can draw objects or personnel
into the engine. Although an inlet screen is used, personnel should not stand in front of the
inlet while the engine is operating.
When entering the gas turbine enclosure, the following requirements must be met:
The gas turbine will be shut down or limited to core idle power.
The fire extinguishing system will be made inactive.
The enclosure door shall be kept open. If the gas turbine is operating, an observer shall be
stationed at the enclosure door, and confined space entry procedures will be followed.
Avoid contact with hot parts, and wear thermally insulated gloves, as necessary.
Hearing protection (double) will be worn if the gas turbine is operating.
Do not remain in the plane of rotation of the starter when motoring the gas turbine.
When performing maintenance on electrical components, turn off electrical power to
those components, except when power is required to take voltage measurements.
Lock out all controls and switches, if possible; otherwise, tag electrical switches Out of Service
to prevent inadvertent activation. Tag the engine operating controls Do Not Operate to prevent
the unit from being started during a shutdown condition.
2262533TR
1-7
CLEANLINESS AND FOD

FOD is the single major cause of premature gas turbine failure. Prevention is the only practical
means of protecting against FOD, and adherence to the following guidelines cannot be overemphasized.
Empty pockets of all lose objects.

Keep maintenance area clean and organized.
Keep FOD containers in the work area to receive bits of safety wire, used gaskets, O-rings
and other similar types of debris. USE THEM.
Do not use the gas turbine as a shelf to hold parts and tools during maintenance.
Install protective covers and caps on all exposed openings during maintenance.
Remove protective caps and covers only when required to install a part or make a
connection.
After protective caps and covers are removed, inspect all openings and cavities for foreign
objects and cleanliness.
After maintenance, thoroughly clean and inspect work area. Account for all tools, parts,
and materials used during maintenance.
PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletins are issued by GE Aero Energy Products to inform customers of changes to and
improvements in the gas turbine product. All Product Bulletins issued by GE Aero Energy
Products and cross-reference of Product Bulletins, are available on the GE Aero Energy Products
Bulletin Board System (BBS).
The files on the BBS are compressed, self-extracting, MicroSoft Word document files. In addition
to Product Bulletins, other technical information is available, and there are extended BBS features
such as e-mail available for your use. If you require further information concerning BBS
operation or account status, please fax your inquiry to BBS operation or account status, please fax
your inquiry to BBS System Operator, GE Aero Energy Products at (281) 457-8412.
1-8
2262533TR
LM2000 TYPICAL PRE START WALK

AROUND
2262533TR
1-9
1.
INTRODUCTION
If followed good engineering practices dictates that three different types of walk-arounds by
conducted on the package, a pre-start walk around, a running walk around, and a post shutdown
walk around. The following are some typical checks to be conducted during each of these types
of walk-arounds.
2.
PRE-START WALK AROUND:
Pre-start walk around is to be conducted with no machinery running. Starting at the generator end
of the package.
2.1. GENERATOR LUBE OIL SKID
CHECKED BY
Check generator oil level.

Check lube oil reservoir for standing oil.
Check condition of auxiliary oil pump.
Check for standing oil around auxiliary oil pump.
Check condition of jacking oil pump, if applicable.
Check for standing oil around jacking oil pump.
Check duplex filters are set to one side or the other.
Check duplex filters for leaks.
Check lube oil thermostatic control valve for leaks.
Check jacking oil pump filters for leaks.
Check all jacking oil pump gauges are reading 0, not above or
below.
Check that all instrumentation is in place and securely mounted.
Check exciter bearing for leakage.
Check exciter-cooling airway is clean and clear of any debris.
2.2. GENERATOR - LEFT SIDE
CHECKED BY
Check non-driven end bearing for leakage.

Check rundown tank for oil leaks.
Check coupling guard is in place and secure.
1-10
2262533TR
2.3. GAS TURBINE LEFT SIDE DOOR
CHECKED BY
Open turbine enclosure door.

Check for standing oil or possible gas leaks
Check overall condition of gas turbine.
Check Emergency Stop button is in correct position.
Check enclosure lights are working correctly.
Check condition and correct position of Fire-Eye.
Check turbine fire dampers are open.
Close door and check door is secure.
2.4. GAS TURBINE ENCLOSURE LEFT SIDE
CHECKED BY
Check all turbine gauges for calibration
2.5 GAS TURBINE RIGHT SIDE DOOR
CHECKED BY
Open turbine enclosure door.

Check for standing oil or possible gas leaks.
Check overall condition of gas turbine.
Check variable geometry filter for leaks.
Check Emergency Stop button is in correct position.
Check enclosure lights are working correctly.
Check condition and correct position of Fire-Eye.
Check turbine fire dampers are open.
Close door and check door is secure.
2.6
GENERATOR RIGHT SIDE
CHECKED BY
Check drive end bearing for leakage.

Check coupling guard is in place and secure.
Check all generator oil pump gauges are reading 0, not above or
below.
Check rundown tank for oil leaks.
Check non-driven bearing for leakage.
Check exciter-cooling airway is clean and clear of any debris.
2262533TR
1-11
2.7. SYSTEMS CHECKS

2.7.1 Gas Turbine Lube Oil System
Checked By
Check lube oil level in reservoir.

Check lube oil reservoir for leaks.
Check lube oil reservoir drain valve is locked shut.
Check duplex supply filters are set to one side or the other.
Check duplex supply filters for leaks.
Check duplex supply filter P gauge is reading 0, not above or
below.
Check duplex scavenge filters are set to one side or the other.
Check duplex scavenge filters for leaks.
Check duplex scavenge filter P gauge is reading 0, not above
or below.
Check lube oil coolers for leaks.
Check lube oil cooler valve alignment to ensure proper oil flow.
Check lube oil thermostatic control valve for leaks.
Check lube oil coolers for leaks.
2.7.2 Hydraulic Start System
Checked By
Check hydraulic start oil level in reservoir.

Check hydraulic oil reservoir for leaks.
Check hydraulic start pump assembly for leaks.
Check condition of hydraulic start pump assembly.
Check condition of hydraulic start motor
Check condition of hydraulic start hoses.
Check hydraulic start cooler for leaks.
Check hydraulic start cooler airways are clear.
Upon completion of walk-thru notify supervisor of results for any recommended actions prior
to start.
1-12
2262533TR
SECTION 2
GAS TURBINE BASICS
2262533TR
2-1
GAS TURBINE BASIC PRINCIPLES (FIG 1)
GAS TURBINE BASIC PRINCIPLES

The balloon drawings above illustrate the basic principles upon which gas turbine engines
operate. Air compressed inside a balloon, as in (A) above, exerts force upon the confines of
the balloon. The air, which has weight and occupies space, has by definition, mass. The mass
of the air is proportional to its density, and density is proportional to temperature and
pressure.
Air molecules are driven farther apart as temperature increases and closer together as
temperature decreases, as stated in Boyle's and Charles law (PV/T = K).
P=pressure, V=specific volume and K=absolute temperatures in K (Kelvin)
The air mass confined inside the balloon, accelerates from the balloon, creating a force when
it is released as in (B) above. This force increases as mass and acceleration increase, as stated
in Newtons second law (F = MA) F=force and MA= mass acceleration. The force created by
the acceleration of the air mass inside the balloon results in an equal and opposite force that
causes the balloon to be propelled in the opposite direction, as stated in Newtons third law.
(Every action produces an equal and opposite reaction.)
2-2
2262533TR
GAS TURBINE BASIC PRINCIPLES (FIG 1)

Replacing the air inside the balloon, as in (C Fig 1), sustains the force and although
impractical, allows a load to be driven by the force of the air mass accelerating across and
driving a turbine, as in (D Fig 1).
In (E Fig 1), a more practical means of sustaining the force of an accelerating air mass used to
drive a load is illustrated. A housing contains a fixed volume of air, which is compressed by a
motor-driven compressor. Acceleration of the compressed air from the housing drives a
turbine that connected to the load.
In (F Fig 1), fuel is injected between the compressor and the turbine to further accelerate the
air mass, thus multiplying the force used to drive the load.
In (G Fig 1), the motor is removed and the compressor is powered by a portion of the
combustion gas, thus making the engine self-sufficient as long as fuel is provided.
In (H Fig 1), a typical gas turbine-engine operation is represented. Intake air is compressed,
mixed with fuel and ignited. The hot gas is expanded across a turbine to provide mechanical
power and exhausted to atmosphere.
2262533TR
2-3
Brayton Cycle
BRAYTON CYCLE
Five processes occur in gas turbine engines, as illustrated above. These processes, first
described by George Brayton and called the Brayton cycle, occur in all internal combustion
engines. The Brayton steps are as follows:
Compression occurs between the intake and the outlet of the compressor (Line A-B).
During this process, pressure and temperature of the air increases.
Combustion occurs in the combustion chamber where fuel and air are mixed to
explosive proportions and ignited. The addition of heat causes a sharp increase in
volume (Line B-C).
2-4
2262533TR
Expansion occurs as hot gas accelerates from the combustion chamber. The gases at
constant pressure and increased volume enter the turbine and expand through it. The
size of the passages is also increased, which allows a further increase in volume and a
sharp decrease in pressure and temperature (Line C-D).
Exhaust occurs at the engine exhaust stack with a large drop in volume and at a
constant pressure (Line D-A).
The number of stages of compression and the arrangement of turbines that convert the energy
of accelerating hot gas into mechanical energy are design variables. However, the basic
operation of all gas turbines is the same.
TURBINE Vs RECIPICATING ENGINE
2262533TR
2-5
CONVERGENT AND DIVERGENT DUCTS

Compressors in gas turbine engines use convergent and divergent ducts to generate the high
pressures necessary to (a) provide a wall of pressure, preventing expanding hot gas from
exiting through the engine inlet as well as through the exhaust; and (b) provide the proper
ratio of air-to-fuel for efficient combustion and cooling of the combustion chamber.
Pressure decreases through convergent ducts and increases through divergent ducts, a
phenomenon which is demonstrated in paint spray equipment. Compressed air, forced through
a convergent duct, generates a lower pressure through the narrow section to draw in paint.
Expansion through a divergent section then increases pressure and air volume, dispersing the
paint in an atomized mist.
2-6
2262533TR
Gas Turbine Rotation and Engine Stations

For the heavy-duty gas turbines, the left and right side of the gas turbine and its parts are
determined by looking in the direction of the airflow, (looking downstream).
2262533TR
2-7
AXIAL FLOW COMPRESSOR
AXIAL-FLOW COMPRESSOR
Illustrated above is an axial-flow compressor. It compresses a large volume of low-pressure
air at low velocity into a small volume of high-velocity air at high pressure.
An apparent contradiction in the operation of the axial-flow compressor is that high pressure
is generated, although the overall divergent shape would appear to cause a lower output
pressure. Output pressure is increased by divergence in each static interstage section.
Rotating compressor blades between each static stage increases the velocity that is lost by
injecting energy.
INLET GUIDE VANES

Inlet guide vanes direct, or align, airflow into the first rotating blade section where velocity is
increased by the addition of energy. The following stator vane section is divergent, providing
an increase in static pressure and a decrease in air velocity. Airflow then enters the second
stage at a higher initial velocity and pressure than at the inlet to the preceding stage. Each
subsequent stage provides an incremental increase in velocity and static pressure until the
desired level of pressure and velocity is reached.
2-8
2262533TR
INLET GUIDE VANES
INLET GUIDE VANES

Some compressor stator vanes are designed to move, changing their divergence, allowing
regulation of compressor outlet pressure and velocity to achieve the proper ratio of air for fuel
combustion and cooling versus engine speed and power output.
2262533TR
2-9
ANNULAR COMBUSTOR
The flame-stabilizing and general-flow patterns are illustrated above for a typical can-type
combustion chamber. Although modern engines use one continuous annular combustion
chamber, the can-type simplifies illustration of the cooling and combustion techniques used in
all combustion chambers.
CAN TYPE COMBUSTOR
ANNULAR TYPE COMBUSTOR
FLAME-STABILIZING AND GENERAL-FLOW PATTERNS
2-10
2262533TR
The temperature of the flame illustrated in the center of the combustor is approximately
3200F at its tip when the engine is operating at full load. Metals used in combustion
chamber construction are not capable of withstanding temperatures in this range; therefore,
the design provides airflow passages between the inner and the outer walls of the chamber for
cooling and flame shaping.
Air flowing into the inner chamber is directed through small holes to shape the flame
centering it within the chamber, to prevent its contact with the chamber walls. Approximately
82% of the airflow into combustion chambers is used for cooling and flame shaping; only
18% is used for fuel combustion.
Regulation of fuel flow determines engine speed. Stator vane control in the compressor
controls pressure and velocity into the combustion chamber as a function of compressor
speed.
The primary functions of the gas combustor which must be met for the system to be
effective are:
Shield the combustor outer casing from convection and radiated heat.
Provide adequate cooling for the walls of the combustion liner so that it does
not disintegrate, causing FOD which could damage the turbine section.
Provide the correct air to fuel ratio in the stabilizing flame zone for
combustion.
Dilute the products of combustion to an acceptable temperature before they impinge
on the components of the turbine static and rotating assemblies.
Reduce the air velocity to a level which will enable the flame to stabilize.
In modern turbines -Provisions to ensure low NOx Emissions.
2262533TR
2-11
IMPULSE REACTION-TYPE TURBINE DRIVE

IMPULSE REACTION-TYPE TURBINE DRIVE
The compressor drive turbine is an impulse reaction-type designed for maximum efficiency
in converting hot-gas flow into rotational mechanical energy. A first-stage fixed nozzle
directs flow into the first-stage of rotating blades. The impulse of expanding hot gas upon the
lower surface of each rotating blade propels motion in the upward direction.
Hot gas flow above the following blade creates a lower pressure above the blade as above an
aircraft wing, causing additional rotational force. Subsequent stages operate identically,
multiplying the rotational force. Compressor and load-driving turbines consist of a varying
number of stages, depending upon the load being driven and other design considerations.
The principles of impulse and reaction are described in the above figure. A pure impulse
turbine merely deflects the fluid jet through a fixed angle transforming the applied momentum
change of the fluid into a torque on the turbine wheel. The reaction process occurs when a
gas accelerates through a converging duct and causes a force (thrust) in the opposite direction
to the accelerating stream. Modern axial flow turbines use both principles in their design. In
fact most turbines today produce torque from an even 50% / 50% split in reaction and impulse
forces
2-12
2262533TR
TURBINE TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION AND MONITORING

Among the most important aspect of turbine operations (along with Vibration Monitoring) is
temperature monitoring. The operator must pay very close attention to information coming
from the turbine hot section thermocouples because these give the earliest warning of a
critically damaging condition developing within the turbine.
No matter how well designed the combustion chamber and dilution process may be there
remains a radial and circumferential temperature distribution in the combustion products
entering the turbine. These are shown in the following diagram with the temperature contours
having the appearance of fried eggs. Each fried egg represents the temperature profile
residing in the hot-gasses exiting the combustion chamber.
2262533TR
2-13
This profile will imprint itself on the static and rotating sections of the turbine causing
temperature gradients in the blade material. If these gradients are too large the blade material
will crack even if there were no gas bending momentum or centrifugal loads. High
temperature gradients are the most frequent cause of turbine damage and are the result of the
combustion chamber and fuel injection system becoming compromised in some way such as
to cause an uneven combustion of fuel in the annulus resulting in excessively hot zones.
The combustion system can be compromised by blocked fuel injectors, blocked dilution ports,
pieces of the combustion liner compromised, or fatigue failure of the combustor mechanical
mounting system. Any hot streak conveyed downstream through the turbine will cause
oxidation and cracking of blade material and may even cause accelerated creep damage
particularly in rotating stages.
To provide early warning of a potentially expensive failure of this vulnerable part of the entire
turbine we place thermocouples downstream of the combustion system at a point close
enough to pick up the temperature gradient, but not so close as to cause thermocouples to fail
due to excessive heat.
2-14
2262533TR
COMBUSTION ZONE MONITORING
COMBUSTION ZONES AT START UP

Another important aspect of temperature monitoring is the manner in which the Temperature
Zones (the flow path from each individual fuel nozzle) is distributed across the
thermocouples. Even though the thermocouples are position directly in line of the hot gas
flow path from the combustion chambers, temperatures indicated on the thermocouples are
actually indicated values from adjacent fuel nozzles.
The intake air begins a spiral motion as it enters into the axial compressor; this motion is
continuous throughout its flow path of the turbine. Due to the high Compressor Discharge
Pressure (CDP) of the air entering the combustion chamber and developing into a large
volume of air after combustion has occurred, these hot gases exiting the combustion chamber
are still flowing in a spiraling motion. Upon exiting the combustion chamber the
temperatures of these hot gases are imprinted on thermocouples located several zones away
from their origin.
In the illustration above the eight combustion zones (made up of several fuel nozzles) are
illustrated in different colors representative of the eight different hot gas flow zones. Also
illustrated are the eight thermocouples located symmetrically around the turbine. The color
indicated on the thermocouples represents the zone from which the temperature measured by
the thermocouple is acquired. The illustration above is representative of a turbine at Start
Up.
2262533TR
2-15
COMBUSTION ZONE DURING ACCELERATION

The Combustion Spread now illustrated shows that the thermal spread from the blue zone has
shifted from TC #3 to TC #2 as the unit is accelerating to a Full Speed status.
COMBUSTION ZONE DURING FULL POWER

The turbine is now operating at 100% Full Load, again a shift in the Combustion Spread
thermal output for the blue zone can be noted by the shift from TC #2 back to TC #1.
2-16
2262533TR
ENGINE CONFIGURATIONS
INDUSTRIAL SINGLE SHAFT
INDUSTRIAL TWIN SHAFT
Single Shaft Vs Two Shaft Engine Configuration

The figure above shows the two standard industrial gas turbine shaft arrangements.
Industrial single shaft illustration is the traditional single shaft assembly. It consists of the
axial flow compressor; Turbine and Power Turbine are all mechanically linked. If we add to
this shaft the generator and gearbox we have a shaft system with a high moment of inertia and
this is the favored configuration for electrical generation because this provides additional
speed (Frequency) stability of the electrical current during large load fluctuations.
Industrial twin shaft illustration shows the standard industrial two shaft arrangement with the
compressor and turbine only connected and an unconnected power turbine and output shaft
that will rotate independently. This configuration is favored for variable speed drive packages
such as pumps and compressors because the gas generator or gas producer can run at its own
optimum speed for a given load. The two shaft arrangement can still be used for generator
drive but its load acceptance capability is generally limited to 1/3 full output at any instant.
2262533TR
2-17
TWIN SHAFT WITH POWER TURBINE
TWIN SHAFT
Aircraft jet engines have for many years been adapted for industrial use as shown in the
diagrams above. The twin shaft with power turbine illustration above is essentially a two shaft
arrangement with a gas generator originally designed for propulsion. An independently
rotating Power Turbine manufactured especially to match the flow of the jet engine is added
to the gas path as the power/torque producer.
The twin shaft illustration shows a more complicated aero-derivative industrial turbine
arrangement. This too, is still essentially a two shaft configuration but the gas generator core
(an original jet-engine) was designed with two spools, a Low Pressure Shaft and a High
Pressure Shaft. This engine configuration allows the load to be driven from either the exhaust
end or the compressor air intake end.
Aero-derivative engines are found in both mechanical drive and well as generator drive
applications. The most famous grouping in todays markets are the LM series produced by
General Electric.
2-18
2262533TR
SECTION 2A
LM2000 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
2262533TR
2-19
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
2-20
2262533TR
LM2000 GAS TURBINE ENGINE

Engine Overview
The LM2000 consists of a gas generator (GG), power turbine, and output coupling shaft
(forward) adapter. The gas generator is composed of a 16-stage high-pressure compressor
(HPC), a 2-stage high-pressure turbine (HPT), an accessory drive system, and controls and
accessories. The HPC and the HPT rotors are connected by mating splines. The HP rotor turns
clockwise when viewed from aft, looking forward.
The inlet duct and centerbody are the engine inlet components mounted to the compressor
front frame (CFF). The structural frames provide support for the HPC rotor, bearings,
compressor stator, HPT rotor, and the power turbine (PT) rotor. These include the CFF,
compressor rear frame (CRF), and the turbine mid frame (TMF) in the GG, and the turbine
rear frame (TRF) in the power turbine (PT).
The PT joins to the GG via a joining kit to produce the gas turbine assembly. The PT is
composed of a 6-stage low-pressure turbine rotor, a low-pressure turbine stator, and a TRF. It
is aerodynamically coupled to the GG and is driven by the GG exhaust gases. The forward
coupling shaft adapter is connected to the PT rotor and provides shaft power to the driven
load.
2262533TR
2-21
The GG compressor draws air through the inlet duct, around the centerbody, and through the
CFF. The air then travels through the inlet guide vanes (IGV) and passes into the HPC. The
amount of airflow in the 16-stage HPC is regulated by IGVs and six stages of variable stator
vanes (VSV). The angular position of the VSVs is changed as a function of compressor inlet
temperature (T2) and GG speed (NGG). This provides stall free-free operation of the
compressor through the wide range of rotor speeds and inlet temperatures. Compressor
discharge air is than directed to the combustion section.
Hot gases from the combustor are directed into the HPT, which drives the HPC. The exhaust
gases exit the HPT and enter the PT, which drives the coupling shaft forward adapter. The
forward adapter mates to the packager supplied coupling shaft and drives the output load.
BEARINGS AND SUMPS

Bearings and Sumps
The two engine shafts are supported by seven bearings in four dry sumps, where synthetic oil
is sprayed onto each bearing for cooling and lubrication. Ball bearings maintain axial or thrust
positioning of each shaft. Other shaft loads are carried by roller bearings. Each bearing is
numbered as it relates to engine station location and type: B for ball, and R for roller. Sumps
are alphabetically identified from front to rear in the engine.
The GT with a 6-stage power turbine assembly consists of two separate rotating systems: the
GG and PT. Seven bearings are used: Located in sump A is 3R: sump B contains bearings 4R
and 4B; sump C contains bearings 5R and 6R; and sump D contains bearings 7B and 7R. The
GG and GT with a 2-stage PT contain only the first 4 bearings: 3R, 4R, 4B, and 5R.
2-22
2262533TR
The forward end of the gas generator rotor is supported by the No. 3R bearing, which is
housed in the CFF A sump. The aft end of the rotor is supported by the No. 4B and the No.
4R bearings, which are housed in the CRF B sump. The No. 5R bearing is a roller bearing
supporting the rear shaft of the gas generator turbine rotor.
The PT rotor support consists of three bearings: the No. 6R, 7B, and 7R bearings. The No. 6R
and 7R bearings are roller bearings mounted on the forward and aft shafts respectively. The
no. 7B bearing is a ball bearing mounted on the rear shaft, just forward of the No. 7R bearing.
It carries the thrust load of the entire PT rotor.
The rolling member of 6R bearing is mounted in the TMF. The 3R, 4R, 4B, 5R, and 7B are
matched bearings and inner races.
All bearings outer races, except No. 4B, 5R, and 7R are flanged. The No. 4B bearing is
retained by a spanner nut across its outer face. The No. 5R and 7R bearings are retained by a
tabbed ring which engages slots in the outer race. Bearings No. 3R and 5R, under some
conditions, can be lightly loaded. To prevent skidding of the rollers under these conditions,
the outer race is very slightly elliptical to keep the rollers turning.
2262533TR
2-23
MAJOR COMPONENTS
MAJOR COMPONENTS
The illustration above is an exploded view of the LM2000 gas turbine engine which shows the
major components of the engine. Each of these components is described in more detail in the
following pages of this section:
Inlet duct and center body
Compressor front frame
High-pressure compressor (HPC) assembly
High-pressure compressor rear frame assembly
Combustor assembly
High-pressure turbine (HPT) assembly
Turbine midframe assembly
Power turbine (LPT) assembly
Turbine rear frame assembly
Exhaust duct assembly
Flexible coupling shaft
Accessory gearbox
2-24
2262533TR
INLET DUCT AND CENTER BODY

Inlet Duct and Center Body
The inlet components direct air into the inlet of the gas generator to provide for smooth, nonturbulent airflow into the compressor. These components consist of the inlet duct and the
centerbody.
The inlet duct is constructed of aluminum and shaped like a bellmouth. It is bolted to the
forward outer flange of the compressor front frame and contains the water wash manifold for
injecting liquid cleaning solutions into the compressor.
The centerbody is a flow divider bolted to the front of the hub of the compressor front frame.
It is sometimes known as the bulletnose, and is available in aluminum or a composite plastic
material.
2262533TR
2-25
COMPRESSOR FRONT FRAME

Compressor Front Frame
The compressor front frame (CFF) forms a flow path for compressor inlet air. It is an
assembly made from a single casting of stainless steel.
Struts between the hub and outer case provide lubrication supply and scavenge oil for the A
sump components. The frame also supports the compressor rotor front bearing, inlet duct,
centerbody, forward end of the compressor casing, compressor inlet seals, inlet gearbox
(IGB), and the A sump end cover.
The frame provides mounting of attachment provisions for the GG front mounts (top and
bottom locations) ground handling mounts, P2/T2 probe, and accessory gearbox (AGB)
mounts. The frame also contains air passages for sump and seal pressurization and ventilation.
The lower frame strut houses the radial drive shaft which transfers power from the IGB to the
AGB mounted on the bottom of the frame and compressor case.
2262533TR
2-26
HIGH-PRESSURE COMPRESSOR (HPC) ASSEMBLY

High-Pressure Compressor (HPC) Assembly
The high-pressure compressor is a 16-stage, high pressure ratio, axial flow design. Major
components include the high-pressure compressor rotor (HPCR), high-pressure compressor
stator (HPCS), and CRF. The number designations for the stages begins with stage 0 and ends
with stage 15. The primary purpose of the compressor section is to compress air for
combustion, however, some of the air is extracted for engine component cooling and seal
pressurization.
Stage 1 and 2 disks have a series of single blade axial dovetails, while each of stages 3
through 16 have one circumferential dovetail groove in which blades are retained.
Close vane-to-rotor spool and blade-to-stator casing clearance are obtained with metal spray
rub coating. Thin squealer tips on the blades and vanes contact the sprayed material. Abrasive
action on the tips prevents excessive rub while obtaining minimum clearance.
The compressor discharge pressure (CDP) seal serves to establish a differential pressure load
to help balance the differences between axial loads of the HPCR and the HPTR.
2-27
2262533TR
HPC ROTOR ASSEBLY

HPC Rotor
The high-pressure compressor rotor (HPCR) is a spool/disk structure. It is supported at the
forward end by the No. 3 roller bearing, which is housed in the CFF A sump. The rear end of
the rotor is supported by the No. 4 ball and roller bearings, which are housed in the CRF B
sump. There are six major structural elements and five bolted joints as follows:
Stage 1 disk
Stage 2 disk with air duct forward interface
Stages 3-9 spool
Stage 10 disk
Stages 11-13 spool with integral aft shaft
Stages 14-16 spool
A slip fit, single wall air duct that is supported by the aft shaft and the stage 2 disk, routes
pressurization air through the center of the rotor for pressurization of the B sump seals. The
use of spools reduce the number of joints and make it possible for several stages of blades to
be carried on a single piece of rotor structure.
2-28
2262533TR
HIGH-PRESSURE COMPRESSOR STATOR ASSEMBLY

HPC Stator
The high-pressure compressor stator (HPCS) assembly consists of two M-152 steel forward
casing halves and two rear casing halves of Inconel 718, each split horizontally with all four
pieces bolted together. They house the compressor variable and fixed vanes, and provide a
structural shell between the CFF and the CRF.
The HPCS has one stage of IGVs, 16 stages of stator vanes and outlet guide vanes (OGV).
The IGVs and stages 1 through 6 are variable, and their angular positions change as a function
of T2 and NGG. This variability gives the vane airfoil the optimum angle of attack for
efficient operation without compressor stall. The IGVs and the vanes which make up stages
1 and 2 are constructed of titanium. The vanes used in stages 3-16 are made of A286.
The vane positions are controlled by a variable-geometry (VG) control. The variable stator
control is an electro-hydraulic system consisting of an AGB mounted hydraulic pump, VSV
servo-valve, and VSV actuators with integral linear-variable differential transformers (LVDT)
to provide feedback position signals to the off-engine electronic control. The variable vanes
are actuated by a pair of torque shafts. Each of the torque shaft forward ends is positioned by
a hydraulic VSV actuator. Linkages connect directly from the torque shaft to the actuating
rings of the variable vanes.
2262533TR
2-29
The HPCS assembly has three bleed air manifolds. The 8th stage air is ectracted from inside
the annulus at the tips of the eighth-stage vanes and is used for sump pressurization and
cooling. An air duct which is supported by the front and rear shafts, routes the eight-stage air
aft through the rotor for pressurization of the B Sump seals. Bleed air extracted between
the ninth and tenth-stage vanes is used for turbine frame cooling and balance piston cavity
pressurization. Bleed air extracted between the 13th and 14th stage vanes is used for cooling
stage 2 HPT nozzles, interstage seal, first and second stage blade shanks, and for PT balance
piston cavity pressurization.
Borescope ports are provided in the casing at all stages of vanes to permit internal inspection
of the compressor.
LM2000 HPC COMPRESSOR STATOR CASING AND ROTOR
2-30
2262533TR
HIGH-PRESSURE COMPRESSOR REAR FRAME ASSEMBLY

High-Pressure Compressor Rear Frame Assembly
The CRF assembly is made of Inconel 718 and consists of the outer case, the struts, the hub,
and the B sump housing. Its outer case supports the combustor, fuel manifold(s), 30 fuel
nozzles, one igniter plug (two igniters are an option) and stage 2 HPT nozzle support. To
provide compressor discharge air for customer bleed, an internal manifold within the frame
extracts air from the combustion area and routes it through struts 3, 4, 8, and 9.
The HPC discharge temperature (T3) is monitored by two T3 sensors mounted on the CRF.
Six borescope ports located in the frame permit inspection of the combustor, fuel nozzles, and
stage 1 HPT nozzle. Two borescope ports are provided in the rear portion of the case for
inspection of the HPT blades and nozzles.
The B sump housing is fabricated from Inconel 718 and attaches to the CRF. The housing
forms the sump cavity and supports the sump seals, No. 4 race, No. 4 bearing and lube jet. To
provide for differential thermal growth between sump service tubing and the surrounding
structure, the tubes are attached only at the sump and have slip joints where they pass through
the outer struts ends.
The CRF, in conjunction with the combustor cow assembly, serves as a diffuser and
distributor of compressor discharge air. The diffuser provides uniform low velocity air to the
combustor.
2262533TR
2-31
COMBUSTOR ASSEMBLY
Combustor Assembly
The combustor is of a singular annular design consisting of four major components: cowl
(diffuser) assembly, dome, inner liner, and outer liner. The combustor assembly is mounted in
the CRF, and is held in place by 10 equally spaced mounting pins. These pins provide axial
and radial location and assure centering of the cowl assembly in the diffuser passage.
Cowl Assembly
The cowl assembly, in conjunction with the CRF, serves as a diffuser and distributor for the
compressor discharge air. It furnishes uniform air flow to the combustor throughout a large
operating range, providing uniform combustion at the turbine. The cowl assembly consists of
a machined ring and inner and outer cowl inlets welded to the inner and outer cowl wall.
2-32
2262533TR
Dome
The dome houses 30 vortex-inducing axial swirl cups (one at each fuel nozzle tip). The swirl
cups provide flame stabilization and mixing of the fuel and air. The interior surface of the
dome is protected from the high temperature of combustion by a cooling-air film.
Accumulation of carbon on the fuel nozzle tips is prevented by venturi-shaped spools attached
to the swirler.
Combustion Liners
The combustor liners are a series of overlapping rings joined by resistance welded and brazed
joints. They are protected from the high combustion heat by circumferential film-cooling.
Primary combustion and cooling air enters through closely spaced holes in each ring. These
holes help to center the flame and admit the balance of the combustion air. Dilution holes are
employed on the outer and inner liners for additional mixing to lower the gas temperature at
the turbine inlet. Combustion/turbine nozzle air seals at the aft end of the liner prevent
excessive air leakage while providing for thermal growth.
IGNITION SYSTEM
Ignition System
The ignition system produces the high-energy sparks that ignite the fuel/air mixture in the
combustor during starting. The system consists of a high-energy spark igniter, a high-energy
capacitor-discharge ignition exciter, and an interconnecting cable. A redundant ignition
system that replaces a plug in the compressor rear frame is also available. The ignition cables
interconnect directly between the package-mounted exciter and igniters, which are mounted
on the engine compressor front frame.
During the start sequence, fuel is ignited, which is energized by the ignition exciter. Once
combustion becomes self-sustaining, the igniter is deenergized.
2262533TR
2-33
Ignition Exciter
HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE ASSEMBLY
2-34
2262533TR
High-Pressure Turbine Assembly

The LM2000 HPT is an air-cooled, 2-stage design with high efficiency. The HPT section
consists of the rotor and the stage 1 and 2 HPT nozzle assemblies.
The HPT nozzles direct the hot gas from the combustor onto the HPTR blades at the optimum
angle and velocity. The HPTR extracts energy from the exhaust gas stream to drive the HPCR
to which it is mechanically coupled.
HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE ROTOR ASSEMBLY

HPT Rotor
The HPTR consists of a forward shaft, two disks with air-cooled blades and blade retainers, a
rotor spacer, a thermal shield, and an aft shaft.
The forward HPT shaft transmits energy to the HPCR. Torque is transmitted through the
spline joint at the forward end of the shaft. Two air seals are attached to the forward end of
the shaft.
The forward seal prevents CDP from directly entering the B sump. The aft seal maintains
CDP in the plenum formed by the rotor and the combustor. This plenum is a balance chamber
that provides a force that maintains the proper thrust load on the No. 4 ball bearing.
The inner rabbet diameter on the forward shaft rear flange provides a positive radial location
for the stage 1 blade retainer and a face seal for the rotor internal cooling air. The outer rabbet
diameter on the flange provides location for stage 1 disk and stability for the rotor assembly.
2262533TR
2-35
The spacer provides additional stability, and transmits torque from the stage 2 disk to the
stage 1 disk. The thermal shield located between the two disks forms the outer portion of the
turbine rotor cooling air cavity, and serves as the rotating portion of the interstage gas path
seal.
The HPTR is cooled by a continuous flow of compressor discharge air that passes through
holes in the forward turbine shaft. The air cools the inside of the rotor and both disk before
passing between the dovetails and out to the blades.
HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE BLADE COOLING

High-Pressure Turbine Blade Cooling
Stage 1 High-Pressure Turbine BladesThe first-stage turbine blades, contained within the
CRF, are internally cooled with HPC discharge air. The HPC discharge air is directed through
the turbine disk to the blade roots, passing through inlet holes in the shank to serpentine
passages within the airfoil section of the blade. This air finally exits through nose and grill
holes in the leading edge of the blades, where it forms an insulating film over the airfoil
2-36
2262533TR
surface through holes in the cap at the outer end of the blade and through holes in the trailing
edge of the airfoil.
Stage 2 High-Pressure Turbine BladesBecause the hot-gas path stream is cooler when it
reaches the second-stage turbine blades, the cooling required to maintain a suitable metal
temperature is not as great as with the first stage. The second stage blades are, therefore, only
cooled by convection. The air passes through passages within the airfoil section and is
discharged only at the blade tips.
HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE STAGE 1 NOZZLE COOLING

High-Pressure Turbine Stage 1 Nozzle Cooling
Stage 1 HPT Nozzle- The stage 1 HPT nozzle directs high pressure gases from the
combustion section onto stage 1 turbine blades at the optimum angle and velocity.
The nozzles are coated to improve corrosion and oxidation resistance. There are 32 nozzle
segments, each segment consisting of two vanes. The nozzle vanes are air cooled by
convection and film cooling with compressor discharge air that flows through each vane.
Internally, the vane is divided into the forward cavities. Air flowing into the forward cavity is
discharged through holes in the leading edge and through gill holes on each side close to the
2262533TR
2-37
leading edge to form a thin film of cool air over the length of the vane. Air flowing into the aft
cavity is discharged through additional gill holes and trailing edge slots.
HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE STAGE 2 NOZZLE COOLING

High-Pressure Turbine Stage 2 Nozzle Cooling
Stage 2 HPT Nozzle- The stage 2 nozzle directs the high pressure gases exiting from stage 1
turbine blades onto stage 2 turbine blades at the optimum angle and velocity. The stage 2
nozzle assembly is air cooled by convection. The nozzle vane center area and leading edge are
cooled by air (stage 13) which enters the nozzle through the cooling air tubes. Some of the air
is discharged through holes in the trailing edge, while the remainder flows out through the
bottom of the vanes and is used for cooling the interstage seals and thermal shields.
The turbine shrouds form a portion of the outer aerodynamic flow path through the turbine.
They are located radially in line with the turbine blades and form a pressure seal to prevent
excessive gas leakage over the blade tips.
2-38
2262533TR
Interstage Seal
The interstage seal assembly attaches to the nozzle segment. The seal controls the gas leakage
between stage 2 nozzle and the turbine rotor. The sealing surface has three teeth for minimum
temperature rise across the teeth. The interstage seal consists of casting brazed to a
honeycomb surface. The seals are pregrooved to preclude seal rub under emergency shutdown
conditions when thermal contraction would cause surface contact.
INTERSTAGE SEAL
2262533TR
2-39
TURBINE MIDFRAME ASSEMBLY

Turbine Midframe Assembly
The turbine midframe assembly supports the aft end of the HPTR and the forward end of the
PT rotor. It is bolted between the rear flange of the CRF aft outer case and the front flange of
the PT stator. The frame provides a smooth diffuser flow passage for HPT discharge air into
the PT.
Piping for bearing lubrication and seal pressurization is located within the frame struts. The
frame contains ports for the PT inlet thermocouples (T4.8) and pressure probe (PT4.8). These
ports can be used to provide access for borescope inspection of the PT inlet area. The PT
stage 1 nozzle assembly connects to the TMF assembly.
The hub is a one piece casting with flanges to support the sump housing, stationary seals,
inner liner support, and PT stage 1 nozzle support.
The sump housing is bolted to the forward flange of the hub. The sump housing is of double
wall construction.
The liner assembly consists of an inner and outer liner and airfoil shaped strut fairings. The
strut fairings incorporate a slip joint feature to accommodate thermal expansion. This liner
assembly guides the gas flow and shields the main structure from high temperature. The liner
2262533TR
2-40
assembly is supported at the forward end by inner and outer liner supports. Seals at both ends
of the inner and outer liners are provided to prevent excessive leakage of cooling air from
behind the liner assembly.
Cooling air for the assembly is supplied from stage 9 HPC bleed air through five of the
support struts.
POWER TURBINE (LPT) ASSEMBLY

Power Turbine (LPT) Assembly
The PT is a 6 stage aeroderivitive turbine suited for 3000 3600 rpm output speeds. The PT
assembly consists of a turbine rotor, stator, rear frame, and a high speed coupling shaft.
Power Turbine Rotor
The PT rotor is a 6 stage low-pressure turbine rotor mounted between the No. 6 roller bearing,
housed in the TMF C sump, and the No. 7 ball and roller bearings housed in the TRF D sump.
It consists of six disks, each having two integral spacers, one on each side (except for stages 1
2262533TR
2-41
and 6). Stage 1 has a seal at the forward end. Each disk spacer is attached to the adjacent disk
spacer by close-fitting bolts.
The front shaft is secured between stage 2 seal spacer and stage 3 disk, and the rear shaft
between stage 5 disk and stage 6 rotating seal spacer.
Blades of all six stages contain interlocking tip shrouds for low vibration levels and are
retained in the disks by dovetails. Rotating seals, secured between the disks, mate with
stationary seals to prevent excessive gas leakage between stages.
POWER TURBINE (LPT) ASSEMBLY

Power Turbine Stator
The PT stator consists of two casing halves split horizontally, stages 2 through 6 turbine
nozzles, and six stages of blade shrouds. Stages 2 to 3 nozzles have welded segments of six
vanes each.
Stage 1 nozzle is assembled to the TMF assembly. The PT stage 1 turbine nozzle consists of
14 segments of six vanes each. The inner end is attached to the nozzle support, and the outer
end is secured to the outer nozzle support ring which is secured between the frame aft flange
and the PT stator front flange.
2-42
2262533TR
Honeycomb shrouds, mounted in casting channels, mate with the shrouded blade tips to
provide close-clearance seals and to act as a casing heat shield. The stationary interstage seals
are attached to the inner ends of the nozzle vanes to maintain low air leakage between stages.
Insulation is installed between nozzles/shrouds and casing to protect the casting from the high
temperature of the gas stream. A liner installed for stages 1 through 3 isolates the casing from
flow path gases.
TURBINE REAR FRAME ASSEMBLY

Turbine Rear Frame Assembly
The turbine rear frame (TRF) consists of an outer casing, eight radial struts, and a single-piece
cast steel hub. The TRF forms the power turbine exhaust flowpath and supports the aft end of
the power turbine stator case. It also provides a mounting flange for the outer cone of the
exhaust system and provides attaching points for the gas-turbine rear supports.
The hub supports a bearing housing for the No. 7 ball and No. 7 roller bearing. The hub and
the bearing housings have flanges to which air and oil seals are attached to form the D sump.
The struts contain service lines for lubrication supply, and sump scavenging and venting. The
power turbine speed transducers are also mounted in the struts.
2262533TR
2-43
EXHAUST DUCT ASSEMBLY
Exhaust Duct Assembly

The exhaust duct consists of the inner and outer ducts, forming the diffusing passage from the
power TRF. The diffusing section recovers a portion of the kinetic energy of the exhaust
gases, leaving the power turbine before the 90-degree turn in the exhaust duct. The inner
diffuser duct can be moved aft to obtain access to the coupling shaft. The exhaust duct is
independently supported from the gas turbine base structure. Piston ring-type expansion joints
are used to accommodate the thermal growth between the TRF and the exhaust duct.
2-44
2262533TR
FLEXIBLE COUPLING SHAFT

Flexible Coupling Shaft
The high-speed coupling shaft consists of a forward adapter which mates with the power
turbine, two flexible couplings, a distance piece, and an aft adapter. The aft adapter mates
with the connected load.
The forward and aft adapters are connected to the distance piece by the flexible couplings.
The flexible couplings allow for axial and radial deflections between the gas turbine and the
connected load during operation.
Inside the aft adapter and the rear flexible coupling is an axial damper consisting of a cylinder
and a piston assembly. The damper system prevents excessive cycling of the flexible
coupling. Anti-deflection rings restrict radial deflection of the couplings during shock loads.
2-45
2262533TR
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
Accessory Gearbox
Engine starting, lubrication, and speed monitoring of the compressor rotor is accomplished by
accessories mounted on the accessory gearbox (AGB).
The AGB consists of an inlet gearbox (IGB) located in the hub of the compressor front frame,
a radial drive shaft inside the 6:00 oclock position strut of the front frame, and a transfer
gearbox (TGB) attached to the AGB. Both the TGB and the AGB are bolted underneath the
front frame.
The following accessories can also be mounted on the AGB:

Hydraulic or pneumatic starter
Engine lube oil and scavenge pump
Variable-geometry hydraulic oil pump
Two magnetic speed pickups
Air-oil separator
2262533TR
2-46

The major engine components, sensors, and important operating parameters are illustrated above.
HPC rpm (NGG)

HPC Discharge Temperature
(CDT, T3)
HPC Discharge Pressure (CDP,
PS3)
PT rpm 60 Hz (NPT)
PT rpm 50 Hz (NPT)
PT Inlet Temperature (TIT,
T5.4)
Maximum Time Allowed For
Ignition
Maximum Time To Reach
Starter Cutout
Maximum Time To Reach Idle
Idle
Maximum Power
Maximum Operating Limit
6,8000
7,400
285 365
10,100
10,050
835 890
935
40 55
280 320
300 - 335
0 - 3,600
0 - 3000
1,455 1,592
1,535
1,150
1,350
20 seconds after fuel ignition
HPC (NGG) 4500 rpm at 90 seconds

HPC (NGG) 6050 rpm at 120 seconds

The engine-mounted sensors noted in the chart supply data for the fuel governor and
sequencing systems that will be discussed in the Turbine Control System System
Operator Interface section.
Inlet guide vanes, and VSVs are controlled by independent software algorithms in the offengine control system. The VG components are positioned by electro-hydraulic actuators with
LVDTs for position feedback to the control system. Hydraulic supply pressure for the VG
system is derived from the turbine lube oil system and will be discussed in the Turbine Lube
Oil System section.
2-47
2262533TR

For Shutdowns the following symbols must be verified for proper sequence of operation to
verify Shutdown Conditions:
FSLO
Fast Stop Lockout Without Motor Trips breaker, fuel shutoff immediately,
chops steam and water. Can only be reset from the Turbine Control Panel.
FSWM
Fast Stop Starter motor is engaged for 7.5minutes when NGG goes below
1700 RPM. Can only be reset from the Turbine Control Panel.
Note: If T4.8 is <400F(204C) when FSWM is activated then only FSLO will occur
IAW 683143
F-SD Fast Shutdown with motor (resets from anywhere). Can only be reset from the
Turbine Control Panel.
CDLO
Cool Down Lockout Shed Load, trip breaker, and idle for 5 minutes (if
manual reset clears the shutdown during the cool down period, CDLO is aborted). Starter
motor is engaged for 7.5 minutes when XN25 Goes below 1700 RPM. Can only be reset
from the Turbine Control Panel.
CDNLO
Cool Down Non Lockout, No manual reset is required to restart.
SML Slow Deceleration to Minimum Load Fast load shed to minimum load in 20
seconds. If shutdown condition exist after 3 minutes, then CDLO is engaged. Slow
deceleration is defined as the NGG reference rate of 9 RPM / sec in the deceleration direction.
Reset from the Turbine Control Panel.
SDTI Step Deceleration To Idle - Fuel flow does not go below 1300 PPH. If condition
exist (10) seconds after achieving core idle then do FSLO. Can only be reset from the
Turbine Control Panel.
Vibration summary Shutdown will be a SDTI, but will change to a FLSO if summary
cannot be cleared after 10 seconds with GG at Core Idle.
2-48
2262533TR
SECTION 2B
LM2000 INSTRUMENTATION
2262533TR
2-49
2-50
2262533TR
LM2000 INSTRUMENTATION LOCATIONS
LM2000 MAJOR SECTIONS BREAKDOWN
2262533TR
2-51
LM2000 Airflow
2-52
2262533TR
LM2000 Airflow
2262533TR
2-53
N1A and N1B SPEED SENSORS

2-54
2262533TR
INLET GEARBOX , TRANSFER GEARBOX and RADIAL DRIVE

SHAFT
2262533TR
2-55
INLET GEARBOX
2-56
2262533TR
AUXILLARY GEARBOX
2262533TR
2-57
TGB TRANSFER GEARBOX
2-58
2262533TR
Hydraulic Start Flow Diagram
2262533TR
2-59

2-60
2262533TR
HPC INLET, STATOR CASING AND ROTOR
2262533TR
2-61
2-62
2262533TR
2262533TR
2-63
VSV VARIABLE STATOR VANE SYSTEM
2-64
2262533TR
VSV VARIABLE STATOR VANES
2262533TR
2-65
TURBINE LUBE OIL SUPPLY and SCAVENGE PUMP ASSY
2-66
2262533TR
AIR OIL SEPERATOR
2262533TR
2-67
AIR OIL SEPERATOR ASSY.
2-68
2262533TR
N2 SPEED SENSOR LOCATED AT TURBINE REAR FRAME
2262533TR
2-69
ANNULAR COMBUSTOR
2-70
2262533TR
COMBUSTION SECTION FUEL NOZZLES IGNITORS

2262533TR
2-71
FUEL VALVE ACTUATOR
2-72
2262533TR
WATER WASH SYSTEM
2262533TR
2-73
WATER WASH SYSTEM

2-74
2262533TR
SECTION 3
GAS TURBINE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
2262533TR
3-1
INTRODUCTION
A portion of the information used in this section was obtained from the Operations and
Maintenance Manuals developed for this project. The information represents general guidelines
and instructions for the operation, maintenance, or repair of the LM2000 turbine set. All drawing
numbers referenced throughout this volume are GE AEP numbers, unless otherwise specified. For
more extensive and detailed information, a complete list of vendors references is provided in
Chapter 5 of the O&M manual set.
FLOW AND EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS-MECHANICAL

The mechanical and electrical drawings are the documents that define the configuration of this
unit. Mechanical and electrical drawings provided have been carefully detailed to include all the
engineering and design data required to fully understand and operate this turbine-generator
system. The mechanical drawings illustrate subsystem flows, both off-skid and on-skid. The
electrical drawings illustrate interconnection of the devices identified on the mechanical drawings
and should be used in conjunction with the mechanical drawings.
The most important key to reading and understanding mechanical and electrical equipment
drawings is your ability to read symbols. You must be able to identify and read symbols to
successfully interpret the technical and operational information that equipment drawings provide.
Because space is often at a minimum on drawings, abbreviations are used to identify equipment
components. Two of the most useful drawings available to help in understanding equipment
drawings are the Flow and Equipment Symbols, Mechanical drawings and the Electrical
Symbols, Abbreviations and Reference Data Drawings.
3-2
2262533TR
FLOW AND EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS - MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

Flow and Equipment Symbols - Mechanical Drawings
Flow and Equipment Symbols, Mechanical drawings are used to indicate the type of mechanical
components installed in your system. They will identify the symbols and provide the name and
name abbreviation of mechanical equipment symbols, piping symbols, hydraulic symbols, safety
devices, and connection points located on your equipment.
2262533TR
3-3
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND REFERENCE DATA DRAWINGS

Electrical Symbols, Abbreviations And Reference Data Drawings
Electrical Symbols, Abbreviations and Reference Data drawings are used to indicate the type of
electrical components installed in your system. They will identify the symbols and provide the
name and name abbreviation of basic electrical symbols, circuit breakers, contacts, relays, and
switches. They will also provide you with the symbols for transmission paths, one-line diagrams,
and transformers.
3-4
2262533TR
FLOW & INSTRUMENT DIAGRAMS

Mechanical Drawings
The mechanical drawings included in this manual provide engineering design and device set point
data on the turbine-generator set and its subsystems. The General Arrangement drawings, Flow &
Instrument Diagrams, and Instrument Diagrams are further defined in the expanded descriptions
that follow.
General Arrangement Drawings
These drawings provide isometric, plan-and-elevation, and physical configuration data about
major pieces of equipment, including skid interconnection-interface information and installation
and footprint data. Data regarding the actual size and dimensions of major equipment may also be
found on these drawings.
Flow & Instrument Diagrams
These drawings define the flow characteristics; start permissives, and device set points and
control-logic data. Flow (in gpm or scfm), filtration requirements, pressure-limiting, and
shutdown responses are identified on these drawings. Together with the wiring and system wiring
diagrams, these drawings define each system and its related components.
Instrument Diagrams
These drawings identify monitoring devices that have been interlocked to the control system and
software to respond to out-of-tolerance conditions by activating alarms and/or initiating total
system shutdowns as applicable.
2262533TR
3-5
MATERIAL LISTINGS
Material Listings
Each GE AEP-produced Flow & Instrument Diagram and Wiring diagram, and some System
Wiring diagrams, carries a Material Listing on the last sheet(s) of each drawing. These listings
provide in-depth information by device tag number, part number, and device description
(including type of service, service requirements, set point(s), and other applicable data).
Electrical Drawings
The electrical drawings included in this manual illustrate device interconnection and control-loop
specifications used in the turbine-generator set and its subsystems. The Interconnect Wiring
diagrams, One-Line & Three-Line diagrams, wiring diagrams, and System Wiring diagrams are
further defined in the expanded descriptions that follow.
Interconnect Wiring Diagrams
The Interconnect Wiring diagrams are typically the first drawings found in the section covering
electrical drawings. The first of these drawings provides an overview to the interconnection of
major equipment to the main skid and the turbine-control system. The remaining drawings
provide the detailed information required to interconnect subsystem devices to the control system
and other ancillary items.
3-6
2262533TR
ONE-LINE & DIAGRAM

Electrical Drawings
One-Line & Three-Line Diagrams
The One-Line & Three-Line diagrams define the operation of the turbine-generator set as it has
been configured for installation on-site. The one-line diagram establishes the overall
configuration of the unit and its interconnection to the utility or plant grid. The three-line diagram
elaborates on the interaction of the systems identified on the one-line diagram and establishes the
manner in which devices (meters, switches, lamps, and the control system) interact and receive
and transmit data. Also shown on these diagrams are the system circuit breakers and the current
and potential transformers.
Wiring Diagrams
The Wiring diagrams show simplified wiring for terminal block-to-terminal block installation and
interconnection of control devices. These are the first level of wiring diagrams and do not provide
point-to-point wiring data. Point-to-point wiring data is presented on the System Wiring
diagrams.
2262533TR
3-7
THREE-LINE DIAGRAM
System Wiring Diagrams
The System Wiring diagrams provide detailed information concerning device interconnection to
and from the terminal blocks, the control system, and the ancillary equipment that assists the
control system in maintaining stable operation of the turbine-generator unit. These drawings
designate wiring connections by wire color, wire number, termination number, terminal block
number, and associated device and applicable end termination in the control system.
Revision Drawings
Where applicable, the revision level of each drawing has been identified by a letter in the drawing
list. Questions regarding applicable revision levels should be referred to GE Aero Energy
Products, Jacintoport Engineering, Document Control, or the Project Manager for this installation.
Vendor Drawings
Some vendors of specialized control system and mechanical components have job-specific
drawings associated with each piece purchased for this unit. Those vendor drawings that have
been assigned a GE AEP drawing number are included in Chapter 6 of the O&M manual.
Additional manufacturers or vendors drawings are also provided in Chapter 6. Refer to the
applicable vendor tab in Chapter 6 to locate these drawings. Other pertinent component data may
also be found in these vendor tab locations.
3-8
2262533TR
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
AND
SKID OVERVIEW
2262533TR
3A-1
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Main Skid Assembly
This LM2X system consists of an enclosed main (turbine) skid, a generator and several ancillary
skids. The main skid contains a General Electric (GE) turbine engine (Model LM2500) connected
to an air-cooled Meidensha generator (Model 650L2X EP-AFT) through an engine-generator
coupling. The turbine engine has been equipped to operate on gas fuel.
Ancillary Equipment Skids
Supplied with the LM2X GTG set are several support skids. These include an auxiliary skid, a
generator lube oil skid, fin-fan lube oil cooler and a water wash cart. These skids include
transmitters for remote control or monitoring as required for operation. These skid-mounted
components, along with electrical control equipment, form the entire packaging of the LM2X GTG
set.
Support System Equipment
The packaging of the LM2X GTG set includes a turbine-generator control panel (TCP), desktop
HMI, digital generator protection relay system, 400-V motor control center (MCC), and 24-VDC
battery systems, including a battery rack and charger.
Turbine-Generator Control System
The turbine-generator control-and-monitoring systems regulate the lubrication, fuel supply,
ventilation and cooling, fire safety, and maintenance functions. Fuel supply is regulated by a
computerized fuel control and sequencer system. The computer screen displays the status of all
operating systems and initiates alarms and shutdowns when hazardous conditions occur. Manual
emergency shutdowns can be initiated with an emergency stop button located on the turbine
enclosure, with the same control available from the TCP. Each system has been described
separately in this chapter.
Turbine Control Panel
Operator controls, indicators, and system electronics are contained in the off-skid TCP. The TCP
consists of the following cubicles:
Control Cubicle This cubicle contains the voltage regulator and switches for controlling
generator operating conditions. This cubicle contains controls and monitors for turbine operation,
and the Beckwith Integrated Generator Protection System (IGPS) for monitoring the operation of
the turbine engine and generator.
3A-2
2262533TR
Termination Cubicle This cubicle contains the vibration monitoring system panel and the fire
protection panel. This cubicle provides the wiring interface between the TCP cubicles, and
provides for connection to the operating and monitoring circuits in the turbine-generator unit.
Also contained in this cubicle are the fuse blocks and circuit breakers for the control and fire
systems.
MAIN SKID
The main skid structure is detailed in GE AEP Dwg 020020-01-683200. The major components
of the skid are shown in the illustration, LM2X Gas Turbine-Generator Set.
The following paragraphs describe the components of the LM2X turbine skid.
Basic Components
Turbine Engine And Generator Mounting
The engine is mounted on an I-beam base. The engine is dry-coupled to the generator situated on a
separate cement platform.
Turbine Weatherproof Skid Enclosure
The turbine engine is enclosed in a weatherproof, sound deadening structure. Side doors provide
access to the turbine engine.
Generator
The generator is supported by a separate cement platform and is not enclosed in a weatherproof
structure. The generator is equipped with its own filtration and ventilation system.
Control and Indicating Systems
The turbine-generator set is equipped with transmitters for monitoring and system control. All
monitoring can be done from the desktop HMI provided with the package. A brief description of
the panel or rack is given below.
Turbine Skid Gauge (Transmitter) Panel
The turbine skid gauge panel is located on the exterior wall of the turbine compartment. The
gauge panel contains transmitters that allow for remote observation of critical operating pressures
of the fuel system. Test connections and instrument isolation valves provided in the sensing lines
provide access for maintenance.
Turbine-Generator Set External Modules
External module components associated with the turbine-generator set include the generator
exhaust ducts and air filter house. The modules and components are described below.
2262533TR
3A-3
Generator Exhaust Duct And Filter House

The generator exhaust duct and air filter house are mounted on the top of the generator. The
ventilation air filters are used to remove damaging contaminants from the generator inlet air. The
generator and airflow noise are acoustically dampened.
Lube Oil Coolers
The fin-fan type lube oil cooler contains the valves and sensors necessary to cool the turbine and
generator lube oils. The customer will determine the mounting location for the lube oil cooler.
There is no set limitation on its location, as long as pressure drop through the lube oil piping for
both systems is not excessive. The hydraulic lube oil cooler is located on the auxiliary skid.
LM2X Gas Turbine-Generator Set
3A-4
2262533TR
AUXILIARY SKID
Overview
The auxiliary skid structure for your unit is detailed in GE AEP Dwg 020020-01-683218. The
major components of the skid are shown in the illustration Auxiliary Skid shown below.
The following paragraphs describe the components of a typical auxiliary skid. The components
of the auxiliary skid are discussed in the respective System Description sections.
Basic Components
The auxiliary skid is a compact installation of several systems and equipment on a single-skid
base, and is positioned next to the turbine compartment of the turbine-generator set. The
auxiliary skid contains the hydraulic start system, turbine lube oil demister and flame arrestor,
turbine lube oil reservoir, turbine lube oil scavenge oil filters and turbine hydraulic starter filters.
The skid contains gauges that provide local monitoring and transmitters that provide remote
system monitoring. The pressure gauges and transmitters have instrument valves in their
feedlines to simplify maintenance. Balance valves provide for equalizing the pressure across the
instruments for zero checks.
Auxiliary Skid
2262533TR
3A-5
LM2000 TURBINE ENGINE

The LM2000 gas turbine engine serves as the prime mover in GTG set. The LM2000 gas turbine
engine is actually a de-rated LM2500 gas turbine engine; therefore, the LM2500 gas turbine engine
manuals are provided in the O&M manual set. Mechanically both the LM2500 and the LM2000
engine are the same. It is through the software that the engine is de-rated. This engine is a two-shaft
design with the gas generator separate from the power turbine stage. This decoupled design allows
the power turbine to operate at a continuous speed of 3000 rpm (50-Hz applications) or 3600 rpm
(60-Hz applications), regardless of the gas generator speed. The torque developed in the
aerodynamically coupled power turbine is directly transferred to the rotor of the alternating current
(AC) generator through a flexible-diaphragm coupling. The AC generator operates at a
synchronous speed of 3000 rpm (50-Hz applications) or 3600 rpm (60-Hz applications), eliminating
the need for a speed-reducing gearbox during simple-cycle operation. Exhaust gas from the engine
can readily be connected to a heat-recovery system for combined-cycle operation. For further
information on the engine, refer to GE publication GEK-97310, Operation and Maintenance
Manual for General Electric LM2500 Series Gas Generators and Gas Turbines, in Volume 1,
Chapter 5 of the O&M manual.
AC GENERATOR
Design
The LM2000 GTG set features a Meidensha Model 650L2X EP-AFT generator, which is a twobearing machine equipped with a brushless rotating exciter and a permanent magnet generator
(PMG) on the non-drive end. For details on the generator, refer to the Brush Operation and
Maintenance Manual found in Chapter 5.
Rating
The AC generator operates at a synchronous speed of 3000 rpm and continuously supplies an
output voltage of 11.5 kV at a frequency of 50 Hz at .85 power factor (PF) for this project.
3A-6
2262533TR
Bearings
The generator rotor shaft bearings are a pressure-lubricated, babbitt-sleeve type. The babbitt faces
have been grooved for even oil distribution, and the drive-end bearing incorporates thrust pads to
limit longitudinal movement of the rotor. Except for startups and shutdowns, the bearings receive
lube oil from a pump driven by the exciter end of the rotor shaft. Lubricating oil for startups and
shutdowns is provided by the 2.5-hp, 360-VAC generator auxiliary pump. This pump also serves
as a backup should the shaft-driven pump fail. The shaft-driven pump is supplemented by two 16gallon rundown tanks, which supply lubricating oil to the bearings in the event of an auxiliary pump
failure during shutdowns.
Generator cooling
The generator produces a considerable amount of heat during operation that is removed through
generator ventilation. As illustrated in Typical Air-Cooled Generator, the generator rotor is
equipped with fan blades to produce a cooling airflow through the interior of the generator. The
blades draw ambient filtered air into the generator and around its internal parts before expelling the
now heated air through the generator exhaust vent. For further information on generator
ventilation, as well as turbine ventilation, refer to F&ID 020020-01-683239, Ventilation and
Combustion System, located in Appendix of this training manual.
Typical Air-Cooled Generator
2262533TR
3A-7
GENERATOR LUBE OIL SKID

Overview
The generator lube oil skid structure for your unit is detailed in GE AEP Dwg 020063-01-683208.
The major components of the skid are shown in Generator Lube Oil Skid.
The following paragraphs describe the components of a typical auxiliary skid. The components
of the auxiliary skid are discussed in the respective System Description sections.
Basic Components
The GLO skid is a compact installation of generator lube system equipment on a single-skid base,
and is positioned next to the generator of the turbine-generator set. The GLO skid contains the
GLO air/oil separator, flame arrester, GLO reservoir, lube oil heater, AC lube pump, GLO duplex
filters and pressure, level and temperature transmitters necessary to monitor all on-skid
equipment.
The skid contains gauges for local monitoring transmitters that provide remote system
monitoring. The pressure transmitters and gauges have instrument valves in their feedlines to
simplify maintenance. Balance valves provide for equalizing the pressure across the instruments
for zero checks.
3A-8
2262533TR
GLO Skid
2262533TR
3A-9
Turbine Transmitter Panel
3A-10
2262533TR
Turbine Gauge, Switch and Transmitter Panel

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
HP Compressor Discharge
Pressure Transmitter PT8004A (PS3A)
Monitors pressure at the discharge of the high pressure

compressor. Scaled from 0 to 500 psia. Alarm is activated if
pressure difference between PT-8004A and PT-8004B is
greater than 10 psia. FSLO shutdown is initiated if pressure
difference between PT-8004A and PT-8004B is greater than
15 psia for more than 0.1 seconds.
HP Compressor Discharge
Pressure Transmitter PT8004B (PS3B)
Monitors pressure at the discharge of the high pressure

compressor. Scaled from 0 to 500 psia. Alarm is activated if
pressure difference between PT-8004A and PT-8004B is
greater than 10 psia. FSLO shutdown is initiated if pressure
difference between PT-8004A and PT-8004B is greater than
15 psia for more than 0.1 seconds.
HP Compressor Inlet
Pressure Transmitter PT8024 (P2)
Monitors pressure at the inlet of the high pressure

compressor. Scaled from 0 to 16 psia.
Enclosure Differential
Pressure Transmitter
PDT-4007
Monitors the differential pressure inside the turbine enclosure.

Alarm occurs at 1" WG decreasing.
HPT Inlet Pressure

Transmitter PT-8060
Monitors pressure at the inlet of the HPT. Scaled from 0 to

125 psia.
Turbine Lube Oil Supply

Pressure PT-1021
Monitors turbine lube oil supply pressure. Scaled from 0 to

100 psig. Alarm is activated if pressure is less than 8 psig
while NGG speed is greater than 4500 rpm and less than
8000 rpm. Alarm is activated if pressure is less than 25 psig
while NGG speed is equal to or greater than 8000 rpm. Alarm
is activated if pressure is less than 15 psig while NGG speed
is equal to or greater than 8000 rpm. FSLO shutdown is
initiated if pressure is less than 6 psig while NGG speed is
greater than 4500 rpm and less than 8000 rpm.
2262533TR
3A-11
Turbine Transmitter Panel
3A-12
2262533TR
Item
Control/Indicator
Function
Turbine Lube Oil Supply

Filter Pressure PDT-1006
Pressure differential transmitter. Activates an alarm when

pressure differential across the turbine lube oil supply filter
rises to 20 psid.
HP Recoup Pressure
Transmitter PT-8064
Monitors HP recoup pressure. Scaled 0-200 psia.
Fire Push Button
When fire button is depressed, an emergency shutdown is

initiated and fuel flow to the turbine engine is terminated. The
compartment-ventilating fans deenergize, fire dampers close,
and the solenoid-operated valves open to release the fireextinguishing agent.
10
Turbine Gas Fuel

Manifold Pressure PT2028
Monitors gas fuel pressure downstream of the fuel metering

valve. Scaled 0-800 psig.
11
Turbine Gas Fuel

Manifold Pressure PT2027
Monitors gas fuel pressure upstream of the fuel metering

valve. Scaled 0-800 psig.
12
Gas Fuel Flow

Transmitter
Monitors gas fuel flow through the main supply line to the gas
manifold.
2262533TR
3A-13
COUPLING
Design
The power turbine flange of the LM2000 turbine engine is directly coupled to the generator rotor
shaft with a disk-type, dry-diaphragm coupling. The coupling consists of a hollow center shaft,
which connects to the turbine shaft hub and the generator rotor shaft hub by means of diaphragm
packs made from thin metal disks that have been stacked and riveted to a guard plate. The entire
assembly has been drilled around the outer diameter to accept the coupling hub bolts. The inner
diameter of the diaphragm pack has been clamped to the coupling center section by backing rings.
3A-14
2262533TR
2262533TR
3B-1
STARTER SYSTEM SCREEN DISPLAY

Introduction
The hydraulic start system turns the engine and is capable of starting it for fuel purging, water
washing, and conducting maintenance. The hydraulic start unit is located on the auxiliary skid
and consists of a reservoir, filters, heat exchanger, charge pump and motor, junction box, and a
hydraulic starter motor mounted on the starter drive pad of the turbine auxiliary gearbox. This
hydraulic starter motor turns the engine. Two operating speeds are provided: a low speed for
water washing and maintenance, and a high speed for turbine starting and fuel purging. Engine
speed can be controlled automatically from the DCS. Transmitters located on the auxiliary skid
allow for monitoring of the hydraulic charge pump and main system pressures, temperatures, and
fluid levels on the DCS monitor. Local gauges PI-6009 and PI-6012 are also provided on the
auxiliary skid for troubleshooting purposes. Additional details on the hydraulic start system can
be found in engineering drawings provided in Chapter 7 of this manual.
3B-2
2262533TR
Hydraulic Start Operation

Refer to F&ID 20063-01-683232, Hydraulic Start System, in Chapter 7 of this manual. Hydraulic
fluid is drawn from the reservoir by the charge pump. The charge pump replenishes the main,
closed-loop start system with hydraulic fluid. The main pump increases the hydraulic fluid
pressure to 5200 psig (35853 kPag) and delivers the pressurized fluid to the hydraulic starter
motor at approximately 56 gpm (212 L/min). Discharge from the hydraulic starter motor is
routed back to the hydraulic reservoir through filter and cooler assemblies. Filters remove
particles 10 . The cooler removes heat generated during starter motor operation.
Electrical Operation
Power from the MCC lighting-and-distribution panel is applied to the power supply for the
hydraulic start unit.
The hydraulic start system is automatically controlled. The solenoid-operated valve SOV-6019
for the pump-control piston and the MCC unit starter are controlled by electronic systems at the
TCP.
HYDRAULIC START F&ID (683232)
2262533TR
3B-3
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Hydraulic fluid is stored in a 40-gal stainless steel tank equipped with sight level gauge LI-6001,
temperature element TE-6003, fluid-level transmitter LT-6001, thermostatically controlled
immersion heaters HE-6010 and TC-6010, and a 200-mesh, hydraulic pump suction strainer with
an integrated bypass valve. During turbine engine operation, hydraulic fluid is drawn from the
reservoir through the strainer and the supply shutoff valve, and flows into the charge pump.
Should the hydraulic pump strainer become obstructed with differential pressures 3 psid (20.7
kPag), hydraulic fluid will bypass the filter element to prevent damage to the filter assembly.
Pressure indicator PI-6000 located between the supply shutoff valve and the charge pump
monitors the supply line.
Charge Pump and Filter
The charge pump replenishes lost fluids in the hydraulic pump case and in the main pump,
closed-loop hydraulic system. Excess hydraulic pump case supply oil is routed to the hydraulic
reservoir through an in-line relief valve, set to open at 25 psid (172 kPad). From the charge
pump, hydraulic fluid flows through the charge pump filter assembly and into the main pump,
where the hydraulic fluid is pressurized for the stator motor loop. The charge pump filter
removes entrained particles 10 . The visual indicator on the filter displays the general
condition of the filter. Integral to the charge pump filter is an integrated bypass valve and visual
clogging indicator. Should the charge pump filter become obstructed (with differential pressures
50 psid (344.5 kPad)), hydraulic fluid will bypass the filter element, preventing damage to the
filter assembly.
Change filter elements on a regular basis. Replace them at
least once a year, regardless of indicator readings, and
sooner if conditions warrant.
High-Pressure, Closed-Loop Supply System
High-pressure oil from the main hydraulic pump is routed from the auxiliary skid to the main skid
and then to the hydraulic start motor on the turbine. A portion of the return fluid from the motor
is routed (1) back to the hydraulic start skid via the interconnecting piping as part of the lowpressure return system or (2) to the case drain return system.
Before returning to the main hydraulic pump on the auxiliary skid, the oil is filtered through a
low-pressure return filter. The low-pressure filter removes entrained particles that are 10 in
diameter. Integral to the filter is a bypass loop and visual clogging indicator that displays the
general condition of the filter. When the filter becomes obstructed (differential pressures 25
psid (172 kPad)), hydraulic fluid bypasses the filter element, which prevents damage to the filter
assembly.
3B-4
2262533TR
Low-Pressure Return And Cooler System

Low-pressure hydraulic fluid from the starter motor case is routed through the customer interface
manifold and off the main skid to the auxiliary skid. On the auxiliary skid, the hydraulic fluid
flows through a case drain return filter, through the hydraulic oil cooler and on to the hydraulic
reservoir.
The temperature of the hydraulic fluid is monitored by high-temperature element TE-6002. If the
temperature is 180 F (82.2 C), the control system will activate an alarm.
The filter in this system removes entrained particles larger than 10 in diameter. Integral to the
filter is a bypass loop and visual clogging indicator. The visual indicator on the filter displays the
general condition of the filter. Should the filter become obstructed (with differential pressures
25 psid (172 kPad)), hydraulic fluid will bypass the filter element, preventing damage to the filter
assembly. The discharge from the filter is routed to the cooler.
The hydraulic cooler is an air-oil heat exchanger using a fan driven by motor MOT-6016. The
discharge from the heat exchanger is routed directly to the hydraulic reservoir. The cooling fan
control set points are as follows:
Tank Temp > 110 F (43.3 C)
Fan Motor On
Tank Temp < 100 F (37.8 C)
Fan Motor Off
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
2262533TR
3B-5
HYDRAULIC STARTER
The hydraulic start system rotates the engine high-pressure compressor (HPC) shaft to begin and
sustain compressor discharge pressure (CDP) for starting, water washing, motoring for
maintenance, or other purposes. The system is capable of maintaining HPC speed over sustained
periods without reliability or wear concerns.
A hydraulic starting motor on the accessory gearbox (AGB) drives the HPC through bevel gears
and a drive shaft that extends through a strut in the engine front frame to a transfer gearbox
(TGB) inside the engine-bearing A sump.
During engine startup, an overrunning clutch disengages the starting motor when the engine
speed exceeds the starter drive speed. The starter must engage when the engine is stopped or
decelerating
Hydraulic Starter Assembly
Hydraulic Starter
MAIN HYDRULIC PUMP
3B-6
2262533TR
HYDRAULIC STARTER PUMP AND MOTOR

Hydraulic Starter Pump and Motor
The hydraulic starter pump, located on the starter skid, is driven by a 3-phase, constant-speed,
alternating-current electric motor. The hydraulic starter pump has a variable swash plate whose
angle is controlled by software logic signals received from the turbine control panel (TCP) and
applied to a solenoid-operated valve (SOV) on the hydraulic starter pump assembly. The
hydraulic starter pump supplies hydraulic fluid under high pressure to the turbine starter motor
that has a fixed swash plate with moveable pistons.
Fluid pressure in the hydraulic starter pump high-pressure supply line is applied to the moveable
pistons in the turbine starter motors fixed swash plate. As the hydraulic starter pumps swash
plate angle is increased or decreased, more or less hydraulic fluid is applied to the pistons in the
turbine starter motor, thereby increasing or decreasing the revolutions per minute (rpm) of the
starter and the turbine engine.
2262533TR
3B-7
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC STARTER PUMP AND MOTOR

3B-8
2262533TR
Hydraulic Start System Reservoir

The turbine hydraulic system fluid is stored in a 40 gallons (182 L) tank equipped with a sight
level gauge, low-temperature switch, fluid-level switch, thermostatically controlled immersion
heater, and a 200-mesh hydraulic pump suction strainer.
Thermostatic Element TE-6003 sends a signal to the TCP for reservoir temperature alarms and
turbine trip functions. The set points are as follows:
70 F (32 C) Decr Alarm
180 F (82 C) Incr Alarm
190 F (87 C) Incr Shutdown
Reservoir heating element (HE-6010) and thermostatic control (TC-6010) will energize the heater
at 90 F (32 C) to maintain reservoir oil temperature. There is a low level interlock incorporated
in the control system to prevent energizing the heater in case of low oil level.
Two-tank level indicators are provided on the hydraulic start reservoir. The first is a local visual
indicator and the second is a level transmitter that enables remote viewing and sounds alarm at
the TCP when reservoir levels reach predetermined set points.. The alarm set points are as
follows:
91% = 2 (51mm) INCR
Alarm
69% = 7 (178mm) DECR Shutdown
73% = 6 (152mm) DECR Alarm
A 200-mesh, hydraulic pump suction strainer with an integrated bypass valve is installed in the
reservoir to prevent large particulate matter from entering the fluid flow. If the suction strainer
becomes clogged, the bypass valve will open at 3 psid (20.7 kPad).
2262533TR
3B-9
CASE DRAIN RETURN FILTER AND LP RETURN FILTERS
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY AND RETURN FILTERS

Supply and return filters as well as an integral charge pump filter, employ bypass valves and
visual clogging indicators. Should the filters become obstructed, hydraulic fluid will bypass the
filter element, preventing damage to the filter assembly. The integral clogging indicators display
the general condition of the filter element.
3B-10
LP Return Filter 10 micron with 25psid (172 kPad) bypass

Case drain return filter - 10 micron with 25 psid (172 kPad) bypass
Charge pump filter 10 micron with 50 psid 345 (kPad)bypass
2262533TR
LOCAL GAGE PANEL
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

The gauge panel located on the Hydraulic Start Skid, and provides local status indicators for the
operation characteristics of the system.
Pressure indicator PI-6012 monitors the Charge Pump filter discharge pressure.
Pressure indicator PI-6009 monitors the Main System Pressure.
Compound pressure gage PI 6000 monitors the suction of hydraulic oil from the reservoir to the
charge pump.
TAH 6002 monitors oil being returned to the reservoir via the Hydraulic Pump and Hydraulic
Starter case drain return lines for high temperatures. In the circumstance where the case return oil
temperature increases above 180 F (82 C) an alarm is initiated.
2262533TR
3B-11
CENTRIFUGAL STARTING CLUTCH
CENTRIFUGAL STARTING CLUTCH

In the starting motor output shaft a centrifugal clutch allows engagement of the
starting motor to the gas turbine generator at the beginning of the start-up sequence, and
disengagement as soon as the HP runs faster than the starting motor. For proper clutch
operation, the oil flow to the clutch should be continuously controlled to a minimum of .5
quart/minute (.47 1/min) and to a maximum of 1.25 quart/minute (1.18 1/min). An orifice
plate controls this oil flow. This clutch is also referred to as an overriding or overrunning
clutch.
Caution: Lube oil over supply or under will cause clutch flooding or starvation
resulting in clutch failure. On models where the reservoir or scavenge point for
the clutch drain is higher or exerts backpressure on the drain line, an air inlet is
added to properly drain the clutch.
3B-12
2262533TR
At standstill of the gas turbine generator and the starting motor, the three claws of the centrifugal
clutch engage in the gear on the starting motor output shaft. Weak plate springs push the claws in
the gear teeth. As soon as the starting motor begins to run, it will drive the HP shaft. The three
claws tend to move outwards due to centrifugal force, but as long as the starting motor supplies
torque to the HP rotor, the claws will stay engaged by friction.
At approximately 4500 RPM the control system will shut down the starting motor. This will
cause the torque to reverse and immediately the claws will disengage.
When during the shutdown sequence the gas generator runs down to standstill, the centrifugal
force on the three claws will gradually diminish, allowing the weak springs to bring the claws to
the starting motor gear. As soon as the HP shaft speed is below 1000 RPM, the gas turbine may
be started again. The spring force in the clutch then overrides the centrifugal force of the claws,
allowing full engagement of the claws.
2262533TR
3B-13
3B-14
2262533TR
2262533TR
3C-1
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The LM2000 gas turbine uses synthetic (MIL-23699) lube oil to:
Lubricate and cool the high-pressure (HP) and low-pressure (LP) rotor bearings and
sumps as well as the inlet transfer gearbox (TGB) and accessory gearbox (AGB)/
Provide oil for operating the actuators for the variable stator vanes (VSVs)
Lubricate the over-running clutch for the hydraulic starter motor
SYNTHETIC LUBE OIL

Synthetic lube oil is used because it can operate at higher temperatures than the mineral oil in the
generator lube oil system. Lubrication is very important part of the power plant operation. An
engine allowed operating without lubrications certain to fail. Lubrication not only combats
friction but also acts as a cooling agent. As the oil circulates through the engine, it absorbs heat
from the parts. Oil also reduces abrasive wear by picking up foreign particles and carrying them
to filter to be removed.
Friction Reduction
Lubricating oil decreases friction by preventing metal-to-metal contact at bearing points
throughout the engine. Separating mating surfaces of moving parts by a thin film of oil changes
dry or solid friction to fluid friction. The result is less heat generated in the moving parts and
decreased wears on parts.
Cushioning Effect
Lubricating oil cushions bearing surfaces by absorbing the shock between the two.
Cooling
It has been noted that reducing friction results in less heat being generated. Also, as oil is
circulated through the bearings and splashed on various engine parts, it absorbs a great amount of
heat. An efficient lubrication system will absorb as much as 10 percent of the total heat content
of fuel consumed by the engine. By carrying away the heat, the oil flow reduces operating
temperatures of internal parts not directly cooled by the engine cooling system.
Sealing Action
Oil helps seal mating surfaces in the engine, and the film of oil on various surfaces is effective
pressure seal.
3C-2
2262533TR
Cleaning Effect
Oil cleans the engine by picking up carbon and other foreign particles as it passes through the
engine parts. It carries these particles through the system to a filter where they are filtered from
the oil.
The condition that the oil operates under will determine the requirements for lubricating oil.
Conditions like temperature, contact pressure, and type and rate of motion very so much that one
lubricant cannot provide ideal lubrication for all contents. Using lubricating oil with all the
desirable properties in degrees will provide satisfactory results. Some desirable lubricating oil
qualities are:
Viscosity
Antifriction ability
Cooling ability
Chemical ability
Viscosity
The degrees of resistance of an oil flow at a specified temperature indicate its viscosity. Oil that
flows slowly is described as viscous oil or an oil of high viscosity. Oil that flows readily is said
to posses a low viscosity. The viscosity of all oils is affected by temperature increases, oil
becomes thinner, the rate at which an oil resists viscosity changes through a given temperature
range is called its viscosity index. The viscosity of turbine oil is fairly high because of high
operating temperatures high bearing temperatures, and relatively large clearances inside the
turbine engine.
Antifriction
The theory of fluid lubrication is based on actual separation of metallic surfaces by an oil film.
Lubricants should have high antifriction characteristics to reduce frictional resistance of the
moving parts and high anti-wear properties to resist the wearing action that occurs during engine
operation.
Cooling Ability
Lubricating oil should have maximum cooling ability in order to absorb as much heat as possible
from all lubricated surfaces.
Chemical Stability
The extreme operating conditions and high dollar value of turbine engines make it necessary to
use lubricating oil of the very best quality. Oil quality can only be maintained with proper
2262533TR
3C-3
testing, oil storage, and system integrity. The following chemical transformations can occur in a
lubricating oil and make it unfit for service.
Acidity-Acidity in oils is dangerous chiefly when high temperatures and moisture are present as is
the case of turbine engines. The results of high acid content are corrosion of metal and the
formation of sludges, emulsions, and deposits in the oil system.
Oxidation-All lubricating oils tend to oxidize when in contact with air. The compounds formed
by oxidations are undesirable and harmful since they are generally of a gummy or acid character.
Sulfur-Sulfur may occur in lubricating oil is free sulfur or as sulfonates. Free sulfur may be
present thorough careless or improper refining or by actual addition. Free sulfur is corrosive in
nature and the stability of the oil. The presence of sulfonates indicates over treatment with
sulfuric acid or inadequate washing of the oil to free it from chemicals during the refining
process. Sulfonates are strong emulsifying agents that tend to promote sludge formation in the oil
system. Lubricating oil containing high percentages of surfer oxidize more easily than those with
low sulfur content.
Carbon Residue-Petroleum lubricating oils are complex mixtures of hydrocarbons that very
widely in their physical and chemical properties. Owing to this difference some oils may
vaporize under atmospheric conditions without leaving any appreciable residues. Other oils leave
a nonvolatile carbon residue upon vaporization. This carbon residue is the result of a partial
breakdown of the oil by heat, which is caused by destructive distillation of the oil without air
entering into the reaction. Many parts in the engine operate at a temperature high enough to
cause this reaction and to form carbon deposits. These deposits are undesirable as they may
restrict passages.
Moisture-Corrosion of bearing materials is almost always due to moisture in the oil. Although it
is possible for corrosion to occur from acidity, it is unlikely unless moisture is also present.
Therefore, to prevent corrosion, it is important to eliminate moisture from the oil as much as
possible. This is especially true at high temperatures because they increase the rate of corrosion.
Because of the accumulation of these harmful substances common practice is to drain the entire
lubrication system at regular intervals and refill with new based on manufacture and lube oil test
results recommendations.
Warning
When handling oil used in gas turbine, do not allow oil to remain on skin any
longer than necessary. It contains a toxic additive that is readily absorbed
through the skin. Personnel protective equipment will be worn when handling
turbine oil.
Synthetic lube oil is used because it can operate at higher temperatures than the mineral oil in the
generator lube oil system.
3C-4
2262533TR
Turbine Lube Oil System Screen # 1 Display
Turbine Lube Oil System # 2 Screen Display

2262533TR
3C-5
Gas Turbine Lube Oil System F&ID 683244, Pg 1
Gas Turbine Lube Oil System F&ID 683244, Pg 2
3C-6
2262533TR
SYSTEM OPERATION
Refer to Flow & Instrument Diagram (F&ID) 020020-01-683244, Turbine Lube Oil System in
chapter 7 of this manual set. System operation for the GTG set is as follows:
The internal turbine lube oil pump draws lube oil from the 140-gallon (530-liters)reservoir through
the manual shutoff valve and inlet port (L1). Oil passes from discharge port (L2) to the lube oil
supply duplex filter assembly in the external system.
The duplex supply filter has a manually operated shuttle valve used to divert oil flow through
either of the two filter elements. This allows one filter element to be serviced while oil flows
through the other. Pressure differential transmitter PDT-1006, installed in the turbine gauge
panel, signals pressure indicator PI-1006 and pressure differential alarm PDAH-1006. PDAH1006 sounds an alarm when differential pressure across the filter reaches 20 psid (138 kPad). A
pressure-balance valve has been provided for maintenance use during engine shutdown to
confirm that differential pressure gauge PI-1006 indicates zero when no pressure differential
exists.
On the supply filter discharge line, a quantity of oil from the header is utilized to actuate the
turbine Variable Stator Vanes (VSVs). A small positive displacement pump, attached to the
AGB takes suction on the supply filter return line and supplies oil through a simplex filter to the
VSV Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). From the HCU, the oil is distributed to the rod or head end
of the hydraulic actuators. Return oil from the HCU is routed back to the lube oil header just
before the supply filters inlet. The simplex filter has a pressure differential transducer PDT-7003
which sends pressure signals to the TCP. Pressure taps (L8) and (L9) are the inlet and out to the
PDT. Pressure indicator PDI-7003 provides the filter differential pressure reading to the
electronic-turbine control system and alarm PDAH-7003 activates when filter differential
pressure reaches 30 (206 kPad) psid or higher.
The oil from the filter passes through the oil header port (L4) into the internal lube oil system of
the turbine for distribution to the accessory gearbox and the turbine shaft bearings. Internal
duplex platinum RTD sensor TE-1028A/B activates an alarm if the temperature of the incoming
oil reaches 190 F (88 C) and activates a shutdown if the temperature reaches 200 F (93 C).
TE-1028A/B also activates an alarm if the temperature of the incoming oil drops to 20 F (-7 C)
and activates a shutdown if temperatures drop to 90 F (32 C) (if NGG > 6800 rpm). Other
internal duplex platinum RTD sensors, TE-1024A/B, TE-1025A/B, TE-1026A/B, and TE1027A/B, monitor the lube oil temperature in the turbine-bearing sumps. These sensors activate
an alarm if the lube oil temperature in any sump reaches the base line + 20 F (-7 C), and initiate
a slow decelerate to minimum load shutdown if the oil temperature reaches the base line + 40 F
(4.4 C). Internal duplex platinum RTD sensor, TE-1023A/B, monitors the lube oil temperature
in the auxiliary gear box. This sensor activates an alarm, if the lube oil temperature in the
auxiliary gearbox reaches the base line + 20 F (-7 C), and initiates a slow decelerate to
minimum load shutdown, if the oil temperature reaches the base line + 40 F (4.4 C).
PT-1021, installed in the turbine gauge panel, monitors oil pressure at the header port
(L5), signaling an indicator and activating an alarms and shutdown. Indicator PI-1021, scaled 02262533TR
3C-7
100 psig, provides the internal lube oil pressure reading to the electronic-turbine control system.
Alarm, PAL-11021A/B, is activated if oil pressure drops to 8 psig (55 kPag) and 4500 rpm <
NGG < 8000 rpm. An alarm is also activated if pressure drops to 25 psig (172 kPag) and NGG
8000 rpm. PALL-1021 activates a fast stop lockout with motor shutdown if the following occurs:
Pressure drops to 6 psig (41 kPag) and 4500 rpm < NGG < 8000 rpm
Pressure drops to 15 psig (103 kPag) and NGG 8000 rpm
Pressure sensor fails
Oil drawn from the bearing sumps by the scavenge stage of the turbine pump passes through
scavenge oil discharge port (L3). Transmitter PT-1022 forwards pressure signals to the electronic
control system. Pressure indicator PI-1022, scaled 0-200 psig (0-1,378 kPag), provides scavenge
discharge oil pressure reading to the electronic-turbine control system, and alarm PAH-1022 is
activated if scavenge discharge oil pressure reaches 110 psig (758 kPag). Oil passes from PT1022 to the lube oil scavenge duplex filter assembly in the external system. Transmitter PDT1007 signals pressure indicator PI-1007 which indicates the pressure differential across the
scavenge duplex filter. Alarm PDAH-1007 activates when the pressure differential reaches 20
psid (138 kPag) or greater (base line + 100%), while alarm PDAHH-1007, activates at 25 psid
(172 kPag) (base line + 150%). The scavenge duplex filter has a manually operated shuttle valve
used to divert oil flow through either of the two filter elements. This allows one filter element to
be serviced while oil flows through the other.
Filtered scavenge oil is then cooled by a selected cooler in the fin-fan heat exchanger before
being returned to the reservoir for recirculation. The portion of oil actually routed through the
selected cooler is determined by 3-way, thermostatic control valve TCV-1001. This valve
apportions oil flow through the cooler, as required, to maintain the outlet temperature at < 140 F
60 C). When lube oil temperature is low, such as at the start of turbine operation, the
thermostatic valve bypasses the oil flow around the heat exchanger to the reservoir. As the lube
oil temperature increases during turbine operation, the valve progressively directs more oil
through the heat exchanger until, at 140 F (60 C), nearly all the oil flows through the heat
exchanger.
The filtered and cooled scavenged oil returns to the lube oil reservoir. Entrained air and other
gases are vented to the atmosphere through the reservoir demister/flame arrestor.
Reservoir oil temperature is maintained at 90 F (32 C) by an integral thermostatic switch and
immersion heater. Level transmitter LT-1002 forwards oil level information to the electroniccontrol system. Level indicator, LI-1002 displays the turbine oil reservoir level reading at the
electronic-turbine control system. Alarm LAH-1002 activates when the oil level rises to 5" (127
mm) below the mounting flange of the transmitter on the reservoir (83% of full). LAL-1002
activates when the oil level drops 12" (305 mm) below the mounting flange of the transmitter on
the reservoir (59% of full). LALL-1002 activates a shutdown when the oil level drops 14" (356
mm) below the mounting flange of the transmitter on the reservoir (53% of full). Low-temperature
RTD TE-1013 activates alarm TAL-1113 if the oil temperature falls below 70 F (21 C).
Temperature indicator TI-1013 displays the lube oil temperature at the electronic control system.
3C-8
2262533TR
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Lube oil pressures and temperatures at critical points are transmitted and displayed on the desktop
HMI. Gauges and pressure transmitters in the system have been installed with a needle valve in
the instrument sensing line to permit replacement and calibration without disturbing the lube oil
flow. The system piping has been provided with manually operated ball valves to isolate
components for repairs and maintenance.
LM2X GAS TURBINE LUBE/SCAVENGE SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Lube Oil System Flow, Temperature and Pressure Chart

Oil Consumption
Consumption is not expected to exceed 2.0 lbs/hr (0.9 kg/hr). Average consumption is 0.200
lb/hr (0.09 kg/hr)
2262533TR
3C-9
LM2000 Sump Layout
LM2000 TURBINE LUBE OIL DRY SUMPS

All sumps are pressurized by stage 9, ejector discharge air. Airflow is of sufficient volume and
pressure to maintain a positive airflow inward across the inner seals to the air/oil sump cavity.
This positive airflow carries any oil on the seals, thus retaining the oil within the inner cavity.
Sump pressurization air enters the outer sump cavity through a pressurization port. This air then
passes across oil seals into the inner sump cavity, where it is vented to the air/oil separator.
Sump pressurization air also passes outward across outer air seals to the GT cavity.
The LM2000 gas turbine with 6-stage power turbine assembly consists of two separate rotating
systems: the GG and the PT. Seven bearings are used: No.3R (A-Sump), 4R and 4B (B-Sump),
5R and 6R, (C-Sump), and 7B and &R (D-Sump).
Support for the Gas Generator (GG) rotor consists of a four bearing system: the No. 3R and 4R
bearings are roller bearings mounted on the forward and aft compressor shafts respectively.
Bearing No. 4B is a ball bearing and is used to carry the thrust load of the GG rotor. The No. 5R
bearing is a roller bearing supporting the rear shaft of the GG turbine rotor.
3C-10
2262533TR
The Power Turbine (PT) rotor support consists of three bearings: the No. 6R, 7B, and 7R
bearings. The No. 6R and 7R bearings are roller bearings mounted on the forward and aft rotor
shaft respectively. The No. 7B bearing is a ball bearing mounted on the rear shaft, just forward of
the No. 7R bearing. The No. 7B bearing carries the thrust load of the PT rotor.
The rolling member of the 6R bearing is mounted in the Turbine Mid Frame.
The 3R, 4R, 4B, 5R, and 7B are matched bearings and inner races.
All bearing outer races, except No. 4B, 5R, and 7R, are flanged. The No. 4B bearing is retained
by a spanner nut across the outer face. The No. 5R and &R bearings are retained by a tabbed ring
which engages slots in the outer race. Bearings No. 3R and 5R, under some conditions, can be
lightly loaded. To prevent skidding of the rollers under these conditions, the outer race is very
slightly elliptical to keep the rollers turning.
TURBINE ENGINE DRY SUMP
2262533TR
3C-11
OIL SEALS
The oil seals are of two types: labyrinth seals used in the sump area, and carbon seals used in the
Accessory Gearbox (AGB).
The labyrinth oil seal combines a rotating seal having oil slingers and a serrated surface with a
stationary seal having a smooth service.
The serrations cut grooves into the smooth surface of the stationary seal to maintain close
clearances throughout a large temperature range. This seal allows a small amount of seal
pressurization air to leak into the sump, thereby preventing oil leakage.
The carbon seal consists of a stationary spring-loaded carbon sealing ring and a rotating highly
polished steel mating ring. This prevents oil in the gearbox from leaking past the drive shafts of
the starter, VSV control, and Auxiliary Drive/Fuel pump pads.
Labyrinth Oil Seal
3C-12
2262533TR
Carbon Oil Seal
AIR SEALS
The LM2000 gas turbine air seals are of two types; labyrinth / honeycomb used throughout the
gas turbine and fishmouth seal used in the stage 1 nozzle assembly and in the TMF.
The labyrinth / honeycomb seal combines a rotating seal, having a knife-like teeth, with a
stationary seal, having a honeycomb surface. The teeth cut into the honeycomb to maintain close
clearances over a large temperature range.
Fishmouth Air Seal

2262533TR
3C-13
Lube and Scavenge Pump Assembly

The turbine lube oil and scavenge pump assembly is mounted on the aft side of the Accessory
Gearbox (AGB) and is a six element, positive displacement, vane type pump. One element is
used for the lube oil supply and five elements are used for the lube scavenging. Within the pump
are inlet screens, one for each element, and a lube supply pressure limiting valve. Each scavenge
return line is equipped with electrical / magnetic remote-reading chip detectors. Each chip
detector indicates chip collection when resistance across the detector drops.
Turbine Lube Oil / Scavenge Pump Assembly
3C-14
2262533TR
Turbine Lube Oil / Scavenge Pump Assembly
2262533TR
3C-15
Turbine Lube Oil Scavenge Pump Assy.

(Bottom View)
3C-16
2262533TR
Six Element - Lube Oil Scavenge Pump Side View
Six Element - Lube Oil Scavenge Pump Top View
2262533TR
3C-17
AIR / OIL SEPARATOR

The Air / Oil Separator consists of a fabricated sheet metal impeller with a cast aluminum
housing. The Air / Oil Separator is mounted on the AGB.
To prevent excessive oil losses from venting oil vapor overboard, all sumps and gearboxes are
vented to the Air / Oil Separator. The sump vent air is discharged after passing through the
separator. Oil is collected on the inside of the impeller as the oil-laden sump vent air passes
through the separator.
Small holes in the segments of the impeller allow the collected oil to be discharged to the
separator outer housing. Vanes on the housing wall are used to collect and direct the oil to the
drain port. To prevent oil and oil vapor from escaping past the end of the impeller, the separator
has two labyrinth seals, with the cavity between the two seals pressurized with ejector discharge
air.
Air / Oil Separator
3C-18
2262533TR
Air Oil Separator
2262533TR
3C-19
Accessory Gearbox Aft View
Accessory Gearbox Forward View
3C-20
2262533TR
Radial Drive Shaft Housing
Auxiliary Gear Box Front View
Auxiliary Gear Box Rear View
2262533TR
3C-21
Typical Fin Fan Cooler
TURBINE LUBE OIL COOLERS

Fin /Fan coolers are utilized to cool the scavenged lube oil from the turbine. The cooler, in
conjunction with the Thermostatic Control Valve (TCV 1001), maintain return oil temperature to
140 F (60 C).
The cooler utilize airflow across a radiator core to provide the cooling medium. One cooler,
utilizing twin radiator cores provide cooling for both the turbine and generator oil cooling.
Auxiliary Skid
3C-22
2262533TR
RESERVOIR
The lube oil reservoir is stainless steel. The reservoir is located on the auxiliary skid and has a
140 gal. (530 L) capacity. The reservoir has local and remote indication of level, temperature and
a demister to separate the oil mist out of the air prior to discharging to atmosphere.
A reservoir heater (HE-1004) and thermostatic control (TC-1004) will maintain lube oil
temperature in the reservoir to at least 90F (32 C). The heater will be ordered on at 90F (32
C) and off at 95 F (35 C). If the reservoir temperature drops below to 70 F (21 C) an alarm
will sound on the TCP.
There are two level indicators on the reservoir. The first is a local visual indicator, and the second
a level transmitter that will activate Low/Hi level alarms and a Low Low level trip. The set points
are as follows:
83% = 5 (127mm) DECR Alarm
59% = 12 (305mm) INCR Alarm
53% = 14 (256mm) INCR Turbine Trip
The distance is measured from the top of the tank. If the oil level drops to the low level alarm set
point, the heater will be deenergized.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE

The temperature control valve regulates lube oil return temperature by bypassing some of the hot
oil around the lube oil cooler and mixing it with the cool oil from the oil cooler.
The thermostatic control valve uses the expanding wax type of temperature sensing element set
to the nominal rating at the factory and cannot be altered once set. If necessary to change the
nominal rating of the valve, a different set of elements must be used.
Temperature Control Valve
2262533TR
3C-23
SUPPLY AND SCAVENGE LUBE OIL FILTERS
Supply & Scavenge Lube Oil Filters

The duplex supply lube oil filters are located on the right-hand side of the enclosure. The duplex
scavenge lube oil filters are located on the auxiliary skid. The filter elements are rated at preset
micron and each element can handle 100% flow and pressure. The filters have a remote pressure
differential pressure gauge, an alarm pressure differential switch set at 20 psid (138kPad), and a
shutdown differential pressure switch set at 25 psid (172 kPad).
NOTE: Human hair is about 100 Microns in Diameter
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE (PSV-1003)

System Relief Valve (PSV-1003) is located in the turbine discharge (scavenge) line and provides
protection to the system. The valve is set to lift at 140 psi (965 kPag) back to the reservoir.
INSTRUMENTATION
Oil Supply Pressure Transmitter (PT-1021)
Oil supply pressure transmitter (PT-1021) provides for remote observation of supply oil pressure
to the turbine. There are low pressure alarms and trip set point within the monitoring system.
They are as follows:
Alarm =
FSLO =
Alarm =
FSLO =
3C-24
If pressure < 8 PSIG (55 kPag) & NGG is between 4500 & 8000 rpm
If pressure < 6 PSIG (41 kPag) & NGG is between 4500 & 8000 rpm
If pressure < 25 PSIG (172 kPag)& NGG >= 8000 rpm
If pressure < 15 PSIG (103 kPag)& NGG >= 8000 rpm
2262533TR
Scavenge Oil Pressure Transmitter (PT-1022)

Scavenge Oil pressure transmitter (PT-1022) provides for remote observations of scavenge oil
pressure from the turbine. There is high-pressure alarms set point within the monitoring system.
They are as follows:
Alarm = 110 psig(758 kPag) INCR
Temperature Element (TE-1028)
Temperature Element (TE-1028) provides for remote monitoring of turbine supply oil
temperature. There are low /high temperature alarms and trip set point within the monitoring
system. They are as follows:
Shutdown =
Alarm =
Shutdown =
Alarm =
2262533TR
200 F (93 C) INCR

190 F (88 C) INCR
90 F (32 C) DECR if NGG < 6800 rpm
20 F (-6 C) DECR
3C-25
VSV Actuator Pump
VARIABLE STATOR VANE ASSEMBLY

Stator vane position is vital to stable, efficient operation of the engine. While the HPC is designed
for peak aerodynamic efficiency at full power and full speed, it must also operate at lower speeds.
At these lower speeds, the later stages of the compressor cannot consume all the air delivered by
the earlier stages. The variable stators accommodate this situation by limiting the compression
ratio of the first six stages of the compressor at low speeds and changing the compression at
higher speeds.
Typical VSV Actuator System
3C-26
2262533TR
Variable Geometry Hydraulic Pump

The variable geometry hydraulic pump is a positive displacement pump that draws oil form the
turbine supply filter discharge header and supplies the hydraulic control unit (HCU) with the
correct oil flow and pressure to move the variable stator vanes (VSVs) to the required position.
The pump is mounted on and driven by the accessory gearbox.
Variable Geometry Hydraulic Pump Oil Filter
The VG pump filter is mounted near the VG pump, on the engine accessory gearbox. The filter
has a pressure differential switch set at 30 psid (138 kPad) that sends a signal to the turbine
control system for alarm indication.
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)
The hydraulic control unit receives position signals from the turbine control system. The HCU
houses torque motor-positioned hydraulic servos to direct hydraulic fluid at regulated pressure to
the VSV actuators or to the bypass position.
Variable Stator Vane Actuators
There are two variable stator vane (VSV) actuators. The actuators are double-acting hydraulic
cylinder-piston type actuators. The HCU pressures on one side of the piston and vents the
opposite side to position the VSVs.
Positioning of the VSVs is accomplished with two hydraulic actuators, one at the 3:00 oclock
position and one at the 9:00 oclock position. Each actuator uses an LVDT for position feedback
to the control system. The control system is designed to provide excitation and signal
conditioning for both LVDTs and to control VSV position by means of closed-loop scheduling
of VSV actuator position based on corrected HP rotor speed and inlet temperature.
2262533TR
3C-27
3C-28
2262533TR
LM2000 GENERATOR PACKAGE
TURBINE GAS FUEL SYSTEM
2262533TR
3D-1
Gas Fuel System
3D-2
TURBINE FUEL SYSTEMS
6714TU
GAS FUEL SYSTEM

The turbine engine operates on gaseous fuel (natural gas). For a detailed description of the
internal fuel supply and combustion system for the turbine engine, see GE publication GEK97310 in Chapter 5 of the O&M manual. Refer to the fuel system drawing 20063-01-683260 in
Chapter 7.
Customer-supplied gas fuel is provided with a flow rate of 250 MMBtu/hr, maximum, a
temperature of 250 F, maximum, and a pressure of 365 to 405 psig. Gas fuel must meet General
Electric quality requirements per specification MID-TD-0000-1. Refer to Appendix A the O&M
manual for further information on GEs fuel specifications.
Turbine Gas Fuel System Screen Display
2262533TR
3D-3
Main Skid
At the main skid, gas fuel enters through a ball valve (not supplied by GE). A 100-mesh, Y-type
strainer removes any large, entrained particles. Inlet flow rate is monitored by flow element FE2000, and flow indicator FI-2000 displays the totalized flow in pph/scfm. Inlet flow temperature
and pressure are monitored by temperature element TE-2032 and pressure transmitter PT-2027,
respectively. Based on the readings from TE-2032, an alarm is activated for fuel temperatures
above 275 F. At temperatures above 300 F, a Cool Down Lockout (CDLO) shutdown is
initiated. At temperatures above 325 F, a Fast Stop Lockout Without Motor (FSLO) shutdown is
initiated. Based on the readings from PT-2027, an alarm is activated at fuel pressures above 600
psig. At pressures above 650 psig or below 185 psig, an FSWM shutdown is initiated. In
addition, when the fuel pressure at PT-2027 is less than 195 psig and the NGG speed is less than
or equal to 7000 rpm, an alarm is issued. An alarm is also issued at pressures less than 320 psig
when the NGG speed is greater than 7000 rpm. A 3/8" line branches from the main fuel supply
line pressure upstream of the fuel shutoff valves. A combination gas fuel pressure control valve,
which includes pressure regulator PCV-2025 (set at 80 psig), pressure relief valve PSV-2025 (set
at 100 psig), and pressure indicator PI-2025, controls fuel pressure to the shutoff valve actuators.
Fuel pressure is also monitored prior to entering the gas manifold by pressure transmitter PT2028.
Fuel Shutoff Valves And Safety Venting
Fuel flow to the combustor is regulated by two fuel shutoff valves. Solenoid actuated fuel shutoff
valves FSV-2006 and FSV-2007 are quick-closure valve assemblies located upstream and
downstream, respectively, from the fuel control valve FCV-2001. These fail-close valves are
either fully open to allow fuel flow, or fully closed to prevent fuel flow.
During startups, the control system first opens shutoff valves FSV-2006 and FSV-2007. Fuel flow
is then adjusted by fuel metering valve FCV-2001.
At shutdown, fuel gas is vented from the shutoff valves and interconnecting supply line by two
paths. Shutoff valve FSV-2007 includes a quick exhaust valve assembly, which allows rapid
closure of the valve and vents gas to a safe area via customer connection [11]. The shutoff valve
actuators are vented to a safe area at customer connection [24].
3D-4
6714TU
Fuel Shut-Off & Metering Valves

Fuel Metering Valve
Fuel metering valve FCV-2001 is installed with an electrically controlled, proportional actuator
that is controlled by signals from the TCP. This Woodward metering valve incorporates precise
valve positioning data, which together with fuel temperature and pressure measurements can be
used to calculate the fuel flow rate. Refer to the Woodward documents in Chapter 5 of this
manual for details on valve operation.
The fuel metering valve is a rotary sleeve-and-shoe throttling valve in which the metering port
area is determined by input shaft positioning from the actuator. The valve is spring-loaded to the
minimum fuel direction, so loss-of-signal and loss-of-power situations cause a fuel shutdown.
Between 50 and 40,000 pph of natural gas can be metered by the valve.
The fuel metering valve actuator is an electro-hydraulic proportional device in which a torque
motor servo-valve is energized by the electric control (from the TCP) to generate a pressure
differential applied to operate the spool valve. Supply pressure is regulated by the spool valve to
move a double-acting servo piston and provide terminal shaft output. Internal mechanical
feedback is standard; GE AE also uses the electrical position feedback transducer for fail-safe
operation.
From the fuel gas control valve the fuel gas flows to the downstream shutoff valve, to the fuel gas
manifold and then to one of the thirty fuel nozzles.
2262533TR
3D-5
Exhaust Collector Drain

Exhaust Collector Drain Liquid Fuel System
Significant amounts of flammable liquids and water wash solution may accumulate in the turbine
exhaust collector. The exhaust collector drain system eliminates these accumulations to ensure
safe starts. A flexible drain line routes accumulations from the collector to the fuel drain line
through pneumatically operated, normally open FCV-2005. 8th-stage bleed-air manifold bleed air
pressure is utilized to close the drain valve FCV-2005. As the turbine speed increases, positive
pressure developed in the exhaust collector forces the condensate, water wash and liquid fuel that
has accumulations in the exhaust duct out through the drain valve FCV-1205. The fluid is then
routed through a check valve, and the manual fuel drain valve to customer connection.. As the
turbine speed continues to increase, 8th-stage bleed air increases. When the pressure rises to 50
psig (344 kPag), FCV-2005 closes. The collector drain remains closed during normal operation.
3D-6
6714TU
TURBINE WATER WASH SYSTEM
2262533TR
3E-1
Water Wash System Screen Display
COMPRESSOR WATER WASH SYSTEM THEORY OF OPERATION

The water wash system provides a mechanism for cleaning engine compressor blades to increase
compressor efficiency and improve engine power output versus fuel burned.
There are many types of compressor fouling. The type and rate of fouling depend on the
environment in which the gas turbine operates and the type of inlet filtration.
Among the most common types of contaminants are:
Dirt or soil
Sand
Seashells
Coal dust
Insects
Salt (Corrosion)
Oil
Turbine exhaust gas
Salt, aside from being a contaminant by itself, also causes corrosion of blading and ductwork and
subsequent ingestion of rust and scale. Oil increases the ability of contaminants to cling to
compressor passages and airfoils. The type of material that is deposited on the compressor
blading influences the method of its removal. In other words, some material will respond to one
cleaning media, others to another.
3E-2
2262533TR
Keeping the compressor internals clean can alleviate a number of problems before they ever come
apparent. Besides the obvious benefits of enhanced efficiency (increased power output, lower T-3
temperatures, etc.), keeping the HPC clean will help in blades survive longer. If the compressor
is dirty, additional weight is added to the airfoil and this increases the cyclic stress. Also, dirt in
the dovetail slots will add to the existing friction loading at the dovetail/slot interface and between
the two mechanisms a blade dovetail failure becomes more likely. Performing thorough water
washes with high quality ingredients on a regular basis with help combat these conditions.
Method of Detection
There are two basic methods for determining the cleanliness of the compressor. Visual inspect
and performance monitoring.
Visual inspection:
The best method for detecting a fouled compressor is visual inspection. This involves shutting
the unit down, removing inlet plenum inspection hatch, and visually inspect compressor inlet,
bellmouth, inlet guide vanes, and early stage blading. If any deposits, including dust or firmly
deposits can be wiped or scraped off these areas, the compressor is fouled sufficiently to affect
performance. The initial inspection also reveals whether the deposits are oily or dry. For oily
deposits, a water-detergent wash is required followed by a clean water rinses. Location of the
source of the oil and correction should be accomplished before cleaning to prevent recurrence of
the fouling.
Performance monitoring:
A second method for detecting a fouled compressor is performance monitoring. Performance
monitoring involves obtaining gas turbine data on a routine basis, which in turn is compared to
baseline data to monitor trends in the performance of the gas turbine.
The performance data is obtained by running the unit at steady on base load and recording output,
exhaust temperatures, inlet air temperatures, barometric pressure, compressor discharge pressure
and temperature, and fuel consumption. The data should be taken carefully with the unit warmed
up. If performance analysis indicates compressor fouling, it should be verified by a visual
inspection.
2262533TR
3E-3
Water Wash F&ID 683262
Water Wash Manifold Supply
3E-4
2262533TR
Turbine Inlet with On-Line Water Wash Ring and FOD Screen
TURBINE WATER WASH SYSTEMS

Introduction
Optimal turbine performance is achieved by periodically cleaning compressor stages of the gas
turbine. The water wash system provides for washing the turbine when the turbine has been shut
down for maintenance (off-line water washing). Off-line water washing may not be initiated until
engine surface temperature is < 200 F (93 C).
Refer to F&ID 020020-01-683262, Water Wash System, provided in Chapter 7. Additional details
on the turbine water wash system can be found in vendor documentation provided in Chapter 5 of
the O&M manual. This section provides an overview of a typical turbine water wash system.
2262533TR
3E-5
Specifications governing water wash quality, approved cleaning agents, and antifreeze solutions
have been included in Appendix A of GE publication GEK-97310 located in Chapter 5 of the
O&M manual.
Turbine Water Wash Operation
The customer supplies the recommended amount of chemical concentrate (solvent) through the
soap and water fill funnel and the recommended amount of water through water inlet. If
necessary, the customer can add antifreeze for engine protection during cold-weather washing.
The normal recommended chemical to water mixture is 1:4 (1 part chemical and 4 parts water).
After permissives have been met, valves open to allow the wash solution to enter the manifold
and spray nozzles using customer connection [72] for an on-line water wash and customer
connection [72B] for an off-line water wash. The wash solution is pumped and filtered before
entering the main skid.
For the wash cycle to begin, SOV-5034 admits the compressed air, filtered to 5 , absolute. The
air is then regulated by PCV-5028 before entering the diaphragm pump/pneumatic master
assembly. Wash cycles last 10 minutes, after which, a purge cycle occurs automatically. The
purge cycle uses instrument or compressed air, filtered to 5 , absolute, for 1 minute at a pressure
of 100120 psig (689-827 kPag). If a rinse cycle is used, rinse water temperature should range
between 150 F (66 C) and 180 F (82 C). After rinsing, drain and clear the tank prior to the
next water washing.
Off-Line Water Wash System
The off-line water wash (referred to as a crank-soak wash) consists of the following cycles:
wash
purge
soak (10 min)
rinse
purge
start
Initiate an off-line water wash only after the engine surface temperature is < 200 F (93 C).
Turbine Water Wash Features
Water wash equipment located on the main skid consists of a manifold and spray nozzles and
solenoid operated valves.
Water Wash Tank
The water wash tank, located on the water wash cart, has a 45-gal (170L) capacity and receives
water and chemical concentrate through customer inlet. The tank is designed to withstand
temperatures of 180 F (82 C).
3E-6
2262533TR
Water Wash Cart

Water Wash Manifold and Spray Nozzles
One manifold services the turbine engine during an off-line water wash and one manifold services
the turbine engine during an on-line water wash. Typically, the off-line manifold has nozzles that
produce micron droplets at a flow rate of 15 gpm (57 lpm).
Water Wash Gauges and Valves
The ball valve on the tank drain line is normally closed during non-wash cycles. During off-line
water wash, wash solution is applied to the atomizing nozzles at 15 gpm (57 lpm) through a 50-
filter. Solenoid-activated valve SOV-5032 admits off-line wash solution to turbine inlet port S1.
Off-line water wash may not be initiated until gas turbine surface temperatures are less than 200
F (93 C).
2262533TR
3E-7
Turbine Compressor Cleaning

The water wash provisions are designed to meet the minimum water wash requirements given in the
GE manual, GEK-97310, and to minimize exposure of service personnel to concentrated cleaning
solvents.
For specific guidelines on cleaning scheduling and recommended solvents, see GE manual, GEK97310, in Chapter 5 of the O&M manual.
Permissives For Start Of Offline Water Wash
Turbine Crank Permissive, ref section.
T48 < 93C
T3 < 93C
Ambient temperature (TE 4082) > 10C
If ambient temperature < 10C the operator must confirm that anti-freeze has been added to
water wash fluid by selecting a Antifreeze button on the HMI.
Operator will initiate start of water wash sequencing from HMI, and the logic will
perform the following:
1)
The hydraulic starter system is started in a Manual Crank mode.
2)
The control signal to the hydraulic starter is set to accelerate the GG shaft to 1200
rpm.
3)
Open VSV.
4)
While accelerating, initiate flow of wash solution to the water wash manifold by
opening the water wash supply valve (SOV 5010).
5)
At 1200 rpm, de-energize the starter, close the water supply valve, and let engine
speed decrease to 100 rpm.
6)
At 100 rpm, energize the starter, open the water supply valve, and repeat the cycle
until the solution is used up.
7)
Upon completion of the injection of the total amount of wash solution, the operator
shall give a stop water wash command from the HMI.
8)
Deactivate the hydraulic starter.
9)
Close VSV.
10) A Normal stop is performed.
3E-8
2262533TR
11) Begin 10 minute soak timer displayed on HMI.

Once the soak time is finished, the operator is to rinse the engine by repeating the above
procedure.
The turbine should now be started and run at Core Idle speed for 5 minutes to dry. If this
operation has not started after 10 minutes an alarm shall be announced to warn the operator.
OPERATOR SCREENS
The GTG Overview screen allows basic monitoring and control of the overall system. Control
functions are accessed by faceplate pop-ups. Each control faceplate allows operator interaction
and gives associated feedback. The screens displayed by the system software show criticaloperating parameters and system set points. Each screen and the information that it contains may
be accessed by pressing its corresponding function. Refer to the Water Wash System Operator
Screens.
Water Wash Screen
2262533TR
3E-9
3E-10
2262533TR
VENTILATION AND COMBUSTION AIR

SYSTEM
2262533TR
3F-1
3F-2
2262533TR
Ventilation and Combustion Air System 012

The ventilation and combustion air system of the GTG set supplies filtered combustion air for
turbine engine operation and filtered ventilation air for the turbine compartment. The verticallymounted turbine air filter module supplies combustion air to the gas turbine and ventilation air to
the turbine compartment. The air filter house has been equipped with platforms, ladders, support
legs, drift eliminators, pre-filter pads, and high efficiency filter elements.
Ventilation and Combustion Air System
Refer to Ventilation and Combustion Air System figure, and Dwg. 20063-01-649239, Ventilation
and Combustion System for the following discussion. The gas turbine engine and the turbine
compartment supply fans draw filtered air from the vertically mounted filter module for turbine
combustion and compartment ventilation, as previously described. The airflow is provided as two
discrete streams: one stream provides a 115,000-scfm (3256-scmm) airflow for combustion in the
turbine engine, the other provides 30,000-scfm (850-scmm) airflow for positive pressure turbine
compartment ventilation. During normal operation, the airflow is as follows:
Air, drawn by the turbine engine and direct drive ventilation fans, flows through the trash screens,
drift eliminators, filter elements and enters the plenum of the air filter module. The trash screen
inhibits large items from entering into the air stream and the drift eliminator removes moisture
2262533TR
3F-3
from the air stream. Gauge PDT-4005 monitors the pressure differential across the filters. PDT4005 signals pressure indicator PDI-4005 which displays the pressure drop across the filter
elements. PDT-4005 activates alarm PDAH-4005 when the pressure differential reaches 5 in-Wg,
while pressure differential transmitter PDT-4005 initiates a CDLO shutdown when the pressure
differential reaches 8 in-Wg. Data from these transmitters is forwarded, in the form of 420-mA
signals, to the electronic-control system for display on the DCS computer monitor. An alarm is also
activated by temperature element TE-4082 should air temperature at the pre-filter intake fall to 43
F.
Exiting the air filter assembly, the airflow is provided as two discrete streams.
Turbine Combustion Intake
Airflow from the air intake assembly passes to the gas turbine engine through the air-inlet silencer,
which reduces the noise from the turbine inlet to 85 dB(A). From the silencer, the air passes
through a 2000- bellmouth screen cover before entering the turbine bellmouth.
Combustion airflow, at a nominal rate of 150,000-scfm (3256 scmm) upon initial cleaning, enters
the turbine engine, where it is mixed with fuel and burned in the combustor section. Exhaust from
the gas turbine engine is expelled through exhaust ducting to the exhaust stack and out to
atmosphere.
Turbine Compartment Ventilation
One of two turbine compartment fans draws air from the inlet air filtration system and ducts the
ventilation air directly into the turbine room through 84 dB(A) silencers and backdraft dampers.
Either of the two large, axial-flow fans, driven by 63 hp, 380 VAC, 3-phase motors, are capable
of drawing up to 850 scmm of air, while the other remains on standby. The standby fan kicks in if
pressure differential switch (PDT-4007) indicates low pressure, or if exit air temperature switch is
activated by rising exit air temperature.
PDT-4007 monitors the differential pressure inside the enclosure and will initiate an alarm to the
control system if the differential pressure drops to .1 WG decreasing. Temperature element TE4054 monitors the turbine room temperature. If turbine room temperature reaches 140 F (60 C)
increasing, TE-4054 initiates an alarm through the control system, and at 150 F (66 C)
increasing, initiates a slow decel to min load (DM). Temperature element TE-4001 monitors
enclosure exhaust air temperature. If exhaust temperature reaches 200 F (93 C) increasing, TE4001 activates an alarm.
Ventilation air, having exchanged heat with the mechanical components, is forced up through the
enclosure roof and expelled to the atmosphere through a fire protection damper and exhaust
silencer, which limits noise at the outlet to 92 dB(A). The fire protection damper is
counterweighted to enable pressure trip devices to remotely release the dampers when a fire is
detected by the fire protection system. The fire protection damper trips only when the CO2
system is activated. The counterweights close the fire dampers to seal the turbine compartment
while the compartment is flooded with extinguishing agent. The fire protection system must be
reset manually.
3F-4
2262533TR
The main turbine terminal box, or MTTB, is provided with two air conditioners, MOT-4019A and
MOT-4019B, to provide cooling or heating for the electronic components inside. RTD TE-4090
monitors the temperature of the MTTB and activates alarms TAH-4090 and TAL-4090 when
MTTB temperature is 125 F or 0 F respectively.
Ventilation and Combustion Air System

Generator Ventilation Airflow
The generator is equipped with a separate ventilation system that includes inlet filters, inlet and
exhaust silencers, and pressure and temperature sensors.
The generator rotor is equipped with fan blades to produce a cooling airflow through the interior of
the generator. The blades draw ambient filtered air into the generator and around its internal parts
before expelling the now heated air through the generator exhaust vent. Refer to F&ID 20063-01683239, Ventilation and Combustion System, in Chapter 4 of this manual. During normal
operation, the airflow is as follows:
Air drawn through the inlet filters is monitored by pressure differential transmitter PDT-4008 and
PDT-4009. The pressure differential transmitter initiates alarm PDAH-4008 and PDAH-4009 air
pressure is 1.2" (2.5mm) WG. Data from these devices, in the form of 420-mA signals, is
forwarded to the electronic-control system. The normally-open contacts of this switch also act as a
start permissive, and will prevent turbine start if closed.
2262533TR
3F-5
Generator Temperature Monitoring

Six RTDs (TE-4021A thru TE-4023B) mounted inside the generator at the stator monitor the
temperature of the stator windings, activating an alarm at 273 F (134 C) and initiating an FSLO
shutdown at 291 F (144 C). The exciter RTD TE-4031 activates an alarm at 194 F (90 C) and
initiates a CDLO shutdown at 212 F (100 C). Three spares have been provided in case the
primary stator RTDs fail. Two spare RTDs have been provided to monitor the inlet airflow
temperature.
RTD TE-4030 monitors the temperature of the airflow exhausted from the generator, activating an
alarm at 194 F (90 C ) and initiating a CDLO shutdown at 212 F (100 C). Airflow from the
generator hood, having exchanged heat with the generators external components, is expelled
through the ceiling-mounted silencer. For more information on the generator, refer to the
Meidensha generator manual in Chapter 5 of this manual set.
A heating element HE-4050 is incorporated in the generator and is activated whenever the unit is
shut down. This will prevent moisture from accumulating inside the generator due to outside
temperature conditions.
A heating element HE-4053 is incorporated in the main generator terminal box, or MGTB, and is
activated whenever the unit is shut down. This will prevent moisture from accumulating inside the
MGTB due to outside temperature conditions. RTD TE-4091 monitors the temperature of the
MGTB and activates alarms TAH-4091 and TAL-4091 when MGTB temperature is 135 F or 0
F respectively.
Prior to initiating start-up of the ventilation system, the following conditions shall be satisfied:
All fire dampers in open position
The start-up sequence is as follows:
1) The Standby AC fan (MOT 4017A/B) is started to verify the turbine enclosure
underpressure (PDT 4007). After 30 seconds, the pressure is checked and the fan is then
stopped. If the fan fails to start or make underpressure, the start sequence is aborted.
2) The Duty AC fan (MOT 4017A/B) is started to verify the turbine enclosure underpressure
(PDT 4007). After 30 seconds, the pressure is checked and the fan then continues to run. If
the fan fails to start or make underpressure, the start sequence is aborted.
Once the start-up procedure is completed, the GT Ventilation System OK signal to sent to the
start sequence to allow it to continue.
During normal operation, the operator may manually start and stop the Standby fan for test/
verification purposes.
3F-6
2262533TR
Duty/Standby Changeover
The 2 x 100% AC fans are designed for duty/standby operation. The controls logic is
configured to allow both automatic and manual changeover from duty to standby. Manual
changeover is selected by the operator from the HMI.
Manual Changeover
Manual changeover involves a change in priority and is initiated by the operator from the HMI.
It can only be performed if the standby fan is not in fault. The operation is performed as
follows:
The second [Standby] fan is started
Both fans are run simultaneously for 5 seconds
The first [Duty] fan is stopped
The second fan, which is now running, is designated as the Duty fan.
Automatic Changeover
Automatic changeover is initiated by the controls logic on either of the following causes:
Loss of GT enclosure underpressure, PDT 4007 < L
The changeover operation is performed in the same way as manual changeover, however the
fan that is running at the end is now the Standby fan. The operator may manually switch priority
between the fans, thereby designating the running fan as Duty.
Whenever a standby fan is running, a Standby fan running alarm shall be generated to inform
the operator. Reset of this alarm shall only be allowed after the fan has been stopped or selected
as duty.
System Shutdown
Prior to stopping the ventilation system, the following permissive must be satisfied:
Post ventilation timer timed out. The timer is started when GG speed < 300 rpm and is set
to 1 hours if flame has been established, otherwise it is set to 30 minutes. During this
period, the TCP logic will prevent the ventilation fans from being stopped.
Fuel gas shutoff valves are closed.
GT start sequence not in progress.
No gas detected inside turbine or fuel gas compartment.
When the ventilation system is stopped, either manually or automatically due to failure, the fuel
gas system shall be depressurized.
2262533TR
3F-7
Special Operations
Both Fans Run
In the event of the following conditions:
High GT Enclosure Temperature (TE 4002A or TE 4002B)
Gas Detected (from F&G Panel)
Both the Duty and the Standby fans are started, and kept running for the duration of the fault.
There is no Standby Fan Running alarm announced.
Once the fault is cleared and reset, the operator may reset boosted ventilation, i.e. stop the
standby fan.
Both Fans Shut Down
In the event of the following conditions:
Fire Detected (from F&G Panel)
CO2 Released (from F&G Panel)
Both the Duty and the Standby fans are stopped immediately, and cannot be restarted until fault
is cleared and reset.
OPERATOR SCREENS
be accessed by pressing its corresponding function.
3F-8
2262533TR
ENCLOSURE VENTILATION SCREEN DISPLAY
GENERATOR VENTILATION SCREEN DISPLAY

2262533TR
3F-9
Typical Enclosure Ventilation Screen Display

The Enclosure Ventilation Screen display allows the operator to monitor the turbine enclosure
ventilation auxiliary system. When an alarm is unacknowledged, the instrument tags will change
color to flashing red. When an alarm is acknowledged but not rest, the instrument tag will change
to a solid red. Automatic navigation to the alarm summary graphic is provided from any flashing
red or solid red instrument tag.
3F-10
2262533TR
FIRE SUPPRESSION AND GAS

DETECTION SYSTEM
2262533TR
3G-1
Fire Suppression and Gas Detection System 012

The fire suppression and gas detection system for the GTG set monitors the turbine-engine
compartment for the presence of fire and accumulations of combustible gas. Carbon dioxide (CO2)
is used as the fire-extinguishing agent for the main skid. The fire suppression and gas detection
system consists of a programmable microprocessor-controlled panel that receives inputs from
various sensors, such as optical flame detectors, thermal spot detectors, combustible gas detectors,
hand switches, etc. The panel is located in the termination cubicle of the TCP. Refer to Fire
Suppression and Gas Detection System, Block Diagram (below), for an overview of the system.
Additional details on the fire suppression and gas detection system can be found in engineering
drawings provided in Chapter 7 of this manual.
Fire Suppression and Gas Detection System
CO2 in high concentrations may be harmful. Evacuate all
personnel when CO2 is released. Purge compartments prior to
reentry. Failure to observe this warning could result in serious
injury or death. Read the Wilson Fire and Gas Protection
Manual prior to operating or maintaining the system.
Before operating or maintaining the fire protection system,
read vendor publications in Chapter 5 of this manual and
applicable safety guidelines in National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) Publication 12, Standard on Carbon
Dioxide Extinguishing Systems.
Refer to F&ID 20063-01-683254, Fire Protection System in Chapter 7 of this manual set. In case
of a fire, an emergency shutdown is initiated and fuel flow to the turbine engine is terminated. The
compartment-ventilating fans de-energize, fire dampers close, and the solenoid-operated valves
open to release the fire-extinguishing agent. When an alarm input is received, the control panel
energizes a timer to start a time-delay sequence that allows the operator to evacuate the main skid
area before the extinguishing agent is released. A red emergency push button station has been
provided outside the doors to the engine compartment for manually initiating alarms and releasing
the fire-extinguishing agent. The fire suppression and gas detection system is interlocked with the
turbine vent fans and shuts down these fans to confine the fire within the compartment.
Similarly, when the gas accumulation exceeds the pre-set 10% lower explosion level (LEL), a series
of events takes place. The dampers remain open and the standby fan activates in order to increase
compartment ventilation and expel the gas from the compartments to the atmosphere; fuel flow
continues. When the sensors detect a 25% high explosion level (HEL) of gas accumulation, fuel
3G-2
2262533TR
flow is stopped, the dampers remain open, and the standby fan activates to expel the gas from the
compartment if not already in service.
Fire Suppression and Gas Detection System, Block Diagram
The fire and gas protection panel processes the input(s) and executes corresponding outputs to open
the solenoid-operated valves at the main bank of CO2 bottles to release the fire-extinguishing agent.
To alert personnel, a horn and a red beacon light are energized both inside and outside the turbine
compartment and at the fire control panel at the TCP. The control panel has a built-in audible
alarm, liquid crystal display (LCD), and illuminating indicators for informing operators of the
current state of operation.
Fire Control Panel Annunciator
Refer to Section 5 for a complete description of the annunciator panel displays.
Evacuate all personnel from main skid compartment before
activating a manual release station. Death by asphyxiation
could occur.
Fire-extinguishing Agent
CO2 is used as the extinguishing agent for the main skid. The systems CO2 is stored in two bottles,
main and reserve, outside the engine compartment. The CO2 bottles have been provided with
solenoid-operated discharge heads. A check valve on each bank ensures the activation of one bank
at a time.
CO2 is discharged upon the activation of dry-line discharge pressure switch PSHH-3048 typically
set to 150 psig increasing. If pressure in the line reaches 150 psig, a shutdown will be initiated.
CO2 activation produces a signal at the fire protection panel that is relayed to the sequencer. The
sequencer then initiates an orderly LM2000 50Hz shutdown sequence.
Observe the guidelines and requirements in NFPA Publication
12, covering the use of block valves in fire-extinguishing
systems. Failure to do so could result in serious injury or
death.
2262533TR
3G-3
Safety Features
The fire detection panel has a reset button that enables it to be returned to its standby configuration
after being tripped. Other safety features are as follows:
A manually operated block valve, located at the output of the collection manifold, has been
installed to prevent the entry of the fire-extinguishing agent into the main skid enclosures.
This valve can be locked in either the open or the closed position. Valve position is
monitored by the control panel. This valve must be opened before the system can achieve
standby status.
A key-operated switch has been provided to silence the horn after an alarm, following the
release of the extinguishing agent. Only after the cause for alarm has been cleared is it safe
to reenter the enclosure.
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM F&ID
3G-4
2262533TR
LOCATION OF C02 SYSTEM RT. SIDE TURBINE ENCLOSURE
Controls and Indicators

This section describes the operating controls and indicators of the Fire Protection System for the
GTG set. The figures are intended to assist operating and maintenance personnel to become
familiar with controls and indicators and their functions.
Each table in this section lists the associated controls and indicators by item number (or letter),
name, and function. The tables are supported by a figure that illustrates each numbered (or
lettered) item listed in the related table. The figures and accompanying tables are typical.
The following is a list of tables and their accompanying illustrations (Table 3.1, Controls and
Indicators) that are associated with this system.
2262533TR
3G-5

2
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
R
E
S
E
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
GAS ALARMS
17
AUX =
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
SYSTEM
ALARMS
HEAT
DETS
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
FIRE
STEP
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
TURBINE PRESSURE MANUAL

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
E
S
E
T
LO ALARM
FAIL
FIRE PROTECTION PANEL

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
Fire Suppression and

Gas Detection System
Panel
Comprised of plug-in modules that link to flame, temperature, and

gas detection sensors inside the turbine and generator enclosures.
Interfaces with the turbine control system to provide the necessary
engine shutdown, ventilation fan on/off signals, and other operator
messages. For detailed information on this system, refer to the
Wilson Fire Equipment & Service Company Manual in Chapter 5 of
this manual.
28
Spare Modules
Not used on this project.
911
Gas Modules (NT420)
Accept analog signals from gas detectors in the generator (Module

12) and turbine (Modules 13 and 14) enclosures. Calibrated values
are displayed as a percentage of the lower explosion limit (LEL) of
the gas-air mixture (represented by % LFL on modules). Display
also indicates over- or underrange sensor inputs and programming
information for setting alarm parameters. Each gas module
contains two pushbuttons to initiate programming:
Step
When step and reset pushbuttons are depressed

simultaneously, displays menu items that enable
operator to calibrate and set gas system alarms and
shutdown limits.
Set Reset Resets module conditions after all alarms have been
cleared.
Each gas module also contains four alarm LEDs that illuminate red
when activated:
HiHi Alarm Illuminates when gas level has reached 100% LEL.
Hi Alarm
Illuminates when gas level has reached 25% LEL.
Lo Alarm Illuminates when gas level has reached 10% LEL.

Fail
3G-6
Illuminates when an internal diagnostic fault has

occurred.
2262533TR

2
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
R
E
S
E
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
GAS ALARMS
17
AUX =
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
SYSTEM
ALARMS
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
STEP
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
T
HEAT
DETS
FIRE

Item
12
Control/Indicator
Alarm Module
Function
Receives fire and gas system alarms that have been activated by
the Input or Manual Pull Modules. The alarm module contains six
LEDs and a Silence/Reset switch:
Bell Not used in this configuration.
Horn Illuminates and flashes when horn is activated.
Strobe Illuminates after receiving alarm signal.
Fault 1 thru Fault 3 Illuminate yellow when a malfunction
occurs in the module system.
13
Input Module
Accepts signals from temperature and optical flame detector

sensors in the generator enclosure. Once activated, initiates
Release and Alarm Modules. This module has three fire and three
fault LEDs and a reset switch:
Fire 1 thru Fire 3
Illuminate red when receive alarm signal;

trip auxiliary relay.

Two-position, momentary Reset switch:
Reset Resets module conditions after all alarms have been
cleared.
Center Off.
2262533TR
3G-7

2
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
E
S
E
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
GAS ALARMS
17
AUX =
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
SYSTEM
ALARMS
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
STEP
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
E
S
E
T
HEAT
DETS
FIRE
LO ALARM
FAIL

Item
Control/Indicator
14
Input Module
Function
Accepts signals from three optical flame detectors located in the
front of the turbine enclosure. This module contains three fire and
three fault LEDs and a Reset switch:
Fire 1 thru Fire 3
Illuminate red when receive alarm signals;

trips auxiliary relay.

cleared.
15
Release Module
Center Off.
Releases primary and reserve banks of CO2 gas cylinders after
pre-set time delays (30- and 10-sec). Responds to Input or Manual
Pull Module status through system bus to determine if two releases
are necessary. The module has six LEDs and an Inhibit/Reset
switch:
Main (top of panel)
Illuminates when primary bank of CO2

gas cylinders has been released.
Reserve (top of panel) Illuminates when reserve bank of CO2

Main (middle of panel) Illuminates if continuity problems are
detected in the solenoid or pressure
switch lines.
Reserve Illuminates if continuity problems are detected in the
solenoid or pressure switch lines.
3G-8
2262533TR

2
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
R
E
S
E
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
GAS ALARMS
17
AUX =
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
SYSTEM
ALARMS
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
STEP
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
T
HEAT
DETS
FIRE

Item
Control/Indicator
15 (Cont)
Release Module
Function
PSW (power) Flashes when Inhibit mode is active.
Abort
Not used in this configuration.
Three-position, momentary Inhibit/Reset switch:
16
Manual Pull Module
Inhibit
Controls release signals to allow module tests without

risk of CO2 gas activation. Operates only when panel
is in normal operating mode.
Center
Off.
Reset
Resets module conditions after all alarms have been

cleared.
Responds to activation of manual pull stations and activates Alarm

and Release Modules. The module has two LEDs and an
Inhibit/Reset switch:
Fire
Illuminates red when any manual pull switch in the

turbine and generator enclosures has been activated.
Fault
Illuminates yellow when internal diagnostic fault has

occurred in the system.
2262533TR
Inhibit
Controls release signals to allow module tests without

risk of primary and reserve CO2 gas cylinder bank
activation (Inhibit LED flashes). Testing can only be
done in the normal operating mode.
Center
Off.
Reset
Resets module conditions after all alarms have been

cleared.
3G-9

2
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
R
E
S
E
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
GAS ALARMS
17
AUX =
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
SYSTEM
ALARMS
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
STEP
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
E
S
E
T
HEAT
DETS
FIRE
LO ALARM
FAIL

Item
17
Control/Indicator
Fault Module
Function
Announces any malfunction in the fire and gas system. Faults
displayed locally on the respective modules are transferred to this
module. This module also identifies fault categories and provides
the mechanism for resetting the audible fault horn. There are three
LEDs and a Reset switch in this module:
System Illuminates when a fault is detected in the system.
3G-10
Power
Illuminates when battery supply voltage is low.
Aux
Not used in this configuration.
Reset
Two-position, momentary Reset switch. Resets

module conditions after all alarms have been cleared.
Center
Off.
2262533TR
CO2 BOTTLES
CO2 STATION
2262533TR
3G-11
STROBE LIGHT
HEAT SENSOR
3G-12
2262533TR
ENCLOSURE FIRE DAMPER AND ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (CLOSED)
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SCREEN DISPLAY
2262533TR
3G-13
3G-14
2262533TR
TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
2262533TR
3H-1
Screens
The CRT/CPU segment of the control system allows the operator to gain insight into the
operational trends of the GTG set and its ancillary equipment systems. The screens displayed by
the system software show critical-operating parameters and system set points. Each screen and
the information that it contains may be accessed by pressing its corresponding function, or F,
key.
The following Cimplicity system screens are typical for an LM2500 unit.
3H-2
2262533TR
2262533TR
3H-3
TURBINE AUX. SYSTEMS - #1
3H-4
2262533TR
TURBINE AUX. SYSTEMS - #1
2262533TR
3H-5
3H-6
2262533TR
TURBINE-GENERATOR
VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM
2262533TR
3I-1
Turbine-Generator Vibration Monitoring Systems012

The vibration monitoring system for the turbine-generator set consists of sensing elements in the
turbine casing, and at each end of the generator rotor to detect vibration during operation. These
sensors transmit vibration signals to the TCP, and activate alarms and initiate turbine shutdowns
as established by preprogrammed vibration set-points.
VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM FUNCTION DIAGRAM
3I-2
2262533TR
Vibration Monitoring System Theory Of Operation

The vibration monitoring system produces vibration magnitude data with adjustable alarm and
shutdown set points for engine and generator safety.
The figure above illustrates the LM2000 engine and generator vibration sensors and electronic
components. Aft and forward engine accelerometers are installed on the turbine rear frame (TRF)
and compressor rear frame (CRF). These sensors produce complex electrical waveforms,
resulting from the frequency and amplitude of engine vibration. Interface modules, installed in
relative close proximity to the sensors, integrate 10-mV/g acceleration signals to obtain 100mV/sec velocity signals for processing in modules that plug into the control rack. The rack is
mounted in the turbine control panel.
Tracking filters installed in rack slots 3, 4, 5, and 6 receive low-pressure turbine (LPT) and highpressure turbine (HPT) velocity and speed signals. The tracking filters present the velocity
components associated with the two turbine speeds on front panel displays.
In summary, four velocity signals are produced: one from each accelerometer, filtered at N1 and
at N2 speeds. They are noted as follows:
(1) Engine (FWD) vibration velocity at (HPC, N1) speed
(2) Engine (AFT) vibration velocity at (HPC, N1) speed
(3) Engine (FWD) vibration velocity at power turbine (PT, N2) speed
(4) Engine (AFT) vibration velocity at power turbine (PT, N2) speed
2262533TR
3I-3
Generator Bearing Proximitors

Proximitors are installed on the drive and non-drive ends of the generator drive shaft bearing
housings, to measure displacement between the bearing housings and the generator shaft. Two
proximitors are mounted on each bearing housing perpendicular to the shaft axis and displaced
90 radially. The proximitors are referred to as x and y drive and non-drive end proximitors.
Displacement measurements from the four proximitors are displayed on modules installed in rack
slots 7 and 8 as follows:
Drive end x
Drive end y
Non-drive end x
Non-drive end y
TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS (1 of 2)
3I-4
2262533TR
ACCELEROMETER
Accelerometer
Theory of Operation - In the study of physical systems, it is often desirable to observe the motion
of a system and, in particular, its acceleration. Accelerometer can be described as a combination
of the two transducers the primary transducer, typically a single degree of freedom vibrating
mass, or seismic mass, which converts the acceleration into displacement, and a secondary
transducer which converts the displacement of the seismic mass into an electric signal. As the
accelerometer reacts to motion, it places the piezoelectric crystal into compression or tension,
which causes a surface charge to develop on the crystal. The charge is proportional to the
displacement of the crystal. As the large body moves, the mass of the accelerometer will move
with an inertial response. The piezoelectric crystal acts as the spring to provide a resisting force
and damping. As the seismic mass moves, it places a piezoelectric crystal into compression or
tension, which causes a surface charge to develop on the crystal, which is proportional to the
motion
2262533TR
3I-5
ACCELEROMETER RESPONDING
VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM
3I-6
2262533TR
Vibration Monitoring System

1. Low Voltage DC Power Supply / Future Expansion: Operates under fully loaded
conditions with a single power supply. When two power supplies are installed in a rack, the
supply in the lower slot acts as the primary supply and the supply in the upper slot acts as the
backup supply. If the primary supply fails, the backup supply will provide power to the rack
without interrupting rack operation.
2. Rack Interface Module: Primary interface that supports Bently-Nevada proprietary protocol
used to configure the rack and retrieve machinery information. The rack interface module
provides the connections needed to support current Bently-Nevada Communications
Processors and Dynamic Data Interface External.
3. Communications Gateway Module: Provides serial communications between the 3500
Monitor System and a plant information system such as a distributed control system (DCS) or
a programmable logic controller (PLC). Collects data from the modules in the rack over a
high-speed internal network and sends this data to the information system upon request. The
module is able to establish communications with up to six hosts over Ethernet.
4. Aero GT Vibration Monitor: 4-channel monitor that accepts input from four Velocity
Transducers and uses these inputs to drive alarms. The monitor can be programmed using the
3500 Rack Configuration Software to execute any filter options.
5. Keyphasor Module: 2-channel module used to provide Keyphasor signals to the monitor
modules. The module receives input signals from proximity probes or magnetic pickups and
converts the signals to digital Keyphasor signals that indicate when the Keyphasor mark on
the shaft is under the Keyphasor Probe. A Keyphasor signal is a digital timing signal that is
used by monitor modules and external diagnostic equipment to measure vector parameters
like 1x amplitude and phase.
6. Proximitor Monitor: 4-channel module that accepts input from proximity transducers, linear
variable differential transformers (DC & AC LVDTs), and rotary potentiometers and uses this
input to drive alarms. It is programmed by using the 3500 Rack Configuration Software to
perform any of the following functions: Thrust Position, Differential Expansion, Ramp
Differential Expansion, Complementary Input Differential Expansion, Case Expansion, and
Valve Position.
7. Future Expansion
8. 4 Channel Relay Module: Contains four relay outputs. Each relay output is fully
programmable using AND and OR voting. The Alarm Drive Logic for each relay channel can
use alarming inputs (alerts and dangers) from any monitor channel in the rack. The Alarm
Drive Logic is programmed using the Rack Configuration Software.
9. Dynamic Pressure Monitor: Single slot, 4- channel monitor that accepts input from various
high temperature pressure transducers and uses this input to drive alarms. The monitor has
2262533TR
3I-7
one proportional value per channel, bandpass dynamic pressure. The bandpass corner
frequencies are configured using the 3500 Rack Configuration Software along with an
additional notch filter.
10 - 16. Future Expansion
Note: In gear-driven generator units, gearbox vibration is measured with additional dualvibration modules installed in a second chassis
VIBRATION AND SPEED SENSING INSTRUMENTATION

Vibration and Speed Sensing Instrumentation
The auxiliary systems instrumentation diagram illustrates the location and operating parameters
of the vibration and speed monitoring sensors associated with the gas turbine package.
Maintenance Inspection/Check Schedule
Inspection Check
Required
Inspection
Frequency
Vibration Signatures
Weekly
Instrumentation
12 Months or
8000 Hours
3I-8
Maintenance
Level
Remarks
Check Bently Nevada gauges for
measuring vibration.
Check calibration of the Bently
Nevada gauges, pressure and
temperature switches.
2262533TR
ACCELEROMETER - AFT
ACCELEROMETER FWD
2262533TR
3I-9
PROXIMITER PROBES DRIVE END
PROXIMETER PROBE NON-DRIVE END
3I-10
2262533TR
OPERATOR SCREENS
The GTG overview screen allows basic monitoring and control of the overall system. Control
be accessed by pressing its corresponding function designator.
TURBINE/GENERATOR VIBRATION SCREEN DISPLAY

The Turbine/Generator Vibration Display Screen, can be accessed from the HMI. This screen
allows the operator to simultaneously monitor all of the turbine and generator vibration inputs.
These inputs are received from the Bently Nevada Vibration Monitoring System.
2262533TR
3I-11
3I-12
2262533TR
D.C. POWER SYSTEM

BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER
2262533
3J-1
BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER SYSTEMS

Introduction
Separate battery and battery charger systems furnish DC power for GTG set operation. A 24VDC system provides backup power for the turbine control system and the fire suppression and
gas detection system. A 125-VDC system (BOP) provides backup power for the generator
protective relay system and the breaker control scheme. Batteries for the 24-VDC system are
stored on battery racks in the battery room that is isolated from the TCP. The battery room is
adequately ventilated and provides access to the back of the switchgear area.
Information on the battery systems can be found in vendor documentation provided in Chapter 5
of this manual. Additional details can be found in engineering drawings provided in Chapter 4 of
this manual. This section provides an overview of the typical battery systems associated with the
GTG set.
Turbine-Generator Battery Systems Operation
Control System 24-VDC Battery System
This system provides 24-VDC power for the turbine and generator monitoring and control
circuits. In the event of primary power failure, the batteries are capable of providing 24-VDC
power at an approximate discharge rate of 50.8 A for 8 hours.
Fire Suppression and Gas Detection 24-VDC Battery System
This system provides 24-VDC emergency backup power for the fire suppression and gas
detection system. In the event of primary power failure, the batteries are capable of providing 24VDC power at an approximate discharge rate of 6.35 A for 8 hours.
Turbine-Generator Battery Systems Features
The batteries are sealed valve regulated lead acid type batteries. The 24-VDC batteries operate best
at temperatures ranging between 4 F and 104 F (-20 C and 40 C). Refer to TurbineGenerator Battery System, Block Diagram, below for an overview of the battery systems.
3J-2
2262533
TURBINE-GENERATOR BATTERY SYSTEM, BLOCK DIAGRAM

The 24-VDC battery charger for control power operates best with an ambient temperature
between -4 F and 122 F. The 24-VDC battery charger for fire suppression and gas detection
operates best with an ambient temperature between 4 F and 122 F.
Control System 24-VDC Battery System
The 24-VDC battery bank consists of two battery racks containing 6 cell blocks of 2SLA400
batteries with nominal cell capacities of 400 ampere-hours (Ah). Two 24-VDC battery chargers
keep the battery bank fully charged: one battery charger is normally in active use while the other
is in a standby mode. In the event of failure of the primary battery charger, the system switches to
the standby charger.
Fire Suppression and Gas Detection 24-VDC Battery System
The 24-VDC battery bank consists of two battery racks containing 6 cell blocks of 12SLA50
batteries with nominal cell capacities of 50 Ah. A single 24-VDC battery charger keeps the
battery bank fully charged.
Battery Alarms
Battery chargers have alarms that alert operators when there is a failure in the system. The alarm
system is linked to the TCP. The alarms are activated for the following reasons:
DC failure no response or low response from battery (loss of output or battery going
bad)
AC failure input to charger is bad
low volts system volts not being maintained (bad cell, break in connection)
ground fault short on a unit.
2262533
3J-3
Start-Up
1. Start with both input and output breakers OFF.
2. First, check that the connected battery voltage is correct (e.g. 120 volts for a 120-volt
charger). It is OK if the battery voltage is different from the nominal value by a few
percent. If the battery voltage is more than 10% different from the rated voltage of the
charger, recheck your connections before turning on either breaker.
3. Then close the AC input breaker. Check that the voltage comes up to approximately 15%
above nominal. (Some voltages overshoot on initial start-up is normal).
4. Next, close the DC output breaker. The charger will immediately begin to supply current,
if required by the battery or load.
5. In chargers with alarms code 6, the front panel AC FAIL and CHARGER FAIL lights
will extinguish and it should be replaced by the green AC ON light.
6. The charger will automatically supply power to the load and maintain the battery without
further attention. If the charger does not start as described, or appears to have failed, check
the following:
3J-4
Verify that the AC mains power is available

Verify that no external circuit breakers are tripped
Verify that contractor-installed AC, DC and alarm connections are correct
Disconnect AC and DC power sources. Open the charger. Verify that no components
(e.g. main DC output fuse, if fitted) or harness connections are blown, loose or
damaged.
2262533
BATTERY CHARGER
BATTERY BANK
2262533
3J-5
Float/Boost Modes
Two modes of voltage control are provided in all DCT chargers as follows:
Float
The float mode is the battery maintenance voltage. It is normally fully charged voltage of the
battery. This is normally charging position for all batteries and the recommended charging
position at all times for Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) batteries.
Boost
This voltage is slightly higher then the float setting. Boost slightly overcharges the battery in
order to ensure that the cells of the battery are fully charged to the same voltage. Continued
operation in boos is not recommended because of high charging voltage will cause battery
electrolyte to boil away quickly. This is a particular problem with VRLA batteries where there is
no way to replenish lost electrolyte.
Float/Boost Control
DCT chargers are equipped with one of the four following float/boost voltage control systems,
depending on the configuration ordered:
Float/Boost Front Panel Rotary Switch
The charger will operate indefinitely in the mode selected. The AUTO position may be shown on
the front panel. If the AUTO position is locked out, the AUTOBOOST feature is not supplied.
AUTO/FLOAT/BOOST Front Panel Rotary Switch
When the selector switch is in the FLOAT or BOOST mode, the charger will operate indefinitely
in the mode selected.
The AUTO mode selects automatic equalization of the battery. The charger determines when the
battery is in need of fast charging, and it operates in the fast charge boost mode only until the
battery is fully charged. The charger determines state of charge by measuring the amount of
current drawn from the output terminals. When the selector switch is in AUTO position the
charger will start in the boost mode and stay there until current demanded drops below about 50%
of the chargers rated current. When current demand increases to about 70% of the chargers rated
output, the charger will resume operation in the BOOST mode.
The AUTO settings eliminate the need to periodically equalize the cells of a battery as the charger
does this automatically.
3J-6
2262533
Manually Initiated Boost Timer, Plus AUTO/FLOAT/BOOST Rotary Switch

Selection of the auto position allows the charger to operate in the AUTOBOOST mode.
Selection of the float mode forces the charger to remain in the float mode unless the boost timer is
activated by turning past zero. If the boost timer is activated, the charger will revert to FLOAT
mode after the time selected on the timer expires.
Selection of the BOOST mode forces the charger into boost charge, where it will remain until
BOOST is deselected manually.
Alarm Indications
Note; Chargers are equipped with a dead front panel. Alarm LEDs are behind the dead-front
panel and will be visible when they illuminate due to an alarm condition, or when the test button
is pressed. Chargers with no alarms have no LEDs or test buttons.
The alarm/display circuit monitors battery voltage and charger performance. The alarm circuitry
consists of eight separate circuits: AC Fail, Charge Fail, High DC, Low DC, Low Voltage, Load
disconnect, Ground Fault, Option, and summary. Note that some of the alarm relays utilize time
delays of approximately 25 seconds. This is deliberated, and it is intended to eliminate the
incidence of spurious alarm indications.
2262533
3J-7
24-VDC Battery System

The 24-VDC-system supplies power for the turbine-generator components requiring 24-VDC.
Some of these components are the emergency lube oil pump, the TCP, the GCP, and also the fire
protection system.
A. 24-VDC Battery Charger (Control Power). When input power of 208 VAC is present from
the lighting-and-distribution panel of the MCC, this 150-A charger supplies 24 VDC to
charge the 24-V battery bank (control Power).
B. 24V Battery (Control Power) This battery system provides the necessary 24-VDC power
required for continued turbine-generator monitoring and control. The capacity of this 24V battery system is 3 hours at required load (101 A). Containing M-412-Style batteries,
the two-tiered battery module is located on level ground in an easily accessible area away
from heat sources.
C. 24-VDC battery Charger (Fire and Gas Protection) When input power of 120 VAC is
present from the lighting-and distribution panel of the MCC, this 25A charger supplies
24 VDC to charge the 24V battery bank 9Fire and Gas Protection).
D. 24V Battery (Fire and Gas protection) This battery system provides the necessary 24VDC power required for continued fire and gas detection and fire suppression activation.
FPP BATTERY BANK AND CHARGER
3J-8
2262533
SECTION 4
ELECTRIC SYSTEMS
2262533TR
4-1
ELECTRICITY AND THE PRINCIPLES OF POWER GENERATION
Field Around A Current-Carrying Conductor

FIELD AROUND A CURRENT-CARRYING CONDUCTOR
Current flow through a conductor produces a magnetic field, as illustrated above. The direction of
magnetic flux lines is predictable by Amperes right-hand rule. A compass near the conductor can
be used to verify the presence and direction of the magnetic field.
Electric generators utilize magnetic fields to control and generate electric power.
4-2
2262533TR
ELECTROMAGNET AND RIGHT-HAND RULE

One of the effects of a conductor carrying a current is to produce a magnetic field. Any conductor
carrying a current will, in fact, act as a magnet.
If we cause current to flow in a piece of wire, a magnetic field is induced. The converse is also
trueif you move a piece of wire so that it cuts through a magnetic field, an electric current will
flow in the wire.
Forming the conductor in the previous illustration into a coil, as illustrated above can increase
magnetic field strength. To make the magnetic field of the loop stronger, form the wire into a coil
containing many loops. The individual fields of all the loops reinforce one another and form a
single strong magnetic field, extending both inside and outside the loop. The field strength of the
coil will then be proportional to current flow and the number of turns in the coil. The magnetism
also increases with increasing current. Note that once current ceases to flow in the conductor,
magnetism is lost.
Flux lines per unit area, or flux density, is greater at the ends of the coil where flux lines leave the
North (N) pole and enter the South (S) pole.
2262533TR
4-3
The direction of the magnetic field about a current-carrying conductor is determined by the
direction of current flow. If a current-carrying conductor is grasped in the right hand with the
thumb pointing in the direction of current flow, the fingers wrapped around the conductor will
point in the direction of the magnetic lines of force. This is known as the Right-Hand Rule.
Field Developed By A Coil

FIELD DEVELOPED BY A COIL
Magnetic field strength can be increased by forming the conductor in the previous illustration into
a coil, as illustrated above. Each coil turn reinforces the flux generated in the preceding turn,
according to Amperes right-hand rule. The field strength of the coil will then be proportional to
current flow and the number of turns in the coil.
Flux lines per unit area, or flux density, is greater at the ends of the coil where flux lines leave the
North (N) pole and enter the South (S) pole.
Permeability is the property of magnets to retain their magnetism over time. Magnets of high and
low permeability are used to control generator output voltage and power
4-4
2262533TR
CURRENT FLOW IN A CONDUCTOR

Moving a conductor relative to a magnetic field or moving a magnetic field relative to a
conductor, as illustrated above can induce current flow in a conductor. The rate of relative motion
is also directly proportional to the induced current.
The energy required to produce relative motion is analogous to the energy used in rotating a
mechanical pump to produce liquid flow, as illustrated above. The circulating liquid flow is
analogous to current flow in the electric circuit. The switch in the electrical circuit is analogous to
the valve in the mechanical liquid circuit.
Current Flow In A Conductor
2262533TR
4-5
Simple Single-Phase Generator

SIMPLE SINGLE-PHASE GENERATOR
Illustrated above is a permanent magnet with high permeability rotating near a single-loop
conductor. As the N and S poles rotate (to positions) near the loop, the flux density is increased
and reversed when the opposite pole approaches. The reversal in flux direction produces a
once-per-cycle reversal in current flow, such that an oscillating waveform is produced.
The waveform produced is sinusoidal, having a peak-positive value as each N pole passes and a
peak-negative value as each S pole passes.
4-6
2262533TR
Simple Three-Phase Generator
SIMPLE THREE-PHASE GENERATOR

By positioning three loops, or coils, around a rotating magnet, as illustrated in (A) above, three
voltage waveforms are generated with each revolution. By arranging the coils 120 mechanical
degrees apart (industry standard), three-phase power is produced, as illustrated in (B) above.
2262533TR
4-7
ELEMENTARY GENERATOR
In order to understand the ac waveform, it does well to examine how it is produced. To do this,
we need to understand the mechanism of ac power generation. An elementary generator consists
of a loop of wire placed so that it can be rotated in a uniform magnetic field to produce electricity
in the loop. If sliding contacts are used to connect the loop to an external circuit, a current will
flow around the external circuit and the loop.
The pole pieces are the north and south poles of the magnet that supply the magnetic field. The
loop of wire that rotates through the field is called the armature. The ends of the armature loop are
connected to rings called slip rings, which rotate with the armature. Current collectors, called
brushes, brush off the slip rings to pick up the electricity generated in the armature and carry it
to the external circuit.
In the description of the generator outlined, visualize the loop rotating through the magnetic field.
As the sides of the loop cut through the magnetic field, they generate an emf, which causes a
current to flow through the loop, slip rings, brushes, ammeter, and load resistorall connected in
series.
The emf, which is generated in the loop and, therefore, the current that flows, depends on the
position of the loop in relation to the magnetic field.
4-8
2262533TR
Rpm = 120
Frequency_(Hz)_
Number of Poles
For 50 Hz,
rpm
120 X 50
Poles
And
2-Pole Machine
rpm
6000
2
= 3000
4-Pole Machine
rpm
6000
4
= 1500
6-Pole Machine
rpm
6000
6
= 1000
8-Pole Machine
rpm
6000
8
= 750
Relationship of Shaft Speed vs Number of Poles

RELATIONSHIP OF SHAFT SPEED VERSUS NUMBER OF POLES
Power frequency is a function of the number of poles on the rotor and the rotor speed, as shown
in the table above.
The LM2000 power turbine operates at 3000 rpm, allowing the generator to produce 50-Hz power
with a two-pole rotor.
2262533TR
4-9
GENERATOR BRUSHLESS EXCITATION
4-10
2262533TR
GENERATOR
STATOR
COIL
ROTATING
DIODES
(SIMPLIFIED)
MAIN
ROTOR
COIL
(SIMPLIFIED)
EXCITER
ROTOR
COIL
PMG
ROTOR
C
EXCITER
STATOR
COIL
PMG
STATOR
COIL
GENERATOR
STATOR
COILS
AUTO
MAN.
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
GS-220-01
TWO BIG IDEAS

When magnetic lines of force cut a coil, a VOLTAGE is built in the coil.
When a current is passed through a coil, a MAGNETIC FIELD is built around the coil.
2262533TR
4-11
Electric Generator Symbols

ELECTRIC GENERATOR SYMBOLS
The symbol for an electric generator is that of a wye-connected transformer, illustrated in (A)
above, without a primary winding. The neutral tie relates to stator connections that can be made at
either end of the stator windings. The physical stator winding ends are brought out at the left-hand
and right-hand sides of the generator frame. Either end of the stator windings may be declared the
line side or the neutral side, whichever is most convenient for external connections.
The neutral grounding transformer, illustrated in (B) above, is a safety measurement device
whose output is zero, unless unbalanced stator currents occur.
4-12
2262533TR
Brushless Excitation System

The generating system illustrated in (A) above uses a rotating electric magnet rather than a
permanent magnet. Current flow through the rotating windings is supplied by a battery and
brushes, which contact rotating slip rings. A variable resistor in the external battery current loop
regulates current flow through the rotating coil. This Excitation current determines the strength
of the rotating magnetic field and, therefore, the voltage and/or power output from the stator
windings.
The Excitation scheme, illustrated in (B) above, provides magnetic linking of the stationary and
rotating parts of the machine without using brushes. Brushless excitation has become an
industry-preferred standard, eliminating the wear and failure problems associated with brush-type
exciters.
In the brushless excitation scheme, the rotating flux lines of the permanent magnet induce an AC
voltage in the surrounding stationary windings. This AC voltage is rectified, and the resulting DC
is regulated and applied to a set of stationary windings called the Exciter Field. The exciter field
windings surround an exciter rotor, which has induced in it an AC voltage. The AC voltage
output of the exciter rotor is rectified by diodes, which also rotate. The DC output from the
rotating diodes is applied to the main rotor to control the electrical output of the main stator
windings. The regulation of exciter field current, therefore, is a mechanism for controlling the 3phase generator output.
2262533TR
4-13
GENERATOR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION

Design
The LM2000 50Hz GTG set features a Meidensha generator, which is a two-bearing machine
equipped with a brushless rotating exciter and a permanent magnet generator (PMG) on the nondrive end. For details on the generator, refer to the Meidensha Operation and Maintenance Manual
found in Chapter 5 of the O&M Manual.
Rating
The AC generator operates at a synchronous speed of 3000 rpm and continuously supplies an
output voltage of 11.5 kV at a frequency of 50 Hz at .85 power factor (PF) for this project.
The unit is bolted to the gas turbine-generator package main skid, such that the rotor is axially
aligned with the power turbine drive shaft. A flexible coupling connects the generator rotor to the
engine drive shaft.
Generator Location
4-14
2262533TR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stator Winding
Stator Core
Rotor
Rotor Endcap
5. Shaft Mounted Fan

6. Bearing Oil Seal
7. Exciter Cooling Air Duct
8. Endframe Bearing
9. Exciter Stator
10. Rotating Diodes
11. Exciter Rotor
12. PMG
TYPICAL ELECTRIC GENERATOR LAYOUT
Cutaway of Meidensha Generator
2262533TR
4-15
Stator
The stator core (2) is made of high-quality cold-rolled
silicon steel laminations with minimal core loss. These
laminations are punched to produce segments and their
surface is insulated by baked varnish. The treatment is
effective in reducing eddy current loss in the core.
In order to cool the core effectively, ventilation ducts
are provided at proper intervals in an axial direction for
smooth radial ventilation.
Both ends of the core are fitted with non-ferrous
fingers, which are clamped with sufficient pressure to
tighten the core using clamping plates. The core back is
thick enough to permit passage of necessary magnetic
flux. Therefore core loss is minimal, the entire core
strength is adequate, and vibration is effectively
suppressed.
The stator frame (1) is constructed of welded steel
sheets, and is rigid enough to support the stator core.
The stator frame is also designed to have sufficient
rigidity against vibration of double frequency, which is
distinctive to the 2-pole machine. It also withstands the
violent impact that may occur upon sudden short circuit
failure.
TYPICAL GENERATOR ROTOR

MAIN ROTOR
Since the rotor revolves at high speed, special attention is paid to the selection of material, design,
and fabrication. The rotor core and the shaft are machined from a solid forged-steel alloy that has
4-16
2262533TR
excellent magnetic and metallurgical properties. The shaft material is carefully checked by
supersonic crack detection, and specimen is taken to confirm the mechanical strength and
electromagnetic characteristics.
The rotor coil is provided with slots for accommodating the field coils and with ventilation
grooves on both sides of each slot.
Wedges of non-magnetic alloy fix the field coils in the rotor slots. This will keep the field coils in
their correct positions under the strong centrifugal forces encountered during operation.
The field windings are composed of spiral coils made of silver-copper alloy. The formed coils are
fitted in the slots of the rotor core and then baked. Thus the core slots are insulated in advance
against grounds by the use of L-shaped layers made of glass cloth impregnated with epoxy resin.
In order to avoid radial deformation towards the outside by strong centrifugal force during
revolution of the rotor, both ends of the winding projecting from the core slots are held in place
by non-magnetic retaining rings. The insulation cylinder is inserted between these rings and the
windings. The coils are fixed with this cylinder for protection against deformation due to
centrifugal force and temperature changes. The insulation cylinder is provided with ventilation
ducts for the passage of ample cooling air for the winding ends.
A single brush, spring-loaded against the rotor, carries stray ground currents from the rotor to the
frame ground (Fig. 1, item 26). The brush is located near the drive end of the main rotor.
Generator Airflow
2262533TR
4-17
Cooling Air Circuit

The generator produces a considerable amount of heat during operation that is removed through
generator ventilation. As illustrated in Generator Airflow, the generator rotor is equipped with fan
blades to produce a cooling airflow through the interior of the generator. The cooling air is guided
to ensure efficient air distribution throughout the rotor and stator end windings and the air gap. It
is then passed through the ventilation air ducts provided radially on the stator core, which is
divided into several blocks. A part of the cooling air is extracted for the cooling of the excitation
equipment via the air ducts connected on the non-drive end of the generator. The heated air is
then exhausted from the opening at the center top of the stator frame. For further information on
generator ventilation, as well as turbine ventilation, refer to F&ID 020020-01-683239, Ventilation
and Combustion System, located in Section 7 of the O&M Manual.
Lubrication System
Lubrication is the process by which a film of lubricant is placed between bearing facing surfaces
for the purpose of controlling friction and wear. Such films are designed to minimize contact
between the surfaces by adhering tenaciously to them and having sufficient viscosity to resist
being squeezed out of potential contact zones (viscosity can be thought of as resistance to flow),
so as to prevent wear. However, the viscosity must not be so great as to prevent easy shearing of
the lubricant, since this allows the frictional force opposing the movement of one surface across
the other to be low.
In order to emphasize the importance of the lubrication of the bearings, it should be noted that the
generator rotor is very heavy, and the surface speed of the shaft is very fast at 3000 rpm. Should
this system fail for any reason, it is easy to see that the bearing and shaft would suffer major
damage in a very short time.
A shaft-driven positive displacement lube oil pump is supported on a bracket and driven through
a flexible coupling from the non-drive end of the generator drive shaft. Pressure from the pump is
adequate to supply bearings lube oil pressure at speeds above approximately 400 rpm (N2 >3000
rpm). Below 400 rpm, an AC motor driven lube oil pump provides lubrication. In event of an AC
pump failure, run down tanks will gravity feed oil to the bearings to provide lubrication.
Details are covered in the Generator Lube Oil System section
4-18
2262533TR
Tapered-Land Thrust Bearing
Bearings
The generator rotor shaft bearings are a pressure-lubricated, babbitt-sleeve type. The babbitt faces
have been grooved for even oil distribution, and the drive-end bearing incorporates thrust pads to
limit longitudinal movement of the rotor. Except for startups and shutdowns, the bearings receive
lube oil from a pump driven by the exciter end of the rotor shaft. Lubricating oil for startups and
shutdowns is provided by the 2.5-hp, 360-VAC generator auxiliary pump. This pump also serves
as a backup should the shaft-driven pump fail. The shaft-driven pump is supplemented by two 16gallon (61 Liter) rundown tanks, which supply lubricating oil to the bearings in the event of an
auxiliary pump failure during shutdowns.
Bearing Construction
The bearings are of the elliptical journal type. They are constructed of cast iron shells lined with
white metals (Babbitt). The exciter end bearing is insulated for the prevention of shaft current.
Since insulation is secured with the bearing, it is unnecessary to insulate the piping. The bearings
have spherical outer surfaces to prevent unbalanced exertion of a load due to shaft deflection. The
driven end bearing is provided with a shaft grounding brush.
By utilization of a forced lubrication system, the oil is fed through the lubrication hole of the
bearing bracket. The oil passes through the oil grooves provided along the lower-half outer edge
of the bearing and is led further to the bearing inside grooves that are located at the horizontal
split lines.
Thrust bearings are installed between the drive-end journal and the bearing, to prevent
longitudinal loads that may be imposed upon the drive turbine. The side leakage of oil from the
journal bearing is fed to the thrust bearing. The thrust bearing consists of a series of thrust pads
mounted in carrier rings at each end of the drive journal bearing. This bearing uses the lubrication
principle of the wedge-shaped oil film; that is, an oil film between two sliding surface assume a
tapered depth with the thicker film on the entering side. In this assembly, the oil wedges are
formed on each bearing pad. The oil automatically assumes the taper required by shaft speed,
2262533TR
4-19
loading and oil viscosity. Thrust is transmitted from the integral rotating thrust collar to (either
the active or passive face) through the thrust pads and then to the integral bearing thrust collar.
During operation, the shearing of the shaft on the oil film develops heat. The bearing is designed
to operate at a certain temperature and any deviation is an indication of a problem, either with the
bearing, or with the lubrication system. In order to monitor the bearing temperature, an RTD is
embedded in the metal of the bearing. By comparing bearing oil inlet temperature and the
embedded bearing RTD, the differential temperature will evaluate bearing performance.
Thrust bearings are not normally required on these generators since the shaft aligns itself axially
to electrical magnetic center when the field is energized. Should the generator experience a
seismic shock, the axial forces of the rotor could cause excessive thrust loads on the generator and
reduction gear.
The lower half of the driven end bearing housing is provided with the provision for the journal
jacking oil piping and thrust jacking oil piping. The lower half of the of the non-drive end bearing
housing is provided with the provision for the journal jacking oil piping. These provisions allow
for connection to the jacking oil pump, which provides high-pressure oil to lift the rotor shaft off
the journal bearings and center the shaft between the thrust bearings. This reduces the torque
required to rotate the shaft during start-up or motoring sequences.
The shaft-driven lube oil pump is adequate to supply bearing lube oil pressure at speeds above
approximately 400 rpm (N2 >3000 rpm). At lower speeds, auxiliary pumps provide lubrication.
An orifice in the supply lines controls the bearing oil flow. Drain oil discharges into the bottom of
the bearing housing, through a sight flow indicator where it is returned to the lube oil reservoir.
Bearing Insulation
The generator generates a shaft voltage during operation. When a bearing oil film is locally
broken, this shaft voltage results in a flow of shaft current, thus causing the bearing damage. To
avoid such difficulties, an insulation sheet is inserted in the exciter end bearing.
4-20
2262533TR
Generator Bearing Seal System

GENERATOR BEARING SEAL SYSTEM
Pressurized knife-edge oil seals are mounted on the inboard and outboard faces of the bearing
housing. The outer chamber is supplied with pressurized air bled from the downstream side of the
main generator fan. Pressurization prevents oil and oil vapor from flowing along the shaft and out
of the bearing housing.
Instrumentation
Instrumentation installed within the generator by the generator manufacturer is as follows:
Four resistance temperature detectors (RTD's) are embedded in each stator windingone
in each winding is a spare.
Four RTD's are installed in the air duct flow pathtwo are operational, two are spares (on
water cooled generators they are used to monitor water temperatures).
Two dual element RTDs are embedded in the bearings, one on the generator drive end
and one on the exciter end.
Two RTDs are embedded in the thrust bearing, one on the active face and one on the
passive face. They are used for diagnostic purposes.
2262533TR
4-21
Two dual element RTDs are installed in the bearings oil supply drain flow, one on the
generator drive end and one on the exciter end.
EXCITER AND DIODE ASSEMBLY

The exciter assembly consists of a permanent magnet alternator (PMA), an exciter stator and
rotor, a rotating diode rectifier and an earth fault detector. These components are installed at the
non-drive end of the generator shaft.
The PMA stator consists of a single-phase winding in a laminated core. Permanent magnets rotate
on the rotor inside the stator to produce approximately 120VAC at 50 Hz (N2 =3000 rpm). The
4-22
2262533TR
PMA output AC voltage is rectified and regulated by the modular automatic voltage regulator
(MAVR).
The exciter stator, which receives the MAVR output DC voltage, is mounted around the exciter
rotor. It consists of a stationary ring that supports the stator poles and carries the magnetic flux
between adjacent poles. Stator windings are series-wound around laminated poles.
The exciter rotor is constructed from punched laminations and contains resin-impregnated,
form-wound, and three-phase windings. A rotating diode assembly rectifies the AC voltage
induced into the exciter rotor.
Meidensha Diode Wheel
EXCITER DIODE WHEEL
2262533TR
4-23
EXCITER DIODE WIRING

EXCITER DIODE WIRING
The rotating rectifier (diode wheel) unit is composed of the individually fused silicon diodes, C-R
absorbers of which are composed of resistors and capacitors. The silicon diodes are connected to
form a 3-phase full wave rectifier circuit. The fuses are mounted on the reverse side of the
rotating rectifier assembly. Because diodes have only two failure modes (shorted or open), the
fuses provide overcurrent protection.
Each diode has a peak inverse voltage that is more than 10 times the rated field voltage. Therefore
it has ample tolerance against possible surges.
Typical Diode Wheel From a Brush Generator
4-24
2262533TR
Diode Failure Detection

Communication (EMI) surges occurring in the rectifier circuit are completely absorbed by the CR
absorbers (capacitor-resistor) circuit connected in parallel with each silicon diode. The rotating
rectifier unit is mounted on the cooling fin inside reinforcing ring.
The silicon diodes mounted on the rotating rectifier unit of the brushless type generator are
required specially to secure high reliability. Failure in these rotating diodes has hardly ever
occurs, however, the diode failure relay in the Micro-AVR, detects the exciter current ripple for
the AC exciter. Diode failure detection is accomplished by sensing ripple induced into the exciter
field caused by the unbalanced load
This unit detects any failure in the rotating diodes such as short circuit, disconnecting failure and
transmits a failure signal to control panel.
The setting for diode failure relay shall be adjusted and confirmed during a commissioning test.
The excitation system is designed so that the generator can continue the operation at full load
even if one diode has open circuited or one fuse has opened causing the short-circuited diode.
In this case, the generator may be kept in service, but it should be shut down at the earliest
opportunity to replace the failed diode and fuse.
2262533TR
4-25
Electronic Rotor Earth Fault Detector (FRG-00)

The generator field windings and associated connections such as an exciter armature windings
and rotor rectifier diode circuit are fully isolated from earth.
The generator could operate in the event of a single earth fault, however, the occurrence of a
second earth fault results in high fault current and major damage to the generator.
Meidensha has developed the electronic rotor earth fault detector for the purpose of continuous
monitoring of the insulating level of the rotor windings.
The FRG-00 has adopted fully static techniques and design to detect a single earth fault and to
give an alarm so that the generator can be taken out of service and repaired at the earliest
opportunity.
Outline description
During the operation of a generator, it is possible to detect an earth fault in the rotor
windings.
The signal transmission system from the rotor side is an electromagnetic induction method
so that the system withstands a long time of continuous operation.
While the generator operating condition changes from no load to the rated load, the
system operation can be maintained without being fed from an outside power source.
The FRG-00 is capable of checking a fault occurring within itself.
Configuration
The FRG-00 is comprised of the following components:
Earth Fault Detection Module
Signal Transmission Coils
Earth Fault Discrimination Circuit Unit
The power supply for the earth fault detection module located on the rotor side is obtained from
the independent sub-coil installed in the same slot as the AC exciter armature winding.
The earth fault detector module monitors the insulation resistance of the field winding and
generates a required output signal. The signal transmission coils are installed in a pair; one for the
rotor and another for the stator.
The earth fault discrimination circuit unit is installed inside the generator protection or control
panel. It is used for the dissemination of the occurrence of an earth fault and for the generation of
the earth fault output signal.
Generator Heaters
Four heaters are mounted on the bottom section of the generator frame. One heater is mounted on
the access plate of the exciter.
4-26
2262533TR
2262533TR
4-27
4-28
2262533TR
GENERATOR LUBE OIL SYSTEM F&ID 020020-02-683248

The generator lube oil system provides pressurized lubrication to the generator bearings. The major
components of the lubrication system are as follows:
Lube oil storage reservoir, 205-gal capacity

Generator-driven lube oil pump
Motor-driven auxiliary AC lube oil pump
Generator duplex fan oil cooler
Lube oil filter assembly
Two lube oil rundown tanks, 16-gal capacity
To prevent damage, the generator bearings must be lubricated whenever the generator rotor shaft
rotates. Thus, lubricating oil must be supplied to the bearing assemblies during startups, at
operational speeds, and while the rotor shaft coasts to a stop after shutdowns. To ensure that these
lubrication requirements are met under all conditions, two independently operated pumps and two
rundown tanks are used in the generator lube oil system.
2262533TR
4-29
Generator-Driven Lube Oil Pump

This pump, which is mounted to the exciter end of the generator housing, is directly driven by the
generator rotor shaft and supplies lube oil to the bearings at the normal operational shaft speed
(3000 rpm). Because its efficiency decreases at lower shaft speeds, the pump must be supplemented
by an auxiliary pump to ensure adequate lubricating oil flow during startups and shutdowns.
Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump
The auxiliary pump supplies oil to the generator bearings for the first 5 minutes of startup, during
shutdowns, and in case of generator-driven pump failure. This pump is driven by a 2.5-hp, 380-V,
3-phase, 50-Hz AC motor, which is controlled by the turbine sequencer in the TCP. The sequencer
monitors the lube oil system pressure and generator shaft speed, and activates the auxiliary pump
during generator startups, shutdowns, and any other time that the lube oil pressure drops to 12 psig.
A warning indication appears on the DCS monitor should the pump activate with the generator
turning at normal operating.
Emergency Lube Oil Rundown Tanks

Two lube oil rundown tanks, one for each generator-bearing assembly, have been provided in case
of an auxiliary pump failure. During shutdowns, oil stored in these tanks drains to the bearings
while the generator rotor coasts to a stop. The 16-gal (61 ltr) capacity of each tank ensures
sufficient lubricating capability from 400 rpm to rest.
4-30
2262533TR
Instruments and Controls

Manually operated ball valves have been provided to isolate components for repairs and
maintenance.
System Operation
Refer to F&ID Dwg. 020020-01-683248, Generator Lube Oil System in section 7 of the O&M
manual set. System operation is as follows for the GTG set:
Lube oil pumps draw oil from the system reservoir through independent suction lines. Both pumps
feed a common discharge line. A check valve maintains oil in the generator-driven pump to ensure
instantaneous oil flow to the bearing assembly whenever the pump begins operation.
Valve PCV-0013 prevents the lube oil pressure in the common discharge line from exceeding 30
psig (206 kPaG) and ports excess oil back to the reservoir.
A relief valve PSV-0003 prevents pressure at the output of the auxiliary pump from exceeding 85
psig (586 kPaG).
Heated lube oil from the discharge of either the generator-driven or the auxiliary pump is cooled by
a duplex fin-fan heat exchanger before flowing through the duplex oil filter assembly. The heat
exchanger assembly is customer located. The lube oil may bypass the coolers if thermostatic
control valve TCV-0000 determines the temperature to be < 140 F (60 C). As the lube oil
temperature increases during turbine operation, the valve progressively directs more oil through the
heat exchanger until, at 140 F (60 C), nearly all the oil flows through the heat exchanger. After
the lube oil passes through control valve TCV-0000, temperature indicator TE-0025 measures
actual lube oil temperature downstream of the cooler, signaling an indicator and activating an
alarm and shutdown. Temperature indicator TI-0025 provides a temperature reading to the
electronic-turbine control system. Alarm TAH-0025 activates when temperatures reach 160 F
(71 C) or higher, and a cooldown lockout (CDLO) is activated when temperatures reach 190 F
(89 C) or higher.
From the heat exchanger, the cooled oil flows into the duplex oil filter. This filter has a manual
transfer valve that directs all oil through the selected filter element, making the unselected element
available for service or replacement. Differential pressure transmitter PDT-0015 indicates the
pressure differential across the filter elements. PDT-0015 activates alarm PDAH-0015 at the
electronic-turbine control system if the differential pressure reaches 20 psid (138 kPaD). Pressure
indicator PI-0015 provides a pressure reading to the electronic-turbine control system. A pressure
balance valve has been provided for maintenance use during engine shutdown to confirm that
differential pressure gauge PDT-0015 indicates zero when no pressure differential exists.
Pressure at the filter output is controlled by pressure control valve PCV-0013 which prevents the
supply line pressure from exceeding 30 psig (206 kPaG. This valve protects against overpressure,
which can force oil past the seals in the generator-bearing assemblies, by porting excess oil back to
the reservoir. Pressure transmitter PT-0026 monitors pressure down stream of the filter, signaling
2262533TR
4-31
an indicator and activating an alarm and shutdowns. Pressure indicator PI-0026 provides a pressure
reading to the electronic-turbine control system. Alarm PAL-0026 is activated when pressure drops
to 25 psig or less. CDLO shutdown PALL-0026 is activated when pressure drops to 20 psig (138
kPaG) or less, and an FSLO shutdown is activated when pressure drops to 12 psig (82 kPaG) or
lower. FSLO shutdown PAHH-0026 is also activated when pressure increases to 60 psig (413
kPaG) or higher.
From PT-0026, lubricating oil flows to the two rundown tanks and to the generator shaft-bearing
assemblies. Overflow lines connect the tops of the tanks to the drain lines from the bearing
assemblies. In each tank, two level transmitters (LT-0041 and LT-0042) monitor tank oil level,
intiating a CDLO shutdown (LALL-0041 and LALL-0042) whenever the level drops 6" (152 mm)
below the top of the associated tank.
Lube oil enters the generator shaft-bearing assemblies through the orifice at the non-drive end and
another orifice at the drive end. Sensing elements TE-0021 and TE-0023 monitor bearing
temperatures, activating an alarm at 212 F (100 C) and initiating a shutdown at 221 F (105 C).
Sensing elements TE-0035 and TE-0036 monitor the temperature of lube oil leaving the bearings,
activating an alarm at 185 F (85 C) and initiating a shutdown at 194 F (90 C). Sensing elements
TE-0021, TE-0023, TE-0035, and TE-0036 transmit this data in the form of 420-mA signals to the
electronic control system for display on the DCS monitor.
Oil from the bearing assemblies is gravity-drained back to the generator lube oil reservoir. Sight
glasses in each drain line permit visual verification of oil flow.
The air/oil separator on the lube oil reservoir vents any gases entrained in the returning lube oil.
Immersion heater HE-0005 maintains the reservoir oil temperature at 90 F (32 C). Tank
thermometer TE-0020 monitors reservoir oil temperature, and signals temperature indicator TI0020, which provides a temperature reading to the electronic-turbine control system.TE-0020 also
activates alarm TAL-0020 if the oil temperature falls to 70 F (21 C). Level transmitter LT-0001
activates alarm LAL-0001 if the oil level drops to 10.65" (270 mm) or more below mounting flange
of the transmitter (63% of full). LT-0001 activates alarm LAH-0001 if the oil level rises to 5" (127
mm) or higher below the mounting flange of the transmitter (83% of full). LT-0001 will initiate a
shutdown if the oil level falls to 13" (330 mm) or lower below the mounting flange of the
transmitter (55% of full).
4-32
2262533TR
OPERATOR SCREENS
and gives associated feedback. The screens displayed by the system software show critical
operating parameters and system set points.
Each screen and the information that it contains may be accessed by pressing its corresponding
function key. The Unit Main Menu Screen illustrates the plants main menu, providing a graphic
hierarchy from the highest plant level. Any operator screen can be navigated by clicking on the
associated identifier and text description.
Generator Lube Oil System Screen Display

The first unit level sub-graphic in each group can be navigated by clicking on the associated unit
group. The Generator Lube Oil Screen display can be accessed from function G1B5, as shown
above.
2262533TR
4-33
Generator Ventilation and Combustion Air System Screen Display
Performance Screen Display
4-34
2262533TR
POWER CONTROL AND SYNCHRONIZATION
2262533TR
4-35
4-36
2262533TR
TYPICAL POWER PLANT WITH TWO GENERATORS

POWER DISTRIBUTION
The diagram above is a one-line drawing, illustrating the three-phase distribution of power in a
typical power plant with two power generators. Devices and components that connect power
generators to the power delivery point, and to metering, protection, and control circuitry,
constitute the Power Distribution System.
The major components of the power distribution system include power transformers, potential
transformers (PTs), current transformers (CTs), and circuit breakers.
TRANSFORMERS
All transformers step up or step down voltages in proportion to the ratio of turns on their primary
and secondary windings, but differ in design according to application requirements.
Power transformers (1) are designed to transfer power from one voltage level to another. Efficient
power transformers require large wire sizes and massive ferrous cores. Generators furnished by
G.E Aero Energy Products deliver power at 11 kV in 50-Hz systems or 13.8 kV in 60-Hz
systems. Power transformers (1) (above) transform the generator bus voltage to the utility bus
level, to a lower level for the motor control center (MCC). The MCC distributes lower voltage to
2262533TR
4-37
motors, pumps, heaters, and other internal power plant equipment, which is discussed in another
section.
Current transformers (4) are used to measure current flowing in conductors. They have many
turns on their secondary windings and few turns on their primary windings. The primary windings
are wired in series, with connected loads to impose as little burden, or loss, as possible on the
power system. The secondary windings provide a relatively low voltage, which is proportional to
the current flowing in the primary windings. Current transformers furnished by S&S Energy
Products typically have turns ratios of 2000:5, or 400 amperes per ampere in 11-kV applications,
and 3000:5, or 600 amperes per ampere in 13.8-kV applications. Measurement instrumentation,
connected to the secondary windings, is calibrated for 5 amperes full scale or approximately 38.1
MVA in 11-kV systems and approximately 71.7 MVA in 13.8-kV systems.
Mega-volt-amperes (MVA) are calculated as follows: VA
3 / 1 106 = 3-phase MVA
(13,800 3000 1.732/106 = 71.7 MVA or 11,000 2000 1.732/106 = 38.1 MVA)
The secondary windings of CTs should not be opened when power is applied. Voltage buildup in
the secondary windings can exceed breakdown levels. Current transformer secondary windings
should be connected (shorted) when not connected to measurement equipment or other loads.
Potential transformers (3) are used to measure and monitor high voltages. To reduce dangerous
high voltages to safe levels for instrumentation and personnel safety, PTs have many turns on
their primary windings and few turns on their secondary windings. The high-voltage primary
windings are connected between points across which voltage is to be measured or monitored. The
lower voltage secondary winding is proportional to the high-voltage primary winding by the
primary to secondary turns ratios of the transformer. Ratios of 100:1 are typical for compatibility
with the generator voltage regulator and synchronizer subsystems.
4-38
2262533TR
POWER DISTRUBUTION
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit breakers (2) connect or disconnect conductors and are designed to operate at various
voltages and loads. Circuit breakers connect (make) or disconnect (break) voltages in the 15-kV
range carrying currents of 3000 amperes. Large circuit breakers are opened and closed by
mechanically wound springs. Direct-current (DC) motors, supplied by batteries, wind (or charge)
the springs. Electric solenoids, activated by external low-current contacts, close or open (trip) the
circuit breakers.
Should the charging system fail, the charging springs may be wound by hand-operated cranks
called charging cranks. Once the charging springs are wound, the breakers may be tripped or
closed by hand-operated levers on the front of the breaker units.
Circuit breakers are designated by numbers assigned by a convention
established by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE). Breakers numbered 52G are generator breakers; breakers
designated 52L are load breakers. When more than one generator or load
breaker is used in a particular location, it is followed by a number (e.g.,
52G-1, 52G-2 or 52L-1, 52L-2, etc.).
To minimize wear on circuit breaker contacts, it is advisable to close and
open them when current flow through the breaker contacts is as small as
possible. A serious contact wear problem occurs when breaker units are
tripped under high-inductive loading conditions. In such cases, an arc
forms across the newly formed air gap between the contacts through
which current tends to continue flowing. For this reason, and to lessen
the impact on other components, generator loading is reduced to
approximately 1.5 MW or less before the contacts are opened.
2262533TR
4-39
Single-Generator Instrumentation and Control Interconnections

EQUIPMENT INTERFACES
Illustrated above is a three-line drawing, indicating the typical interconnection of PTs, CTs, and
circuit breakers needed to provide synchronization, metering, protection, and control circuitry for
a single generator.
A PT is installed on each side of the generator circuit breaker for voltage monitoring. The
synchronization control subsystem enables the circuit breaker to close only when the voltage
magnitudes and phase angles on each side of the circuit breakers are identical. Synchronization
can be accomplished manually or automatically by monitoring these voltages.
The modular automatic voltage regulator (MAVR) establishes generator excitation current based
upon generator load or voltage output requirements. Since load measurement requires a voltagecurrent calculation, both are applied to the unit. The MAVR is discussed in the Excitation Current
Control section.
4-40
2262533TR
Other connections are required for metering and protection requirements. Differential current
protective relays (87G), for example, measure the current into and out of each stator winding and
trip the generator output circuit breaker if a difference occurs. Such a difference would occur if a
short or current leakage path developed between stator windings or between a winding and
ground. The 87G relay and other protective relays are discussed in the Generator Protective
Relay System section in this manual.
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
(Dwg. XXX031, Sht. 1)
The equipment interfaces illustrated on the previous drawing can be located on the typical
electrical one-line drawing above. Connections that are noted as Continued on Sheet 2 are
applied to metering and synchronizing circuitry. It should be noted that the DGP block refers to
the Digital Generator Protection System, which is discussed in the Generator Protective Relay
System section.
Rotor ground fault relay 64 and alarm relay 74 connect to the Micronet Computer and cause
engine shutdown, as do signals from the vibration, fire protection, and other engine support
systems.
The MCC is indicated with its step-down transformer for powering pump motors, ventilation
fans, the hydraulic engine starting motor, and other 480- or 360-volt equipment. The MCC is
discussed in the Motor Control Center section. Inside the MCC is a lighting-and-distribution
2262533TR
4-41
panel. The lighting-and-distribution panel distributes power for battery chargers, lighting, and
other equipment requiring 120 volts.
One Line Diagram Synchronizing Circuitry

(Dwg. XXX031, Sht. 2)
Sheet 2 (above) of the typical one-line diagram, indicates connections to synchronizing and
metering circuitry.
The digital synchronizer module (DSM), veri-sync 25A and 25B relays, the synchroscope, and
the synchronizer lights are indicated. These devices are discussed in the Synchronization section.
The synchronizing circuitry may be switched via relays to allow synchronization across one of
several circuit breakers in a power system.
4-42
2262533TR
Synchronization Meter and Lights
GENERATOR CONTROL EFFECTS vs. OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER STATUS

OPERATOR
CONTROL INPUTS
CIRCUIT BREAKER
OPEN
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CLOSED
INCREASE/DECREASE
ENGINE THROTTLE
POSITION
INCREASE/DECREASE
GENERATOR OUTPUT
FREQUENCY
INCREASE/DECREASE
GENERATOR POWER
OUTPUT
INCREASE/DECREASE
GEN. EXCITATION
CURRENT
INCREASE/DECREASE
GENERATOR OUTPUT
VOLTAGE
INCREASE/DECREASE
GENERATOR POWER
FACTOR/VAR LEVELS
Generator Controls
2262533TR
4-43
GENERATOR CONTROLS
Power Factor and Volt-Amperes Reactive
With the circuit breaker open, increasing or decreasing generator excitation current increases or
decreases the generator output voltage, and increasing or decreasing engine speed increases or
decreases the generator output frequency. When the circuit breaker is closed, however, varying
excitation current and engine speed have entirely different effects.
The table above compares the effect of changing excitation current and engine speed with the
generator output circuit breaker open and closed. When the breaker is closed, it is assumed that it
is closed onto an infinite bus. *
When the circuit breaker is closed, a varying engine throttle position no longer affects frequency.
Power is increased as more fuel is added and decreased when fuel is reduced, as can be seen by
increases or decreases in megawatt output, and by observing voltage-phase angles at random
points in the power system and comparing them with the voltage-phase angle at the powergenerating sources. The voltage at each power-generation point will lead the voltage at load
points as a function of load characteristics and, to some extent, propagation time. These differing
values may be expressed as angular displacements in the sinusoidal voltage waveform. Current
flow (and, therefore, power) increases into any load from a source whose voltage angle leads
those from other sources. The lead angle is increased as more generator-driving shaft horsepower
is added, thus directly relating shaft horsepower to electrical power output.
*
An infinite bus is generally considered one in which the power contributed by a single generator is not
greater than 1/20th the total power supplied to the bus
4-44
2262533TR
Current, Voltage, and Power Relationships

When the circuit breaker is closed, varying excitation current no longer affects voltage; only the
angle between the current and voltage is affected. The current-voltage angle relates to the
characteristics of the load imposed on the generator and to generator excitation current.
Figure (A) above illustrates voltage (e), current (i), and the product of e and i for one cycle of
current and voltage. The product (p) is the power waveform produced by multiplying e i at each
instant in the cycle. Because e and i are in phase (i.e., cross zero at the same time), p is never
negative. This condition exists when loads are resistive without inductance or capacitance.
When loads are inductive, i is forced to follow e as a function of the amount of inductance.
Figure (B) illustrates a case where i lags behind e by approximately 30. In this case, e is
negative for a portion of the cycle before i becomes negative. During this interval, p is negative
because of the algebraic product of negative and positive values. The result is a downward shift in
p average.
Figures (C) and (D) show a progression where i lags further and further behind e, with
corresponding lower and lower values of p. In Figure (E), the shift is 90. In this case, p average
is zero.
Figure (F) is a vector diagram that simplifies discussion of the current/voltage relationship. Real
power is related to the metered values of e and i and the lag angle . As the angle increases, real
power is lowered. At = 90, real power is zero.
2262533TR
4-45
The voltage and current product is often referred to as volt-amperes (VA) or mega-volt-amperes
(MVA).
By definition, the trigonometric cosine of the angle has been named power factor (PF). Real
power then is the product of VA and PF.
p = VA (PF) or p = VA (cos .
The vector diagram in Figure (F) also includes a var component. Volt-amperes-reactive are the
component of power. Volt-amperes-reactive increase as real power decreases and are a
convenient reference of how much real power a generator or power station is producing.
The relationship between VA, var, and PF can also be expressed as follows:
(Real Power)2 + (var)2 = (VA)2 or Real Power = (VA)2 (var) 2
Most industrial loads are inductive; however, capacitive loading can occur. Capacitive loads
cause an opposite effect wherein current leads rather than lags voltage. In such cases, var
becomes negative. Since var can be negative or positive, var always carries a sign prefix.
Increasing or decreasing generator excitation current can control power factor or var. As
excitation current into the generator increases, the PF angle and var increase and, conversely,
decrease as excitation decreases. The control system is capable of regulating excitation current to
control var or PF.
BRUSHLESS EXCITATION SCHEMATIC
4-46
2262533TR
Typical Generator Exciter
2262533TR
4-47
EXCITATION CURRENT CONTROL

EXCITATION CURRENT CONTROL
The brushless excitation scheme, as previously discussed, uses a permanent magnet generator
(PMG) to generate excitation current. The Micro-AVR voltage regulator rectifies the alternatingcurrent (AC) output of the alternator and regulates the resulting direct-current (DC) flow through
the exciter field windings. The regulator, manufactured by Brush Electrical Machines, Ltd., has
been given the product name Microprocessor Automatic Voltage Regulator, or MicroAVR.
Silicone Controlled Rectifier With Input and Output Waveforms
Silicone Controlled Rectifiers, also referred to as Thyristors, are similar to diodes with the
exception of a third so-called Gate connection. The symbol for an SCR is shown at the top of
the above illustration. Below the SCR symbol are waveforms at its A and B connection
points. When the switch in the diagram is open, and there is no connection between the Cathode
and Gate terminals, the SCR blocks Anode signals from reaching the Cathode, however, when the
switch is closed, connecting the Gate to the Anode, the unit performs like an ordinary diode
passing only the positive half-cycle of the signal at its Anode to the Cathode. The waveform (B)
indicates the portion of the positive half cycle appearing at the Cathode if the switch closure is
delayed until the 135 point of the positive-going half cycle at A. By delaying the switch
closure, the percentage of the positive half cycle at A appearing at B can be controlled thus
performing the dual function of rectification and DC regulation.
4-48
2262533TR
Micro Automatic Voltage Regulator

Functional Block Diagram
2262533TR
4-49
The SCR, in the above diagram, rectifies AC current from the generator shaft-driven permanent
magnetic alternator (PMA) and provides controlled DC current into the generator exciter field
windings.
Current and potential transformers sense the generator bus voltage and current from the generator
bus. The voltage and current values, when multiplied, provide VA data. Voltage and current zero
crossover points provide current lead or lag angles for calculation of power factor and VARS.
(Power Factor = VA Cosine of the measured angle; VARS = VA Sine of the measured angle).
The calculated power factor or VAR value is selected from a switch on the Turbine Control Panel
(TCP) labeled P.F./VAR Select. This signal is applied to the inverting input of summing
junction (a). The non-inverting input is derived from a motor operated potentiometer adjusted
from the TCP by a momentary raise or lower switch labeled Auto Raise/Lower. The resulting
error signal drives SCR Gating Pulse Generator (a).
The error signal that drives SCR Gating Pulse Generator (b) is derived from a second motor
operated potentiometer controlled from the TCP by a switch labeled Manual Raise/Lower.
The manual raise lower input operates only when the Auto/Man Select switch is in the Man
position. The automatic raise lower input operates only when the Auto/Man Select switch is in
the Auto position.
Inter-communication connections between the two pulse generators allow the inactive channel to
track the active channel thus preventing transients in the SCR circuit when transferring between
automatic and manual modes. A TCP mounted null meter (N.M.) indicates any difference
between the two channels.
It should be noted that closed-loop control is provided only in the automatic operational mode.
When manual mode is selected, the control loop is open since there is no feedback to create an
error signal.
The SCR circuit includes a TCP mounted interrupting switch labeled Exciter On/Off and
monitoring circuitry that senses excitation current and voltage. The monitoring circuit is
interconnected with the Auto/Man Select switch and with the Digital Protective Relay system.
The monitor circuitry generates operator alarms, automatically switches from the automatic to the
manual channel, and initiates protective relay functions as appropriate to maintain the generator
excitation current within the limits of the generators operational capability curves. LED
indications on the Micro Automatic Voltage Regulator panel indicate the parameter or parameters
that have exceeded their normal operational limits. (See MAVR front panel descriptions)
Alternative configurations are supplied as customer options to allow added control flexibility for
operational situations that require them.
A voltage control optional input into summing junction (a) from a generator bus PT provides a
third control selection using the P.F./VAR Select switch, e.g., voltage in addition to power
factor and VARS. The voltage control option can provide added stability when the generator is
4-50
2262533TR
connected to less than an infinite bus and voltage varies significantly with load changes or in
islanded installations.
A voltage control input and a second summing junction (b) can be implemented as an option
allowing voltage control rather than fixed control when the manual mode is selected. Voltage
from a generator bus PT is applied to summing junction (b) where it is summed with the output
from the Man Raise/Lower motor operated potentiometer. SCR pulse generator (b) is then
driven to raise or lower the generator bus voltage to null the motor operated potentiometer set
point. The manual voltage control option is typically an internal implementation without front
panel selection.
MICROPROCESSOR AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR THEORY OF

OPERATION
The Microprocessor Automatic Voltage Regulator (MicroAVR) is designed to control the
excitation of a brushless generator. It is housed in a 19-inch rack assembly requiring only external
instruments and control switches to provide the complete excitation system.
The MicroAVR incorporates independent main and standby excitation channels with built-in
monitors, which automatically select standby control in the event of a fault being detected. An
automatic follower is provided to adjust the setting of the standby regulator to match that of the
main automatic voltage regulator (AVR).
2262533TR
4-51
The standby regulator can be selected to function as an automatic voltage regulator requiring the
minimum of adjustments, or, if preferred, as a conventional manual regulator requiring manual
voltage adjustments as load changes.
The unit is provided with a hand-terminal, which is used during commissioning and maintenance.
It makes adjustment of the regulator or monitor simply a matter of keying in the required
parameters, which are indicated on a digital display. It can be used to display voltage rise time
and overshoot or it can display critical AVR parameters during fault diagnosis.
4-52
2262533TR
Standby Module
Standby Module
The standby control module provides a completely independent means of controlling excitation.
The standby excitation system can be selected to function as an AVR requiring the minimum of
adjustment, or, if preferred, as a conventional manual regulator, providing a wide range of exciter
field control. This is especially useful during commissioning or generator testing. As with the
main control channel, control is provided by a single-phase, full-wave, half-controlled bridge
rectifier for the AVR. Manual control uses the same bridge rectifier and shares the standby digital
reference affected by the raise/lower logic.
Other features include an automatic follower to keep the standby regulator tracking the main
control channel, low-frequency cutoff, and a field voltage limiter and null balance indication
using local LED's or a remote balance meter.
Standby Module LED Indications
LED 1
Standby Low Indicates that the standby is firing later than the main AVR. When
both LEDs are extinguished, this indicates a balance between the main AVR and the standby
AVR.
2262533TR
4-53
LED 2
Standby High Indicates that the standby is firing earlier than the main AVR.
When both LEDs are extinguished, this indicates a balance between the main
AVR and the standby AVR.
LED 3
Standby Power Supply Healthy Indicates the state of the standby power supply.
LED 4
Control Power Supply Failed Indicates that the main control card power supply
has failed. The AVR will transfer to standby.
LED 5
Standby At Minimum.
LED 6
Main Control Operating Indicates that the main AVR is operational.
Button
Standby Raise Increases MicroAVR voltage output.
Button
Standby Lower Decreases MicroAVR voltage output.
Button
Auto Channel Supply Main power switch for the MicroAVR.
4-54
2262533TR
Utilities Module
Utilities Module
The utilities module provides separate regulated power supplies (derived from the permanent
magnet pilot exciter) for the main auto control module, monitor module and the hand-held
terminal. It also provides generator diode failure circuitry, which is functional in main or standby
control. The voltage sensing transformers for the main control module are also located in the
utilities module.
Utilities Module LED Indications
LED 1
Control 15V Healthy Indicates that the control module power supply is
energized.
LED 2
Monitor 15V Supply Healthy Indicates that the monitor module power supply
is energized.
LED 3
Monitor 5V Healthy Indicates that the monitor module power supply is

energized.
2262533TR
4-55
LED 4
Control 5V Healthy Indicates that the control module power supply is energized.
LED 5
General Alarm Indicates that one of the following fault indications has occurred:
Loss of monitor power supply
Loss of standby regulator power supply
Monitor card microprocessor fault
LED 6
Monitor Tripped Indicates that one of the following conditions has occurred:
Main control card RAM battery backup low

Over voltage
Under voltage
Over excitation
Under excitation
Over flux
Main control card microprocessor fault

LED 7
Diode Failure Indicates that a diode has failed. A diode failure relay detects
exciter field current ripple and when this exceeds a pre-set limit, the LED
illuminates.
LED 8
Spare
Button
DFI Test Provides a means of testing the diode failure circuit. Approximately 2
seconds after pressing the button, local indication is given and the diode failure
alarm relay is energized.
4-56
2262533TR
Control Module
Control Module (Main Auto)
This card contains the control microprocessor and its software, and the associated hardware
interfaces.
The control program resides in read-only memory (ROM), and the control settings, which are
specific to the contact, are programmed into battery backup random access memory (RAM) using
the hand-held terminal. These settings are made during factory testing and are later checked
during commissioning.
This card measures line voltage (three phase) and current signals (single phase) and provides
firing pulses to control the thyristor rectifiers located in the main frame. The firing pulses are
adjusted to maintain the excitation at the required level.
Control Module LED Indications
LED 1
Memory Battery Low Indicates state of battery which backs up contact data
programmed into memory. Battery life is 510 years.
LED 2
Watchdog Dropout Indicates that the program has failed to cycle.
LED 3
Over excitation Limiter Indicates that the MicroAVR has reached its over
excitation limit.
2262533TR
4-57
LED 4
Under excitation Limiter Indicates that the MicroAVR has reached its under
excitation limit.
LED 5
Power Factor Control Indicates that power factor control has been selected.
LED 6
Overflux Limiter Limits the voltage/frequency ratio to a level adjustable between

1.08 and 1.20 per unit.
LED 7
var Shed Sheds vars based on predetermined increments.
LED 8
var Control Indicates that var control has been selected.
Micro Reset Resets the microprocessor timing, which is controlled by a 16-MHz crystal.
Serial Communication Port
Provided for transmitting and receiving information to and from a remote terminal or a hand-held
terminal for commissioning and maintenance.
4-58
2262533TR
Monitor Module
Monitor Module
The monitor module is similar to the main control module and contains the control
microprocessor and its software, and the associated hardware interfaces.
The monitor program resides in ROM and the project-specific monitor settings are programmed
into battery backup RAM using the hand-held terminal. These settings are made during factory
testing and are later checked during commissioning.
The MicroAVR transfers from the main control channel to the standby control channel on the
operation of any of these monitors. A monitor latch/reset facility is provided which allows
resetting by pushbutton when the fault has been removed.
A monitor inhibit feature is available for control by an external switch signal.
A monitor fault alarm is provided to energize the general alarm relay on the utilities module and
prevent automatic selection of standby control in the event that one of the following occurs:
Monitor power supply failure
Standby module power supply failure
Monitor watchdog dropout alarm
Monitor battery low alarm
2262533TR
4-59
Monitor Module LED Indications

LED 1
Memory Battery Low - Indicates state of battery which backs up contract data
programmed into memory. Battery life is 510 years.
LED 2
Watchdog Dropout Indicates that the program has failed to cycle.
LED 3
Over excitation Monitor Indicates that an over excitation condition has occurred
(AVR trips to standby after 5 seconds).
LED 4
Under excitation Monitor - Indicates that an under excitation condition has

occurred (AVR trips to standby after 5 seconds).
LED 5
Over voltage Monitor Indicates that an over voltage condition has occurred
LED 6
Under voltage Monitor - Indicates that an under voltage condition has occurred
LED 7
Over flux Monitor Monitors the voltage/frequency ratio to ensure that it is within
limits.
LED 8
Spare
LED 9
Control Failed Button Mon Reset Indicates that a watchdog dropout alarm has
occurred.
LED 10
Spare
When any of the monitor functions trip, they remain latched until the fault has been corrected and
this button is pressed.
Micro Reset Resets the microprocessor timing that is controlled by a 16-MHz crystal.
Serial Communication Port
Provided for transmitting and receiving information to and from a remote terminal or a hand-held
terminal for commissioning and maintenance.
4-60
2262533TR
Typical Generator Capabilities Diagram

GENERATOR CAPABILITY LIMITS
The diagram above describes a typical generators capability diagram or operating chart that
indicates the operating conditions of a generator in relation to the various constraints, which
apply.
Section A of the curve indicates the reactive limit necessary to prevent overheating of the
excitation windings.
Section B indicates the limit placed by rated stator current.
Section C indicates the under excitation limit and with excitation levels below this the machine
may not develop enough synchronizing torque to remain in step with the system and may pole
slip.
At an operating point, such as x in the generator capability diagram the sides of triangle a, b, and
c relate to vars, real power, and VA as it does in the power triangle located to the left of the
capability diagram.
The values of PF, vars, real power, and VA can be determined for each boundary point in the
capability diagram. These parameters should be visualized by operators and related to the
capability diagram of their particular generator.
2262533TR
4-61
Microprocessor Automatic Voltage Regulator Main Chassis

OPERATOR CONTROL PROCEDURES
Startup
At startup, the REGULATOR ON/OFF switch (ES, Generator Excitation) should be in the ON
position and the EXCITATION MODE SELECT switch should be in the AUTO position. When
the generator is a synchronous speed, the generator voltage will ramp to nominal voltage level
through the AVR controls. The AUTO R/L control should then be used to match the generator
voltage and the bus voltage as part of the synchronization procedure. (See Synchronization
Procedures section.)
WARNING: THE GENERATOR EXCITATION SWITCH (ES) IS USED FOR
COMMISSIONING AND FAULT FINDING, AND SHOULD BE OPERATED BY
TRAINED PERSONNEL ONLY.
After the circuit breaker is closed and the generator is producing power, the AUTO R/L control
can be adjusted for the desired operating point within the capability limit curve for the generator.
The selection of VAR or POWER FACTOR control is made by a strap setting within the module
or by an optional switch on the TCP.
Automatic-to-Manual Regulator Failover
Should the unit fail over to manual mode, the operator should adjust the MAN R/L control to
achieve an operating point within the safe operating limits of the generators capability.
4-62
2262533TR
Manual-to-Automatic Regulator Changeover

As previously mentioned, the manual regulator automatically tracks the automatic regulator to
prevent transients in the regulator output when a transfer from automatic to manual mode occurs.
Switching back to automatic mode without a transient, however, requires a manual procedure as
follows:
Adjust the manual regulator output by lowering or raising the MAN R/L controls until the
generator is operating within safe limits.
When zero is indicated on the null meter, release the AUTO R/L control and place the
EXCITATION MODE SELECT switch in the AUTO position.
Lamps on the TCP and/or information blocks on the cathode-ray tube display indicate a
successful transfer from manual to automatic.
2262533TR
4-63
4-64
2262533TR
SYNCHRONIZATION
2262533TR
4-65
4-66
2262533TR
Synchronization Circuitry
SYNCHRONIZATION CIRCUITRY
Synchronization circuitry is implemented in the GE Aero Energy Products control system to
allow operators to match the voltage, frequency, and phase of the generator voltage to the voltage
on the opposite side of the 52G generator circuit breaker. Options are available to connect the
synchronizing circuitry across breakers in power systems other than the 52G breaker. Regardless
of the circuit breaker across which synchronization occurs, the requirements are the same (i.e., the
voltage, frequency, and phase on each side of the respective breaker must be the same for safe
breaker closure).
The functional diagram above illustrates the synchronizing circuitry. Potential transformers (PTs)
provide voltage sense inputs from both sides of the circuit breaker that are to be closed. The sense
voltages are applied to two Veri-Sync relays and a digital speed-matching (DSM) module. The
Veri-Sync relays are connected to different phases (B-C and A-B), and the DSM is connected
between the A and the C phases. The arrangement assures that all three-phase voltages meet
synchronizing requirements. Contacts within each module close when matching conditions are
met and are wired in series to enable circuit breaker closure.
2262533TR
4-67
The SYNCHRONIZE switch (S1) is a three-position switch on the turbine control panel (TCP).
In the OFF position, power to the Veri-Sync relays is interrupted and the DSM module is
disabled. It is good practice to place the switch in the OFF position when the synchronizing
circuitry is not in use.
In the AUTO position, the DSM module drives the turbine raise/lower speed controller to
match the generator frequency to the generator bus frequency and drives the
microprocessor automatic voltage regulator (MicroAVR) to match the generator and bus
voltages. In the AUTO position, contacts in the veri-sync and DSM modules directly
connect to the circuit breaker close contacts.
In the MAN position, automatic engine and voltage raise/lower outputs are disabled and
operators must manually operate engine and voltage raise/lower controls to achieve
synchronizing conditions. The TRIP/CLOSE switch (S2) must also be operated by hand to
achieve circuit breaker closure. Veri-Sync and DSM modules continue to monitor
synchronizing conditions and prevent closure of the circuit breaker under unsafe
conditions. It should be noted that circuit breaker trip contacts can be operated at any time
through S2, regardless of loading conditions.
Lamps connected between phases B and C are provided on the control panel for operator
monitoring. When the two voltages are at minimum phase-angle difference, the voltage difference
will also be at minimum, causing minimum current flow through the lamps.
The synchroscope, connected between phases A and B, has a 360 pointer that rotates at a speed
proportional to the phase-angle difference between the voltages. Its direction of rotation is
determined by which voltage is faster or slower. When the generator frequency is higher than the
generator bus frequency, rotation is clockwise and, conversely, counterclockwise when the
generator frequency is lower than the generator bus frequency.
4-68
2262533TR
SYNCHRONIZATION
SYNCHRONIZATION PROCEDURES
Before starting the synchronization procedure, ensure that the turbine engine has reached syncidle speed.
Manual Synchronization
The procedure for Manual synchronization is as follows:
Position the SYNCHRONIZE switch (S1) to the MAN position.
Using the MicroAVR AUTO R/L control handle, match the generator and bus voltages
displayed on the synchronization cubicle front-panel meters.
Operate the Power Turbine Raise/Lower speed control until the synchroscope rotates
slowly in the slow-to-fast (clockwise) direction. Observe the synchroscope lamps are at
minimum illumination as the synchroscope nears the 12 oclock position.
2262533TR
4-69
Position the CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP/CLOSE switch (S2) to the CLOSE position
when the synchroscope reaches the 11 oclock position during its slow (clockwise)
rotation.
Synchronization is indicated by the synchroscope stopping at the 12 oclock position and the red
CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED lamp illuminating.
Automatic Synchronization
The procedure for Automatic synchronization is as follows:
Position the SYNCHRONIZE switch to the AUTO position.
Observe the SYNC LIGHTS and SYNCHROSCOPE for synchronization lock.
Observe that the red CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED indicator illuminates.
4-70
2262533TR
DIGITAL GENERATOR PROTECTION

SYSTEM
2262533TR
4-71
4-72
2262533TR
M-3425 Generator Protection System

DIGITAL GENERATOR PROTECTION SYSTEM THEORY OF OPERATION
The M-3420/3425 generator protection system is a microprocessor-based unit that uses digital
signal processing technology to provide seventeen protective relaying functions for generator
protection. The M-3420/3425 can protect a generator from abnormal voltage and frequency,
internal winding faults, system faults, inadvertent energizing, negative sequence current, reverse
power, loss-of-field, over excitation (V/Hz) disturbances, while also providing loss-of-VT-fuse
detection, and breaker failure/flashover protection.
Six input contacts can be programmed to block any relay function and/or trigger the oscillograph
recorder. Any of the functions or the input contacts can be individually programmed to activate
any one or more of the eight programmable output contacts.
The M-3420/3425 provides time-tagged target information for the thirty-two most recent events
and includes self-test, self-calibration and diagnostic capabilities.
A switching mode power supply provides the M-3420/3425 with the various power supply
voltages required for operation. A redundant power supply is available as an option.
2262533TR
4-73
With the optional M-3931 MMI (Man-Machine Interface) Module, The M-3420/3425 also
provides capability for local metering of various quantities, including phase, neutral, and
sequence voltage and currents; real and reactive power, power factor, and positive sequence
impedance measurements.
PROTECTIVE RELAY FUNCTIONS TABLE 3420

Relay No.
Description
24
Volts/Hertz function provides over-excitation protection for the generator and unitconnected transformers. Includes delayed trip and alarm functions.
27
RMS Under voltage function detects any condition causing long-term generator
under voltage.
32
Directional power function provides anti-motoring (power flow to generator) and

overload protection. Includes time delay to avoid transient trips.
40
Loss of Field function provides protection for a partial or complete loss of field
excitation.
46
Negative Sequence Over current function provides protection against possible

rotor overheating and damage due to unbalanced three phase currents in the
generator.
51V
Inverse Time Phase Over current with Voltage Control relays, one per phase, are
used to trip circuits selectively and to time-coordinate with other up or down
stream relays. Time-coordination allows lower-level breakers to open and prevents
fault propagation.
59
RMS Over voltage function provides over voltage protection for the generator.
81
Frequency function provides either over- or under frequency protection of the

generator. Under frequency causes generator heating; over frequency damages
connected loads.
86
Trips output circuit breaker if other interconnected relays detect unsafe conditions.
Fault conditions must be corrected before reset is permitted.
87GD Ground Differential function provides ground fault protection.

Phase Differential function provides protection for all internal winding faults.
4-74
2262533TR
ADDITIONAL RELAY FUNCTIONS TABLE 3425

24
Volts
27TN64S Stator GND

21
Phase Distance.
78
Out of Step.
51T
Pos Seq Overcurrent.
46
Neg Seq Overcurrent.
64F/8 Field GND Brush Lift.

818R Frequency/Proof.
Protective Relay Function Table
Protective relays are assigned standard numbers that define their functions, in accordance with the
National Electrical Code and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). The
table above provides a brief description of the important generator protective relay types used in
this system.
Each of these relays is reset by a target-reset pushbutton on the panel. The 86 relay is operated by
other relays. It, in turn, trips the 52G circuit breaker. The 86 relay must be reset with a manual
handle; however, it cannot be reset until the relay (or relays) that caused the 86 to operate have
been reset.
It is recommended practice that operators notify supervisory personnel before resetting any relay
that has operated to allow troubleshooting. The cause of operation of any protective relay should
be understood before a reset is permitted.
2262533TR
4-75
M-3420/3425 GENERATOR PROTECTION SYSTEM

M-3420 Generator Protection System Front Panel
1. Com 1 Standard 9-pin RS-232C DTE-configurated communications port. This port is
used to locally set and interrogate the M-3420 via a portable computer.
2. Relay OK Green LED that is under control of the M-3420 microprocessor. A flashing OK LED
indicates proper program cycling. The LED can also be programmed to stay lit continuously.
3. Time Sync Green LED will light to indicate that the IRIQ B time signal is received and
validated. This IRIQ B signal is used to correct the hour, minute, seconds and millisecond
information. When the IRIQ B signal is synchronized, the real time clock will be corrected every
hour.
BRKR Closed Red LED will light to indicate when the breaker status input (52b) is open.
Osc. Trig Red LED will light to indicate that the oscillograph data has been recorded in the
units memory.
Target This LED will illuminate when any of the relay functions operate.
Diagnostic Red LED will flash ERROR CODE number if any.
PS1/PS2 Green LEDs will remain lit for the appropriate power supply as long as power is
applied to the unit and the power supply is operating properly.
Target Reset This pushbutton resets the target LED if the conditions causing the operation
have been removed. It is reset by pressing and then releasing the button immediately, (this action
also provides a means for testing the LEDs). Holding the TARGET RESET pushbutton displays
the present pickup status of the M-3420 functions.
4-76
2262533TR
M-3931 MAN-MACHINE INTERFACE

M-3931 Man-Machine Interface (MMI)
The M-3931 MMI module provides the means to interrogate the unit and input settings or access
data directly from the front panel. The indicators and controls consist of:
1
LCD Displays menus, which guide the operator to M-3420 function or set point values.
Menus consist of two lines. The top line provides a description of the current menu
selection. The bottom line lists lower case abbreviations of each menu selection with the
current menu selection highlighted by being in uppercase.
While the unit is not in use, and has not operated, the user logo lines are displayed until
ENTER is pressed, at which time the first-level menu is displayed. If the unit has operated,
the LCD cycles through a sequence of screens summarizing the operation status conditions
(targets) until ENTER is pressed.
Arrow Pushbuttons The left- and right-arrow pushbuttons are used to choose among
menu selections displayed on the LCD. When entering values, the left- and right-arrow
pushbuttons are used to select the digit (by moving the cursor) of the displayed set point that
will be increased or decreased by the use of the up- and down-pushbuttons.
The up- and down-arrow pushbuttons only increase or decrease input values or change
between upper and lower case inputs. Upper case inputs are active whereas lower case
inputs are inactive. If the up or down button is held when adjusting numerical values, the
speed of increment or decrement is increased.
2262533TR
4-77
Exit Pushbutton Used to EXIT from a displayed screen to the immediately preceding
menu. Any change set point will not be saved if the selection is aborted via the EXIT
pushbutton.
Enter Pushbutton Used to choose a highlighted menu selection, to replace a set point or
other programmable value with the currently displayed value, or to select one of several
displayed options (such as ENABLE or DISABLE a function)
M-3920 Target Module

M-3920 Target Modules
The target module includes 24 individually labeled TARGET LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) to
target the operation of the M-3420 functions on the front panel.
Target Indicators Normally, the 24 red TARGET LEDs are not lit. Upon operation, the
LEDs corresponding to the cause(s) of the operation will light and stay lit until reset, while the
eight OUTPUT LEDs will reflect the present state of the OUT1 OUT8 output contacts.
Pressing and releasing the TARGET RESET pushbutton will momentarily light all LEDs
(providing a means to test them) and resets the TARGET LEDs if the condition causing the
operation has been removed.
Detailed information about the cause of the last 32 operations is retained in the units
memory for access through the LCD display via the VIEW TARGET HISTORY menu.
2
4-78
Output Indicators Indicate the status of the programmable output contacts.
2262533TR
Accessing Screens
To prevent unauthorized access the M-3420 has three levels of access codes. Each access code is
a user defined one- to four- digit number.
1
Level 1 Access Read set points, monitor status, view target history.
Level 2 Access Read and change set points, monitor status, view target history.
Level 3 Access Access to all M-3420 configuration functions and settings.
A level 3 user can only alter access codes.
2262533TR
4-79
4-80
2262533TR
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
2262533TR
4-81
4-82
2262533TR
Typical Motor Control Center
2262533TR
4-83
TYPICAL MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

The motor control center (MCC) is a power distribution circuit breaker array that provides
overload protection and switching of power to devices such as motors and heaters. The assembly
also provides circuit breaker protection for lighting and distribution circuits.
Each circuit breaker is labeled on the front panel.
Primary 3-phase power enters through cables at the upper-left corner panel. Busbar connections
are routed from the primary 3-phase input cable connection lugs throughout the cabinet.
Individual circuit breaker assemblies plug into the busbars. Voltage outputs to loads are carried
through cables from each unit.
CIRCUIT BREAKER TAGGED IN THE

OFF POSITION
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CIRCUIT BREAKER UNIT FRONT PANEL

The individual high-current breaker panels contain a starter, in addition to a breaker. The starter
is a set of high-currentcapacity contacts, capable of withstanding multiple ON/OFF cycles
without significant degradation. The starter contacts may be remotely or locally controlled.
The individual circuit breaker panels also contain an overload sensor which opens the starter
contacts to prevent overload conditions from damaging connected equipment.
The overload sensor opens the starter at approximately 80% of the circuit breaker trip point, to
avoid opening the circuit breaker except under the most severe overloads.
Selection of remote or local starter control is provided through the HAND-OFF-AUTO control
switch (2) on the typical panel above. Lamp (3) is red and is on when the starter is closed. Lamp
(4) is green and is on when the starter is open or off. These lamps have built-in pushbuttons for
lamp test. Pressing pushbutton (5) resets the starter after a circuit overload has been corrected.
4-84
2262533TR
CIRCUIT BREAKER UNIT SCHEMATIC

CIRCUIT BREAKER UNIT SCHEMATIC
The schematic above illustrates a typical circuit breaker unit controlling a 7.5-hp motor with an
enclosed heater. The heater prevents moisture condensation in the motor when it is not operating.
Three-phase power is applied through 30-A breaker (1). A coil (8), when energized, closes the
starter contacts (2).
HAND-OFF-AUTO switch (10) receives 120-VAC through the transformer (5) when the circuit
breaker (1) is closed. In the OFF position, the HAND-OFF-AUTO switch prevents energizing
coil (8). In the HAND position, the coil (8) is energized, closing starter contacts (2) and
energizing the load (4) through overload contacts (3). In the AUTO position, the coil (8) is
energized through remote contacts (11).
The load motor heater is energized through normally closed contacts (6) when the circuit breaker
(1) is closed. When coil (8) energizes, closing the starter (2), contacts (6) transfer, opening the
heater circuit.
Should any one of the 3-phase overload contacts (3) open, overload contacts (9) are also opened
to deenergize the starter coil (8). The overload contacts are reset by a front panel pushbutton.
Fuses F1, F2, F3, and F4 protect the transformer and internal components.
2262533TR
4-85
4-86
2262533TR
SECTION 5
2262533TR
5-1
5-2
2262533TR
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM

The GTG set is operated through use of an electronic-control system. This system comprises
computerized-control subsystems. The sequencer is installed in the TCP and the fuel supply
manager is installed in the MTTB. The microprocessors and digital logic circuitry in these
subsystems provide the speed and autonomy of operation required for safe, efficient operational
control. Two major system components are as follows:
Woodward Atlas microprocessor based digital fuel controller

FANUC 90/70 PLC Sequencer.
Bently Nevada 3500 Digital vibration monitor
M-3425 digital multi-function generator protective relay system
Digital auto/manual voltage regulator
Auto and manual synchronization
Multi-function digital meter for electrical power values
Human-Machine Interface that provides graphic screens
Operator control switches and push buttons
Serial output and Ethernet data port for customer's DCS
Parallel printer port
The turbine-generator control system detects turbine engine and generator parameters; responds
to operator directions; and performs fuel management, startup, shutdown sequencing, and electric
power generator synchronization. The unit also senses unsafe conditions, generates operator
alarms, and shuts down the engine when necessary to avoid danger to personnel or equipment.
Starting and stopping the gas turbine engine or changing its modes of operation must be
accomplished in a sequence that considers engine reliability and personnel safety. Prior to startup,
ventilation fans and lube oil pumps must be in operation, engine and starting subsystem status
must be verified, and operator mode selections and start authorization must be given. After
startup has been initiated, fuel system initialization must precede ignition and warm-up intervals
must be satisfied before the engine is permitted to accelerate. Synchronism to the electric utility
feed bus must then be established and the generator output circuit breaker closed. These
sequential operations are all controlled by the turbine-generator control system.
The Atlas control system implements Woodwards real time operating system. The control is
based on a 5 millisecond interrupt (the Minor Frame Timer or MFT). The operating system
schedules application tasks and control algorithms at the beginning of each MFT. In the
application program each part or function of the application is executed in a scheduled multiple of
the MFT called a rate group, or RG. In this manner, all tasks or control functions are
implemented exactly at a scheduled time, which allows for accurate and consistent control
dynamics. The tool used to develop this program is the Graphical Application Program (GAP).
GAP is a Woodward developed Windows based program that uses standard blocks to develop an
application.
2262533TR
5-3

1.
Sequencer
The sequencer controls the order and timing of critical events in the operation of the GTG
set. It issues operating commands to the control subsystems in response to data received
from the sensors and detectors in the equipment and GTG subsystems. The GE Fanuc
manuals located in Vol. 1 - Chapter 5 of the O&M manuals, provides detailed descriptions
and diagrams.
2.
Fuel Supply Manager

The fuel manager controls the operation of the turbine fuel systems. The purpose of the fuel
manager is to maintain a constant generator output frequency. The fuel manager achieves
this goal by regulating fuel flow to hold generator speed at a constant 3000 or 3600 rpm
under all load conditions, including no-load, full-load, and load-fluctuating operation. The
fuel manager also:
manages the matching of generator output frequency to the frequency of utility power
for automatic synchronization and paralleling;
controls the acceleration and deceleration of the gas turbine engine by varying the fuel
flow; and
initiates, regulates, and terminates fuel flows into the gas turbine engine.
The Atlas manual located in Vol. 1 - Chapter 5 of the O&M manual set provides detailed
descriptions of the fuel control system.
System Integration
GE AEPs One-Line Diagram, 020020-01-683031, shows how these components relate to the
control subsystems to achieve overall operational control. The data forwarded by subsystem
transmitters, indicators, and sensors enable the sequencer and fuel manager to perform the critical
events required for startups, shutdowns, and normal operation.
System Responses
The TCP cubicles have the switches and keypads required for issuing operator commands to the
electronic-control system. As the system executes the commands in a preprogrammed order,
indicator lamps, gauges, and meters on the TCP and the program screens on the DCS monitor
(display operational responses and statuses.
5-4
2262533TR
Turbine Control Panel

The TCP contains meters, indicators, switches, and various control systems connected with the
GTG set. An operator can initiate the turbine-generators electronic control system to perform
automatic startup, fuel management, load assumption, and system operation from the TCP.
Critical parameters are constantly monitored and alarms or shutdowns are initiated automatically,
as appropriate, for out-of-tolerance conditions. Automatic fuel control and turbine sequencing are
controlled by the logic control system software and hardware. Also, an operator or anyone on site
can initiate, as necessary, a manual emergency shutdown at any time. Each cubicle is briefly
described as follows:
Control Cubicle This cubicle contains the voltage regulator and switches for controlling
generator operating conditions. This cubicle contains controls and monitors for turbine
operation, and the Beckwith Integrated Generator Protection System (IGPS) for monitoring
the operation of the turbine engine and generator.
Termination Cubicle This cubicle contains the vibration monitoring system panel and the
fire protection panel. This cubicle provides the wiring interface between the TCP cubicles,
and provides for connection to the operating and monitoring circuits in the turbine-generator
unit. Also contained in this cubicle are the fuse blocks and circuit breakers for the control
and fire systems.
Turbine-Generator Control Panel (TCP)
Item
Control/Indicator
Function
Control Cubicle
Contains switches for controlling generator electrical

conditions and output and for synchronizing the generator
and bus prior to placing the generator on-line with the utility
or plant bus. Includes Brush automatic voltage regulator
(Prismic-AVR) rack and controls the Beckwith Integrated
Generator Protection System (IGPS).
Termination Cubicle
Contains generator protection system, the vibration

monitoring system, and the fire suppression and gas
detection system. Contains all termination points from the
control cubicle to the equipment and systems external to the
TCP.
2262533TR
5-5
Turbine-Generator Control Panel (TCP)
5-6
2262533TR
Control Cubicle
Item
Control/Indicator
Function
Horn
Produces an audible sound to alert operators when alarms or

shutdown conditions occur.
Meter, Digital Multifunction
Micro-based unit that simplifies the monitoring and

management of generator electrical conditions and output. In
addition to displaying generator output conditions, control and
alarm relays are programmed to activate alarms for measured
output values, i.e. high or low current and voltage conditions.
The three-page display consists of eleven windows per page.
All the windows on pages 1 and 2 are active. The Active
Energy window is the only active window on page 3. The UP
ARROW/RESET MAX. has 2 functions. When pressed for at
least 5 seconds, this button resets both Maximum Ampere
Demand and kW Maximum Demand values to zero. This
button is also used to scroll forward when choosing parameters
and values. Press the DOWN ARROW/PAGING button the
keypad to scroll from page to page. The selected page will
disappear after 30 seconds. The select button is used to enter
the Definition Mode, change parameters, select relay and set
point delay. When the Reset Energy button is pressed
continuously for more than 5 seconds Energy kWH, Returned
Energy kWH, and Reactive Energy kVARH are reset at zero.
This button will also return you to a higher programming level.
Lamp, Synchronizing
Illuminate at maximum intensity when the generator and utility

bus are out-of-phase and reach minimum intensity when the
generator and utility bus are in-phase.
Meter, Synchroscope
Meter indication pointer rotates through 360 degrees to

display generator and utility bus phase differential. At the 12
oclock position, the generator and utility bus are in-phase.
Switch, Synchronize
Selects automatic or manual synchronization mode. In

manual position, operator must operate engine speed and
voltage regulator controls to match frequency and voltage
required for synchronization. In automatic position, frequency
and voltage are adjusted by the digital synchronization
module.
Ammeter, Null Balance
Displays difference between automatic and manual regulator

output signals for controlling generator excitation current.
When meter indicates zero, transfer between automatic and
manual regulator control can be executed without a transient
in the generator output.
Relay, Lockout (Generator)
Two-position switch. Allows manual operation of the 86G

relay.
2262533TR
5-7
Control Cubicle
5-8
2262533TR
Control Cubicle (Cont)

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
Switch, Circuit Breaker Control

52G
Allows operator to open or close the generator output circuit

breaker 52G.
PF/VAR Adjust Switch
Allows operators to raise or lower the power factor operational

setpoint.
10
PF/VAR Control Enable Switch
Allows operators to select power factor or VAR regulation

control modes.
11
Manual Voltage Adjust Switch
Allows operators to raise or lower the operational setpoint

when the voltage regulator is operating in the manual mode.
12
Excitation Mode Switch
Three-position selector switch with spring-loaded return to

Norm position. Switches generator excitation control between
automatic (Auto) and manual (Man) modes.
13
Automatic Voltage Adjust Switch Allows operators to raise or lower the operational setpoint
when the voltage regulator is operating in the automatic mode.
14
Automatic / Manual Voltage

Regulator
Housing for the microprocessor automatic voltage regulator

(Prismic-AVR) components.
15
Monitor Module
Contains the monitor microprocessor, its software, and the

hardware interfaces. The monitor program resides in ROM
and the project specific monitor settings are programmed into
battery backed-up RAM using the hand held terminal. This
module measures generator line voltage and current and
includes the following functions: voltage monitoring,
excitation monitoring, and event recorder.
16
Main Control Module
Contains the control microprocessor, its software, and its

associated hardware interfaces. The control program resides
in read only memory (ROM) and the control settings, which
are specific to each unit, are programmed into battery
backed-up random access memory (RAM) using a hand held
terminal. These settings are made during factory testing and
checked during commissioning.
17
Utilities Module
Provides separate regulated power supplies (derived from

the permanent magnet pilot exciter) for the Main Control and
Monitor Modules and the hand held terminal. It also provides
generator diode failure circuitry, which is functional in main or
standby control. The voltage sensing transformers for the
main control module are also located on this module.
2262533TR
5-9
Control Cubicle
5-10
2262533TR

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
18
Standby Control Module
Provides a completely independent means of controlling

excitation. The standby excitation system can be selected to
function as an automatic voltage regulator requiring the
minimum of adjustments or, if preferred, as a conventional
manual regulator providing a wide range of exciter field
control. As with the main control channel, control is provided
by a single phase full wave, half controlled rectifier bridge for
the AVR.
19
LED Indicators
Detect electrical activity on the Standby, Utilities, Main

Control, and Monitor Modules. All indicators are on a hinged
panel.
20
Power Switch
Delivers power to the auto channel supply.
21
Blower
Circulates air through the control cubicle.
2262533TR
5-11
Control Cubicle
5-12
2262533TR
Control Cubicle
Item
Control/Indicator
Function
System Emergency Stop

TCP Switch
Red mushroomhead switch. Operates to initiate emergency

shutdown of the GTG set.
Switch, Local/Remote
Selector
Two-position selector switch:

Local System is controlled from TCP.
Remote System is controlled from customer Digital Control
System (DCS).
Switch, Speed Adjust
Three-position selector switch that is spring-loaded to return to the

Norm position. Used to Lower or Raise speed adjustment signals
to the turbine control system.
Integrated Generator
Protection System (IPS )
The integrated protection system (IPS ) for generators is a

microprocessor-based digital relay system that provides protection,
control, and monitoring of the generator. The operator can develop
or modify relay functions via a personal computer and the IPScom

software. Additional information is found in the Beckwith M-3425
Instruction Book in Chapter 5 of this manual.
COM1 Serial Interface
Standard 9-pin RS-232C DTE configured communication port that

normally will be used for local setting and interrogating of the
M-3425 via a portable computer running IPScom software.
Relay OK LED and Time

Sync LED
The green Relay OK LED is under control of the M-3425. A flashing

OK LED indicated proper program cycling. The LED can also be
programmed to be continuously lit. The green Time Sync LED will
light to indicate that the IRIQ B time signal is received and
validated.
Breaker Closed LED and

Oscillograph Recorded
LED
The red Breaker Closed LED will light to indicate when the breaker
status input (52B) is open. The red Oscillograph Recorded LED will
light to indicate that oscillograph data has been recorded in the
units memory.
Target LED
Diagnostic LED that flashes an error code number (if any).
Power Supply #1 & #2 LED The Green Power LED indicator will remain lit for the appropriate
power supply whenever power is applied to the unit. A second
power supply is available as an option.
2262533TR
5-13
Control Cubicle
5-14
2262533TR

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
10
Target Reset
Pushbutton used to reset target readings.
11, 12, 14, 15
M-3931 Man-Machine
Interface (MMI) Module
Provides the means to interrogate the M-3425 and to input settings,

access data, etc. directly from the front panel. Components include
the (11) Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), (12) arrow pushbuttons, and
(14 & 15) Exit and Enter pushbuttons.
13
Target Module
Contains 24 individually labeled Target Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs)

to target the operation of the M-3425 functions on the front panel.
Normally, the Target LEDs are not lit. Eight individually labeled
Output LEDs will be lit as long as any module output is picked up.
16
TSB1
Bus Potential Test Switch
17
TSB2
Generator Potential Test Switch
18
TSB3
Generator Current Metering Test Switch
19
TSB4
Bus Current Protection Test Switch
20
TSB5
Generator Current Protection Test Switch
21
TSB6
Spare Test Switch
22
TSB7
Spare Test Switch
23
TSB8
Generator Lockout Relay Test Switch
2262533TR
5-15

2

5
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
AUX =
E
S
E
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
STEP
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
R
E
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
HEAT
DETS
S
E

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
SYSTEM
ALARMS
FIRE
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
GAS ALARMS
17
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
TERMINATION CUBICLE
1
18
20
19
35
3500/20
Rack
Interface
Module
3500/100
Low Voltage DC Power Supply
3500
3500/92
Comm
Gateway
Module
OK
OK
TX/RX
TX/RX
TM
CONFIG
OK
R
E
S
E
T
22 23 24 25
21
3500/44M
Aero DT
Vibration
Monitor
OK
3500/40
3500
Proximito
Monitor
Future
Expansion
OK
TX/RX
BYPASS
3500/25
Keyphasor
Module
TX/RX
1
PROGRAM
RACK
ADDR
OK
OK
TX/RX
CH 1
ALARM
CH 2
ALARM
CH 3
ALARM
CH 4
ALARM
RUN
3500/32
4 Channel
Relay
Module
TX/RX
BYPASS
1
26
27 28
3500/64M
Dynamic
Pressure
Monitor
29
30
31
32
33
34
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
BUFFER
TRANSDUCERS
Future Expansion
3500
CONFIG
PORT
G-29-03
Termination Cubicle
5-16
2262533TR
Termination Cubicle
Item
Control/Indicator
Function
Fire Suppression and Gas

Detection System Panel
Comprised of plug-in modules that link to flame, temperature, and

gas detection sensors inside the turbine and generator enclosures.
Interfaces with the turbine control system to provide the necessary
engine shutdown, ventilation fan on/off signals, and other operator
messages. For detailed information on this system, refer to the
Wilson Fire Equipment & Service Company Manual in Chapter 5 of
this manual.
28
Spare Modules
Not used on this project.
911
Gas Modules (NT420)
Accept analog signals from gas detectors in the generator (Module

12) and turbine (Modules 13 and 14) enclosures. Calibrated values
are displayed as a percentage of the lower explosion limit (LEL) of
the gas-air mixture (represented by % LFL on modules). Display
also indicates over- or underrange sensor inputs and programming
information for setting alarm parameters. Each gas module
contains two pushbuttons to initiate programming:
Step When step and reset pushbuttons are depressed
simultaneously, displays menu items that enable operator
to calibrate and set gas system alarms and shutdown
limits.
Set Reset Resets module conditions after all alarms have been
cleared.
Each gas module also contains four alarm LEDs that illuminate red
when activated:
HiHi Alarm Illuminates when gas level has reached 100% LEL.
Hi Alarm Illuminates when gas level has reached 60% LEL.
Lo Alarm Illuminates when gas level has reached 20% LEL.
Fail Illuminates when an internal diagnostic fault has occurred.
12
Alarm Module
Receives fire and gas system alarms that have been activated by
the Input or Manual Pull Modules. The alarm module contains six
LEDs and a Silence/Reset switch:
Bell Not used in this configuration.
Horn Illuminates and flashes when horn is activated.
Strobe Illuminates after receiving alarm signal.
Fault 1 thru Fault 3 Illuminate yellow when a malfunction occurs
in the module system.
2262533TR
5-17

2

5
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
AUX =
E
S
E
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
STEP
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
R
E
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
HEAT
DETS
S
E

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
SYSTEM
ALARMS
FIRE
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
GAS ALARMS
17
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
TERMINATION CUBICLE
1
18
20
19
35
3500/20
Rack
Interface
Module
3500/100
3500
3500/92
Comm
Gateway
Module
OK
OK
TX/RX
TX/RX
TM
CONFIG
OK
R
E
S
E
T
22 23 24 25
21
3500/44M
Aero DT
Vibration
Monitor
OK
3500/40
3500
Proximito
Monitor
Future
Expansion
OK
TX/RX
BYPASS
3500/25
Keyphasor
Module
TX/RX
1
OK
OK
TX/RX
CH 1
ALARM
CH 2
ALARM
CH 3
ALARM
CH 4
ALARM
2
2
RUN
PROGRAM
3500/32
4 Channel
Relay
Module
TX/RX
BYPASS
1
RACK
ADDR
26
27 28
3500/64M
Dynamic
Pressure
Monitor
29
30
31
32
33
34
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
BUFFER
TRANSDUCERS
Future Expansion
3500
CONFIG
PORT
G-29-03
Termination Cubicle
5-18
2262533TR
Termination Cubicle (Cont)

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
13
Input Module
Accepts signals from temperature and optical flame detector

sensors in the generator enclosure. Once activated, initiates
Release and Alarm Modules. This module has three fire and three
fault LEDs and a reset switch:
Fire 1 thru Fire 3 Illuminate red when receive alarm signal; trip
auxiliary relay.
cleared.
Center Off.
14
Input Module
Accepts signals from three optical flame detectors located in the

front of the turbine enclosure. This module contains three fire and
three fault LEDs and a Reset switch:
Fire 1 thru Fire 3 Illuminate red when receive alarm signals;
trips auxiliary relay.
Fault 1 thru Fault 3 Illuminate yellow when a malfunction occurs
in the module system.
cleared.
Center Off.
15
Release Module
Releases primary and reserve banks of CO2 gas cylinders after preset time delays (30- and 10-sec). Responds to Input or Manual Pull
Module status through system bus to determine if two releases are
necessary. The module has six LEDs and an Inhibit/Reset switch:
Main (top of panel) Illuminates when primary bank of CO2 gas
cylinders has been released.
Reserve (top of panel) Illuminates when reserve bank of CO2
Main (middle of panel) Illuminates if continuity problems are
detected in the solenoid or pressure
switch lines.
Reserve Illuminates if continuity problems are detected in the
solenoid or pressure switch lines.
2262533TR
5-19
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
AUX =
E
S
E
E
S
E
STEP
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
HEAT
DETS
S
E

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
SYSTEM
ALARMS
FIRE
FAULT
SET
RESET
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
GAS ALARMS
17
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
TERMINATION CUBICLE
1
18
20
19
35
3500/20
Rack
Interface
Module
3500/100
3500
22 23 24 25
21
3500/92
Comm
Gateway
Module
3500/44M
Aero DT
Vibration
Monitor
OK
OK
OK
TX/RX
TX/RX
TX/RX
TM
CONFIG
OK
R
E
S
E
T
BYPASS
3500/25
3500/40
3500
Keyphasor
Module
Proximito
Monitor
Future
Expansion
OK
TX/RX
1
OK
OK
TX/RX
CH 1
ALARM
CH 2
ALARM
CH 3
ALARM
CH 4
ALARM
1
2
2
RUN
PROGRAM
3500/32
4 Channel
Relay
Module
TX/RX
BYPASS
RACK
ADDR
26
27 28
3500/64M
Dynamic
Pressure
Monitor
29
30
31
32
33
34
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
BUFFER
TRANSDUCERS
Future Expansion
3500
CONFIG
PORT
G-29-03
Termination Cubicle
5-20
2262533TR

Item
Control/Indicator
15 (Cont)
Release Module
Function
PSW (power) Flashes when Inhibit mode is active.
Abort Not used in this configuration.
Inhibit Controls release signals to allow module tests without
risk of CO2 gas activation. Operates only when panel
is in normal operating mode.
Center Off.
cleared.
16
Manual Pull Module
Responds to activation of manual pull stations and activates Alarm

and Release Modules. The module has two LEDs and an
Inhibit/Reset switch:
Fire Illuminates red when any manual pull switch in the turbine
and generator enclosures has been activated.
Fault Illuminates yellow when internal diagnostic fault has
occurred in the system.
Inhibit Controls release signals to allow module tests without
risk of primary and reserve CO2 gas cylinder bank
activation (Inhibit LED flashes). Testing can only be
done in the normal operating mode.
Center Off.
cleared.
17
Fault Module
Announces any malfunction in the fire and gas system. Faults

displayed locally on the respective modules are transferred to this
module. This module also identifies fault categories and provides
the mechanism for resetting the audible fault horn. There are three
LEDs and a Reset switch in this module:
System Illuminates when a fault is detected in the system.
Power Illuminates when battery supply voltage is low.
Aux Not used in this configuration.
cleared.
Center Off.
2262533TR
5-21

2

5
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
AUX =
E
S
E
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
STEP
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
R
E
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
HEAT
DETS
S
E

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
SYSTEM
ALARMS
FIRE
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
GAS ALARMS
17
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
TERMINATION CUBICLE
1
18
20
19
35
3500/20
Rack
Interface
Module
3500/100
3500
3500/92
Comm
Gateway
Module
OK
OK
TX/RX
TX/RX
TM
CONFIG
OK
R
E
S
E
T
22 23 24 25
21
3500/44M
Aero DT
Vibration
Monitor
OK
3500/40
3500
Proximito
Monitor
Future
Expansion
OK
TX/RX
BYPASS
3500/25
Keyphasor
Module
TX/RX
1
OK
OK
TX/RX
CH 1
ALARM
CH 2
ALARM
CH 3
ALARM
CH 4
ALARM
2
2
RUN
PROGRAM
3500/32
4 Channel
Relay
Module
TX/RX
BYPASS
1
RACK
ADDR
26
27 28
3500/64M
Dynamic
Pressure
Monitor
29
30
31
32
33
34
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
BUFFER
TRANSDUCERS
Future Expansion
3500
CONFIG
PORT
G-29-03
Termination Cubicle
5-22
2262533TR

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
18
Vibration Monitoring
System (Bently Nevada)
Monitors the turbine engine vibration levels at the compressor rear

frame (CRF), turbine rear frame (TRF), and the generator vibration
at drive and exciter ends. For detailed information on this system,
refer to the Bently Nevada Manual in Chapter 5 of this manual.
19
Operates under fully loaded conditions with a single power supply.

Low Voltage DC Power
Supply / Future Expansion When two power supplies are installed in a rack, the supply in the
lower slot acts as the primary supply and the supply in the upper
slot acts as the backup supply. If the primary supply fails, the
backup supply will provide power to the rack without interrupting
rack operation.
20
Rack Interface Module
Primary interface that supports Bently-Nevada proprietary protocol

used to configure the rack and retrieve machinery information. The
rack interface module provides the connections needed to support
current Bently-Nevada Communications Processors and Dynamic
Data Interface External.
21
Communications Gateway
Module
Provides serial communications between the 3500 Monitor System

and a plant information system such as a distributed control system
(DCS) or a programmable logic controller (PLC). Collects data from
the modules in the rack over a high-speed internal network and
sends this data to the information system upon request. The
module is able to establish communications with up to six hosts
over Ethernet.
22
Aero GT Vibration Monitor
4-channel monitor that accepts input from four Velocity Transducers

and uses these inputs to drive alarms. The monitor can be
programmed using the 3500 Rack Configuration Software to
execute any filter options.
23
Keyphasor Module
2-channel module used to provide Keyphasor signals to the monitor

modules. The module receives input signals from proximity probes
or magnetic pickups and converts the signals to digital Keyphasor
signals that indicate when the Keyphasor mark on the shaft is under
the Keyphasor Probe. A Keyphasor signal is a digital timing signal
that is used by monitor modules and external diagnostic equipment
to measure vector parameters like 1x amplitude and phase.
24
Proximitor Monitor
4-channel module that accepts input from proximity transducers,

linear variable differential transformers (DC & AC LVDTs), and
rotary potentiometers and uses this input to drive alarms. It is
programmed by using the 3500 Rack Configuration Software to
perform any of the following functions: Thrust Position, Differential
Expansion, Ramp Differential Expansion, Complementary Input
Differential Expansion, Case Expansion, and Valve Position.
25
Future Expansion
2262533TR
5-23

2

5
GEN.
10
11
12
13
GAS &
FIRE
GEN.
OPTICALS
TURBINE
OPTICALS
AGENT
RELEASE
AGENT
RELEASE
BLOCK VALVE
ALARM
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
RELEASE
MODULE
MANUAL
PULL
FAULT
MODULE
TURBINE
GAS
MODULE
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
NT420
% LFL
GAS
MODULE
NT420
% LFL
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
STEP
SET
RESET
HORN
FIRE 1
FIRE 1
FIRE 2
FIRE 2
STROBE
FIRE 3
FIRE 3
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
LO ALARM
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
S
I
L
E
N
C
E
AUX =
E
S
E
FAULT 2
FAULT
SET
RESET
STEP
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
R
E
S
E
R
E
HIHI ALARM
HI ALARM
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
LO ALARM
FAIL
S
E
HEAT
DETS
S
E

VOTING
SWITCH
PULL
SYSTEM
FAULTS
SYSTEM
ALARMS
FIRE
FAULT 1
FAULT 2
FAULT 3
I
N
H
I
B
I
T
GAS ALARMS
17
NT420
% LFL
BELL
FAULT 1
STEP
15 16
14
TERMINATION CUBICLE
1
18
20
19
35
3500/20
Rack
Interface
Module
3500/100
3500
3500/92
Comm
Gateway
Module
OK
OK
TX/RX
TX/RX
TM
CONFIG
OK
R
E
S
E
T
22 23 24 25
21
3500/44M
Aero DT
Vibration
Monitor
OK
3500/40
3500
Proximito
Monitor
Future
Expansion
OK
TX/RX
BYPASS
3500/25
Keyphasor
Module
TX/RX
1
OK
OK
TX/RX
CH 1
ALARM
CH 2
ALARM
CH 3
ALARM
CH 4
ALARM
2
2
RUN
PROGRAM
3500/32
4 Channel
Relay
Module
TX/RX
BYPASS
1
RACK
ADDR
26
27 28
3500/64M
Dynamic
Pressure
Monitor
29
30
31
32
33
34
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
Future
Expansion
BUFFER
TRANSDUCERS
Future Expansion
3500
CONFIG
PORT
G-29-03
Termination Cubicle
5-24
2262533TR

Item
Control/Indicator
Function
26
4 Channel Relay Module
Contains four relay outputs. Each relay output is fully

programmable using AND and OR voting. The Alarm Drive Logic
for each relay channel can use alarming inputs (alerts and dangers)
from any monitor channel in the rack. The Alarm Drive Logic is
programmed using the Rack Configuration Software.
27
Dynamic Pressure Monitor Single slot, 4- channel monitor that accepts input from various high
temperature pressure transducers and uses this input to drive
alarms. The monitor has one proportional value per channel,
bandpass dynamic pressure. The bandpass corner frequencies are
configured using the 3500 Rack Configuration Software along with
an additional notch filter.
28 - 34
Future Expansion
2262533TR
5-25
5-26
2262533TR
AtlasPC Control System
2262533TR
5-27
5-28
2262533TR
ATLAS PC PLATFORM (FUEL CONTROL)

Overview
At the heart of the small and powerful Woodwared AtlasPC Platform is a 32-bit
microprocessor.
The platform is based on the industry standard PC/104 bus structure. The SmartCore board is the
back plane of the system. The platform can be expanded with a total of 5 PC/104 modules such as
the AtlasPC Analog Combo board. Each PC/104 based board on the platform has a unique
address set by an onboard DIP switch.
A Woodward proprietary "Power Bus" provides power from the AtlasPC Power Supply
board to all the other boards and modules, which, in some cases may use this to power their
own, isolated power supplies. The "Power Bus" also acts as a data bus for the non-PC/104
based power supply, relay, and actuator boards.
Based on the power requirements of the AtlasPC system, the package may include a fan.
The AtlasPC platform implements Woodward's real time operating system, based on a 5
millisecond interrupt (the Minor Frame Timer or MFT). The operating system schedules
application tasks and control algorithms at the beginning of each MFT. The tool used to develop
the application program is the Graphical Application Program (GAP). GAP is a Woodward
developed Windows based program that uses standard blocks to develop an application.
2262533TR
5-29
ATLAS PC POWER SUPPLIES
General Description
The AtlasPC power supply contains the power supply and twelve discrete output driver channels.
The discrete outputs are low-side drivers having short circuit and thermal shutdown protection.
The discrete output drivers are not isolated from each other, and are powered by an external +24
Vdc. They are isolated from the internal power supplies of the AtlasPC Control platform.
Input power connections are made to the power supply through terminals on the front of the
power supply.
XXX143 Excerpt for the Power Supply Module
5-30
2262533TR
Specifications
Power Supply Input (Power Supply Board)
Range
Input Current
18-32 Vdc
2.7 A @ 24 Vdc 3.61A@18Vdc
Input Wiring Constraints
The AtlasPC control platform shall be wired such that

no other device receives power from the wiring
between the AtlasPC Control Platform and the power
supply source.
Power Supply Module

Discrete Output Drivers (Power Supply Board)
Number of channels
12
Type
Low-side driver with short circuit and

overvoltage protection
Current drive rating
200 mA
Discrete Output Supply Voltage
9-32 V
2262533TR
5-31
ATLAS PC SMARTCORE BOARD WITH ACTUATORS

General Description
This board includes no potentiometers and requires no calibration. A SmartCore board may be
replaced with another board of the same part number without any adjustment.
Each SmartCore board contains circuitry for:
Two speed sensor inputs
o Each speed sensor input is from a magnetic pick-up
Six analog inputs, six analog outputs
o Analog input may be 4-20 mA or 0-5 V
Two (2) proportional actuator drivers
Three (3) serial ports
o Two of the serial ports, may be RS-232, RS-422, or RS-485. The other serial
port is a dedicated RS-232 port
Twenty four (24) discrete inputs.
5-32
2262533TR
Speed Sensor Inputs

The Magnetic Pick Up (MPU) inputs are read and the speed is provided to the application
program. The speed sensor inputs are filtered by the SmartCore board, and the filter time
constant is selectable at 8 milliseconds or 16 milliseconds.
The SmartCore board uses speed sensing probes mounted on the accessory gearbox (NGG, N1)
and the turbine rear frame (NPT, N2).
MPU Interface to Smartcore

Configuration:
Refer to figures above for speed sensor wiring.
Each speed input channel can only accept one MPU.
ANALOG INPUTS
The analog inputs may be current or voltage type.
If a current input is used, a jumper is installed on the terminal block, and the software
must be selected for current. This allows the SmartCore card to use the applicable
hardware calibration values.
If a voltage input is needed, the jumper must be removed, and the software must be
selected for voltage.
See Figure below for jumper locations. All Analog inputs may be used with two-wire
ungrounded (*loop powered) transducers or isolated (self-powered) transducers.
For a 4-20 mA input signal, the SmartCore board uses a 200 S2 resistor across the input.
2262533TR
5-33
Configuration Notes
Refer to Figures above for analog input wiring.
A11 4-20 mA inputs have an input impedance of 200 ohms.
When a 4-20 mA input is used, a terminal block jumper must be installed, per
above Figure.
5-34
2262533TR
The application software must be configured for a 4-20 mA type input, or a 0-5 V type
input.
Loop power is NOT provided by the Atlas control, it must be sourced

externally.
ANALOG OUTPUTS
The analog outputs are 4-20 mA with a full scale range of 0-24 mA. The SmartCore
board has four analog outputs.
Configuration Notes
Refer to Figure above for analog output wiring.
Only 4-20 mA signals are output.
The output does not contain fault detection. If it is necessary to detect failures, then
the device that is driven by the Analog output, for example an actuator driver, must
contain reference failure detection.
The analog outputs have a 15 V common mode voltage, with respect to AtlasPC control
common.
2262533TR
5-35
Actuator Outputs
The proportional actuator driver outputs are 4-20 mA or 20-160 mA with a full scale
range of 0-24 mA or 0-200 mA. The SmartCore board has two proportional actuator
driver outputs, each output with source and return current readbacks.
Configuration Notes
Refer to Figure above for actuator output wiring.
4-20 mA or 20-160 mA signals are output.
Application software selects the actuator type, the output range, and the dither
amount.
The readbacks can be used in the application software for fault detection.
Discrete Inputs
The SmartCore board accepts 16 discrete inputs. Contact wetting voltage may be supplied by the
SmartCore card. Optionally, an external 18-28 Vdc power source can be used to source the circuit
wetting voltage.
5-36
2262533TR
Smartcore Board Fault Detection

Board Hardware
Each SmartCore board has a red fault LED that is turned on when the system is reset. During
initialization of a board, which occurs after every CPU reset, the CPU turns the Fault LED
on. The CPU then tests the board using diagnostic routines built into the software. If the
diagnostic test is not passed, the LED remains on or blinks. If the test is successful, the LED
goes off. If the fault LED on a board is illuminated after the diagnostics and initialization
have been completed, the SmartCore board may be faulty or may have the address DIP
switches configured incorrectly. The DIP switch setting must match the module address set
in the GAP application program.
Number of LED Flashes Failure
1
Microprocessor failure
Bus, address, any unexpected exception error
Failure during RAM test
Local watchdog timeout
Failure during EE test
Failure during FLASH programming or erasing
Kernel software watchdog count error
10
Failure during 68302 test
11
Failure during RTC test
Fault Detection (I/O)

In addition to detecting board hardware faults, the application program may detect I/O
faults.
Analog Input Faults-The application software may set a high and low latch set point to
detect input faults.
Speed Sensor Input Faults-The application software may set a high and low latch
set point to detect input faults.
Serial Port Faults-The system monitors the serial communications on the three serial
ports, for various communication errors.
Microcontroller Faults-The system monitors a software watchdog, a hardware watchdog,

and a software watchdog on the PC 104 bus communications. All outputs are shutdown in
the event of a microcontroller fault.
2262533TR
5-37
XXX143 Excerpt for Smartcore Board Analog Input
XXX143 Excerpt for Smartcore Board Discrete Input
5-38
2262533TR
ATLAS PC ANALOG COMBO BOARD

Description
The AtlasPC Analog Combo board connects to the CPU board through the PC104
bus. It does not connect to the AtlasPC power bus directly, it requires a SmartCore
board.
Each Analog Combo board contains circuitry for:
Two (2) speed sensor inputs
Fifteen (15) analog inputs

o The first eleven analog inputs may be 4-20 mA inputs or thermocouple
inputs, and the remaining four analog inputs may be 4-20 mA inputs or RTD
inputs.
One (1) cold junction
Two (2) Analog outputs.
2262533TR
5-39
Features
On-board processor for automatic calibration of the I/O channels
First 11 analog inputs are software configurable 4-20 mA or thermocouple
Last 4 analog inputs are software configurable 4-20 mA or RTD
First 11 analog inputs are isolated as a group, from the other inputs, and
from control common
Last 4 analog inputs are isolated as a group, from the other inputs, and from
control common
A cold junction measurement is provided on the board
Speed Sensor Inputs

The MPU inputs are read and the speed is provided to the application program. A derivative
output is also provided. The speed sensor inputs are filtered by the Analog Combo board, and the
filter time constant is selectable at 8 milliseconds or 16 milliseconds.
The Analog Combo board uses speed sensing probes mounted on the accessory gearbox (NGG,
N1) and the turbine rear frame (NPT, N2). Any of the board's speed channels accept passive
magnetic pickup units (MPUs).
Analog Inputs
The Analog inputs may be current, or temperature inputs. The first 11 inputs can be
thermocouple inputs, and the other 4 inputs can be RTD inputs. The software must be
configured for the correct input type. This allows the Analog Combo card to use the
applicable hardware calibration values, and to configure the appropriate hardware gains.
The first 10 inputs must be configured in pairs, that is, channels 1 and 2 must both be
thermocouples or must both be 4-20 mA inputs. Channels 11-15 may be configured
individually.
The RTD source current is 2 mA, and the RTD sense input should be tied to the negative side of
the RTD, at the RTD.
The cold junction sensor is provided on the AtlasPC Analog Combo board. If the actual cold
junction in the field wiring occurs elsewhere, the temperature of that junction must be brought
into the control as a thermocouple, RTD, or 4-20 mA input, and the application software must be
configured to use the appropriate cold junction temperature.
5-40
2262533TR
The first 11 analog inputs are isolated as a group from control common, earth ground, and the
other 4 analog inputs. The last 4 analog inputs are also isolated as a group from control common,
earth ground, and the first 11 analog inputs. For a 4-20 mA input signal, the Analog Combo board
uses a 100 S2 resistor across the input.
AtlasPC Analog Combo board Fault Detection
Board Hardware
Each Analog Combo board has a red fault LED that is turned on when the system is
reset. During initialization of a board, which occurs after every CPU reset, the CPU
turns the Fault LED on. The CPU then tests the board using diagnostic routines built
into the software. If the diagnostic test is not passed, the LED remains on or blinks. If
the test is successful, the LED goes off. If the fault LED on a board is illuminated after
the diagnostics and initialization have been completed, the Analog Combo board may
be faulty or may have the address DIP switches configured incorrectly. The DIP switch
setting must match the module address set in the GAP application program.
Number of LED Flashes
Failure
Microprocessor failure
Bus, address, any unexpected exception error
Failure during EE test or erasing
Kernel software Watchdog count error
12
Failure during CPU Internal RAM test
13
Dual port RAM error
Detection (I/O)
In addition to detecting board hardware faults, the application program may detect
I/O faults.
Analog Input Faults-The application software may set a high and low latch set
point to detect input faults. For thermocouple inputs, open wire detection is
provided.
Speed Sensor Input Faults-The application software may set a high and low
latch set point to detect input faults.
Microcontroller Faults-The system monitors a software watchdog, a hardware

watchdog, and a software watchdog on the PC 104 bus communications. All
outputs are shutdown in the event of a microcontroller fault.
2262533TR
5-41
XXX143 Excerpt for Analog Combo Board #1 (Analog I/O)
XXX143 Excerpt for Analog Combo Board #2 (Analog I/O)
5-42
2262533TR
PC104 DeviceNet Interface

DeviceNet protocol uses CAN (Controller Area Network).
DeviceNet Module
The DeviceNet hardware module used on the AtlasPC control system is a PC/104 board,
equipped with one DeviceNet port capable of handling DeviceNet protocol. This module operates
on the PC 104 bus and has a PC 104 pass-through connector to allow use with other PC 104
modules depending on the Atlas configuration.
Network Wiring
CAN networks are multi-drop networks arranged with two physical ends and up to 64
nodes connected between the ends. Many limitations work together to define the total
end-to-end length of the network. This section will help define those.
Shielding
Shielded cable must be used between the AtlasPC control and any other devices.
Unshielded cables and improperly shielded cables will very likely lead to communication
problems and unreliable control operation.
24 Volt Power Supply

The DeviceNet network is different from many others in that a 24 Vdc power supply is
distributed with the network. The AtIasPC system does not provide this supply, and all customers
using DeviceNet will have to provide a separate and isolated supply to ensure proper network
operation.
2262533TR
5-43
XXX143 Excerpt for Device Net, Address 2
XXX143 Excerpt for Device Net, Address 6
5-44
2262533TR
FANUC 90/70 Sequencer

The series 90 70 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) provides full function controller that is
easy to configure, offers advanced programming features, and is designed for compatibility with
other PLCs in the series 90 family.
FANUC 90/70 SEQUENCER

Sequencer G.E. Fanuc 90-70 PLC with rack mounted I/O and Field Control I/O.
Provides monitoring and/or automatic control of:
-Turbine Ventilation System.
-Turbine Fuel Distribution System.
-Turbine Lubrication System.
-Turbine Starting System.
-Turbine Washing System.
-Turbine Sequence.
-Generator Ventilation System.
2262533TR
5-45
-Generator Lubrication System.

-Generator Output.
-Fire System.
-Vibration System.
Provides System Data for communications link to:
-Atlas PC Fuel Control
-Remote HMI.
-Customer BOP Control System.
Basic Theory of a Programmable Logic Controller
A PLC is a device that is designed to perform logic functions. A PLC is similar to a computer; it
is an assembly of digital logic elements that are designed to make logical decisions based on input
status compared to a user program. These logic decision are used to provide output to field
devices.
A basic PLC is divided into three parts. The first is the CPU (Central Processing Unit). The CPU
is the brain of the PLC. The second part is the Input/Output Section. It is designed to
communicate signals to and from field devices. The third part is the Programming device. This
allows the user to tell the PLC how to react to input signals.
PLCs are designed to be programmed by a method that most engineers are familiar with. This
method is based on Relay Logic and is called Ladder Logic.
Example: Monitoring enclosure air temperature
An input signal (I/O) from the enclosure temperature sensor is continuously updated to the
CPU through the genius bus.
A cycle (scan) is where the CPU steps through all line of the ladder logic and compares
the appropriate input (I/O) data to each corresponding line in the ladder logic.
The CPU compares the temperature sensor I/O input to a value the user has previously
programmed into memory (250 F.) on the related line of the ladder logic.
If the input from the sensor is greater than or equal to 250 F this triggers the CPU to
perform a function. In this example, the CPU would then send an output signal to a relay
terminal to start the standby cooling fan.
5-46
2262533TR
Typical 90/70 Chassis with 3 Mounted Fans
Typical FANUC 90/70 Rack Layout
2262533TR
5-47

Power Supply
The 90-watt Power supply module is a

rack-mounted unit that plugs into a 48pin back plane, mounted in the leftmost
slot in the rack.
3 output voltages, 90 watt total
o +5 VDC output to 18 amps.
o +12 VDC output up to 1.5
amps.
o 12 VDC output up to 1 amp.
Electronic short circuit overcurrent
protection provided on 5-volt bus.
The power supply output will ride
through a 10msec total loss of input
power at full load.
Central Processor Unit
A single slot programmable controller

CPU that allows floating point
calculations.
The unit is programmed and configured
by MS-DOS or windows programming
software to perform real time control of
machines, processes and material
handling system.
The unit communicates with I/O and
modules over the rack-mounted
backplane by the way of VME standard
format.
A memory board with 512 Kbytes of
battery-backed CMOS RAM provides
program and data memory.
5-48
2262533TR

Ethernet Interface (Type 2)
Ethernet interface providing high-speed

communication for the 90/70 CPU. The
Ethernet interface plugs into a single slot
in the rack.
Three Ethernet interface Cards are
installed in this application.
Data Highway
Customer DCS and HMI
Atlas PC Fuel Control
Each Ethernet interface contains three
types of network ports. Only one network
port may be used at a time.
10Base-T (like high speed internet
cable)
10Base-2 (Co-axial Cable)
AUI Connector (Like a printer cable)
Genius I/O Bus Controller Modules

This module utilizes I/O data via the genius bus. The bus controller occupies a single VME rack
slot.
30 drops per channel
The bus controller scans I/O Versamax blocks asynchronously1 and then the I/O data is
transferred to the CPU once per scan over the backplane of the VME rack.
During the scan, once per sweep the bus controller:
Makes available to the CPU all discrete inputs and analog inputs
Receives current outputs and new commands from the CPU.
Operating at a speed determined by the circuit function rather than by timing signals.
2262533TR
5-49
RTU Master Slave Communication Module

The RTU Master Salve Communication Module provides the 90/70 with a flexible
communications interface to RTU/Modbus networks.
This module functions as the master that allows data to be read/written to one or more slave
devices.
This module provides two RTU/Modbus master channels, which may be controlled by the 90/70.
In this configuration the module has two slave devices:
Bentley Nevada Vibration Monitoring System
Customer DCS System
VERSAMAX DISTRIBUTIVE I/O

The VersaMax Distributive I/O bus is an Controller-Area-Network (CAN). It passes I/O control
data and background information between the remote VersaMax I/O sensors and a Genius bus
controller mounted in the FANUC 90/70 rack.
The bus utilizes the Fanuc 90/70 sequencer as the operational CPU and the bus controller. The
bus controller manages data transfer between the CPU and the bus. The FANUC program utilizes
data received from the bus controller, and provides any data that should be sent back to the bus.
For the application in the Turbine Control Panel where communication between the controller and
I/O blocks must be maintained even if a cable break should occur, a dual redundant bus is used.
VersaMax Field Unit
5-50
2262533TR
Network Interface Unit (NIU)

The VersaMax Genius Network Interface
Unit (IC200GBI001) interfaces a
VersaMax I/O Station to a Genius I/O
bus.
The NIUs on the bus takes all the I/O data
and transfers the information to the Genius
bus controller card (located in the 90/70
chassis) through a primary and redundant
secondary cable. In the event of loss of the
primary cable the secondary cable will be
used.
NIU (Network Interface Unit)
2262533TR
A VersaMax power supply module

mounts directly on the right hand side of
the NIU.
LEDs on the left hand side indicate the
presence of power and show the operating
mode and status of the NIU.
Three rotary dials beneath a clear
protective door are used to configure the
NIU's address on the Genius bus and to
set its communications baud rate.
5-51

Power Supply
24VDC Expanded 3.3V Power Supply
IC200PWR002 provides backplane power for the
NIU, and I/O modules. It supplies up to:
1.5 Amps output current via 3.3 volt
5 volt outputs, with up to 1.0 Amp on the 3.3

Volt output.
Additional power supplies are installed on special

booster carriers for systems where the number of
modules creates the need for a booster.
No booster supply is needed to power
conventional UO modules.
I/O Modules
VersaMax I/O and option modules are approximately 110mm (4.3in) by 66.8mm (2.63in) in size.
Modules can be mounted either horizontally or vertically on several types of available I/O
Carriers. This application utilizes the following I/O modules:
16 bit RTD input, 4 Channel
Analog input,16 bit voltage/current, 8 channel isolated
Analog input,16 bit voltage/current, 4 channel, 1500volt isolation
Discrete input 24vdc 16 channel
Relay Output, 2.0 amp 16 channel
Discrete output, 16 channel
5-52
2262533TR
Carriers
Carriers provide mounting, backplane communications, and field wiring connections
for all types of VersaMax modules. I/O modules can be installed on carriers or
removed without disturbing field wiring.
There are three basic I/O Carrier types:
Terminal-style UO carriers. Modules mount parallel to the DIN rail.
Compact Terminal-style UO Carriers. Modules mount perpendicular to the DIN

rail.
Connector-style I/O Carriers. Modules mount perpendicular to the DIN rail.
2262533TR
5-53
5-54
2262533TR
OPERATOR SCREENS
2262533TR
5-55
5-56
2262533TR
Screens
The CRT/CPU segment of the control system allows the operator to gain insight into the
operational trends of the GTG set and its ancillary equipment systems. The screens displayed by
the system software show critical-operating parameters and system set points. Each screen and
the information that it contains may be accessed by pressing its corresponding function, or F,
key.
The following WonderWare system screens are typical for an LM2500 unit.
Menu Screen Display
2262533TR
5-57
Unit Start Permissives Screen Display
Turbine Control Overview Screen Display

5-58
2262533TR
Turbine Lube Oil System Screen # 1 Display
Turbine Lube Oil System # 2 Screen Display
2262533TR
5-59
Turbine Gas Fuel System Screen Display
Turbine Ventilation and Combustion Air System Screen Display
5-60
2262533TR
Generator Ventilation and Combustion Air System Screen Display
Fire Protection System Screen Display
2262533TR
5-61
Starter System Screen Display
Generator Lube Oil System Screen Display
5-62
2262533TR
Water Wash System Screen Display
Unit Control Panel Screen Display
2262533TR
5-63
Alarms and Shutdowns Screen Display
Historical Screen Display
5-64
2262533TR
Vibration Monitor System Screen Display
Real Time Screen Display
2262533TR
5-65
Performance Screen Display
Security Screen Display
5-66
2262533TR
FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
2262533TR
5-67
5-68
2262533TR
FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VALVE ACTUATOR INTERFACE
FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VALVE ACTUATOR INTERFACE

The fuel management system senses engine and generator parameters, and regulates fuel flow
into the engine under sequencing logic and operator control. Water injection to the engine is
operator regulated as limited by safe operating conditions.
Fuel valves are positioned by voltages applied from the fuel management system to electrohydraulic actuators. Fuel valves and flow is discussed in another section of this manual.
The illustration above is a functional block diagram, illustrating the fuel valve interface with the
valve actuators. The process controller (1) sends commands through transfer functional controls
and digital-to-analog (D-to-A) converter (2), to position the servovalve (3). Actual valve position
is transmitted back to the controller through a linear variable-differential transformer (LVDT) (4)
and signal conditioner (5). After analog-to-digital (A-to-D) conversion (6), a negating error signal
is presented to the process controller output closing the control loop.
2262533TR
5-69
N1 SPEED
(-)
N1 SPEED
REFERENCE
(+)
N2 SPEED
(-)
N2 SPEED
REFERENCE
(+)
LSS BUS
SEE START
LOGIC FUEL
VALVE POSITION
SEE START LOGIC
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
HSS BUS
TO FUEL
VALVE
CONTROL
T 54 LIMITING
o
- 1520 F
LIQUID FUEL
o
- 1545o F
GAS FUEL
ABSOLUTE MAX- 1550 F
N1
DECEL
CONTROL
R.O.C.
SEE CDP N1
LIMITING
CDP TOPPING
281 PSIA
SEE FUEL
INITIALIZATION
CDP LIMITING
N1
ACCEL
CONTROL
R.O.C.
SEE EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN LOGIC
T01395.DWG
FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

The figure above is a simplified diagram of the fuel control system scheme. The fuel valve
position is driven by the output of two signal select buses, a Low Signal Select (LSS) bus and a
High Signal Select (HSS) bus. The LSS bus output is the lowest of the input signal levels. The
HSS bus output is the higher of its inputs. For example, if the start logic temperature control
signal at the LSS is at a lower value than the CDP topping signal, it will appear at the bus output.
The higher value signal will prevail at the output of the HSS bus to control the fuel valve.
Typical of the inputs to the LSS bus is the N1 control signal. The N1 speed and reference signals
are illustrated as inputs to an operational amplifier configured as a comparator. The comparator
output will remain positive unless the N1 speed signal increases above the reference value.
The N2 speed control operates identically and will control the LSS if its output is lower than the output of the
N1 control signal.
Absolute maximum turbine inlet temperatures have been established for fuel types, as illustrated. A
maximum limit for compressor discharge pressure (CDP) has also been established, and limits have been
established for N1 acceleration and N1 deceleration.
Reference signal biases and limiting functions are discussed in the following paragraphs.
5-70
2262533TR
100%
TO START
FUEL VALVE
POSITION LSS
INPUT
F U E L
V A L V E
P O S I T I O N
START ENABLE
0%
TIME
16 Sec.
T01396.DWG
RAMP SLOPE = 6% V. P. / Sec.
START LOGIC FUEL VALVE POSITION CONTROL
START LOGIC FUEL VALVE POSITION CONTROL

When START is initiated by a system operator, the fuel valve opening rate is limited to avoid
overfueling. Regardless of other limits, the fuel valve cannot open from0 to 100% in less than 16
seconds.
2262533TR
5-71
1200 F
600 F
T5.4 o
> 600 F
SET
N.C.
N.O.
LATCH
RESET
T5.4
(-)
TO START TEMP.
CONTROL LSS
BUS INPUT
(+)
T01397.DWG
R.O.C. LIMIT
o
1 F/Sec.
START LOGIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL

START LOGIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
At Turbine Inlet Temperatures (T5.4) less than or equal to 600 F, T5.4 is allowed to increase no
faster than 1 F/sec until 600 F is reached. At that point, the limit is raised to 1200 F at 1
F/sec.
Temperature rate of increase limiting increases engine life and stabilizes acceleration.
5-72
2262533TR
CDP
Po
C D P
N1 CORRECTED (N1c)
N
Po
N1
E T
T 2 + 459.9
518.9
(-)
(+)
TO CDP N1
LIMITING
LSS BUS
INPUT
N1c =
T2
N1c
T01398.DWG
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE N1 LIMITING
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE N1 LIMITING

Engine inlet temperature (T2), high-pressure compressor (HPC) speed (N1), and atmospheric pressure (Po)
determine CDP. To avoid overfueling and subsequent compressor stall, and to improve efficiency, fuel is
limited as illustrated above. HPC speed (N1) is corrected (N1c) by application of the square-root expression
relating T2 and N1. A CDP set point is derived from T2 and the N1 correction factor. The set point is
compared with CDP/Po to obtain a voltage value-limiting fuel.
2262533TR
5-73
F U E L
V A L V E
P O S I T I O N
100%
60%
TO FUEL
INITIALIZATION
CDP LIMITING
LSS BUS INPUT
30%
0%
78 PSIG
79 PSIG
300 PSIG
P S I G
T01399.DWG
FUEL INITIALIZATION CDP LIMITING
FUEL INITIALIZATION CDP LIMITING

Fuel is limited as a function of CDP to avoid overfueling as startup progresses. The valve opening is
restricted to a ramp rate not exceeding 60%, until CDP is 78 psig. Between 78 and 79 psig, the limit is raised
to 100%.
5-74
2262533TR
0% VALVE POSITION
101% VALVE POSITION
SET
N.C.
LATCH
N.O.
RESET
RESET BUS
SHUTDOWN BUS
T01400.DWG
TO EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN CONTROL
LSS BUS INPUT
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN CONTROL
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN CONTROL

When emergency shutdown is commanded, a latch is set forcing the fuel valve to close. Resetting
the latch releases the hold-closed signal and allows the valve to reach 101%.
2262533TR
5-75
SEQUENCE LOGIC
The normal start sequence is illustrated on the following 10 pages (sheets) using Boolean logic.
Sheet 1 gives the two basic requirements for startup of the gas turbine engine: (1) start
permissives which must be satisfied, and (2) operator selection of an operational mode. The
sequence illustrations show system requirements, status and current conditions (or Mode of
Operation). The Boolean logic helps to show how the different system interrelate with one
another throughout the Normal Start and Normal Stop process. Not to fear the sequence can
be followed without prior understanding of the logic symbols, and by referencing the following
descriptions and illustration of each logic symbol.
All logic circuits may be described in terms of three fundamental elements, shown graphically in
the illustration. Along with the symbols are Truth Tables which relate to the input/output signal
state. All signals are interpreted to be of only two values, denoted as 0 and 1. For our purposes,
the 0 will always represent a FALSE logic state, as an example where a pump or motor is not
operating or has not been turned on. The 1 will represent a TRUE logic state, in this case the
pump or motor is operating or has been turned on.
LOGIC SYMBOLS
5-76
2262533TR
The NOT element has one input and one output; as its name suggests, the output generated is the
opposite of the input in binary. In other words, a 0 (FALSE) input value causes a 1 (TRUE) to
appear at the output.
The AND and OR logic state are shown with only two inputs, and one output, when in fact they
both can have an arbitrary amount of inputs. As you will see navigating through the sequence
logic illustrations many times more than three or four inputs are required for the sequence to
continue.
In the AND logic state, the output becomes 1(TRUE) if and only if, all of the inputs are
1(TRUE), otherwise, the output is 0(FALSE).
The third logic state, the OR element, its output is 1 (TRUE) as long as 1 or more of its inputs are
1(TRUE).
The illustration also showed two other states that are possible, the NAND and NOR logic states.
A NAND may be described as an AND element driving a NOT element. Similarly, a NOR is
equivalent to an OR element driving a NOT element. If we compare the Truth Tables of a AND
element and a NAND element we see that for the output (C), the results are opposite. The same
is the case for a OR and NOR logic state.
2262533TR
5-77
5-78
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-79
5-80
2262533TR

A 10-page logic flow diagram following this discussion illustrates a normal start sequence.
At power-on, one pair of generator fans and one turbine enclosure ventilation fan are turned on.
At each power-up, the opposite ventilation fans are turned on to equalize running time on the
fans. If after 30 seconds turbine enclosure ventilation airflow is not detected, a Low Enclosure
Differential Pressure alarm is activated, the originally energized ventilation fans are deenergized,
and the opposite ventilation fans are energized.
Following airflow verification, the start permissives listed on logic diagram Sheet 1 of 10 are
verified. When the operator selects an operational mode, a READY TO START message is
activated by the system. To begin the start sequence, the operator must activate the Start
command from the turbine-control panel switch.
After operator selection of start, the generator alternating-current (AC) lube oil pump is
energized. Five seconds later, the AC lube oil pump pressure is verified as greater than 20 psig,
and double checks are made of CUSTOMER OK TO START and Fuel Valve at Minimum
position. A START SELECT message is then generated by the system, low-speed T5.4 limits and
shutdowns are inhibited, and 4- and 30-second timers are started. After 4 seconds, the starter
hydraulic pump motor is started and a 10-second timer is started. After the 10-second timer
elapses, various hydraulic starter parameters are verified, as indicated on logic flow diagram
Sheet 3. If the starter checks are unsatisfactory, a starter system alarm or shutdown is activated.
After the 30-second timer elapses, which was started at the same time as the
4-second timer, generator lube oil pressures are verified. If generator lube oil pressure is less than
20 psig, an alarm is generated. If generator lube oil pressure is less than 12 psig, a shutdown
occurs. Should none of the shutdown conditions occur following the 30-second timer, the starter
is energized in the High-Speed Crank mode.
If N1 speed is less than 1700 rpm 1 minute after the starter is energized, an Engine Failed to
Crank shutdown occurs. If N1 increases above 1700 rpm before the 1-minute timer elapses,
cranking is continued for a purge interval. The length of the purge time is system dependent. For
boiler purge, 7.5 minutes is typical; for engine purge, only
2 minutes are necessary. Following the purge interval, the starter should be cranking the engine at
approximately 2300 rpm.
After the purge timer elapses, the system determines which mode has been selected by the
operator. If Low-Speed Crank has been selected, the starter SOV is positioned to the Low-Speed
Crank setting. If High-Speed Crank has been selected, the starter SOV will be positioned at the
low-speed setting for 1 minute, after which the SOV will be positioned to the High-Speed Crank
setting. Four minutes after the starter is commanded to the High-Speed Crank mode, the starter is
deenergized to stop the starter, thus ending the High-Speed Crank mode.
After the purge timer elapses and run mode has been selected, the starter is de-energized. When
N1 speed falls to less than 1700 rpm, the starter is again energized and a 10-second timer is
started. When the timer elapses, N1 speed is verified as greater than 1700 rpm. If not, an Engine
2262533TR
5-81
Failed to Crank shutdown occurs. If N1 is greater than 1700 rpm after the 10-second timer
elapses, a shutdown occurs if the fuel valve is not at minimum. If the fuel valve is at minimum
position, the igniters are turned on, the downstream fuel shutoff valve is opened, the upstream
fuel shutoff valve is opened, and a 20-second timer is started. If the fuel valve is not at minimum,
a Fuel Valve Not at Minimum shutdown occurs.
When the 20-second timer elapses, T5.4 is verified as greater than or less than
400 F. If less than 400 F, a Failed to Ignite shutdown occurs. If greater than 400 F, the
engine fired starts counter is energized, engine run meters are energized, flameout shutdown on
UV flame detectors is armed, the fuel management system start limiting control is activated, and a
1-minute N1 ramp timer is started. After the 1-minute timer elapses, if N1 speed is less than 5000
rpm, an N1 Failed to Accelerate shutdown occurs. If N1 accelerates to greater than 4500 rpm and
the fuel governor is operating on Start or Temperature Control, or on T5.4 control, a Run signal is
activated, the igniters are deenergized, the starter hydraulic pump motor is deenergized, the starter
is deenergized, the generator space heaters are deenergized, and the AC generator lube oil pump
is deenergized. At any time following Run, should the turbine lube oil pressure fall below 6 psig,
a Turbine Lube Oil Pressure Low shutdown will occur. As N1 speed increases above 5000 rpm, a
shutdown will occur should the turbine lube oil pressure fall below 12 psig.
After N1 speed has reached 5000 rpm, the turbine vibration monitor is enabled, low-speed T5.4
limits and shutdowns are released in the fuel governor, and a 5-minute warm-up timer is started.
After the 5-minute warm-up period, N2 speed is verified as greater than 1800 rpm. If not, an N2
Failed to Accelerate shutdown occurs. After the 5-minute warm-up timer elapses and Run mode
has been selected, the N1 speed reference to the fuel governor is raised to its maximum limit to
cause N2 to accelerate to a synchronous idle speed of 3598 rpm in 60-Hz power systems or 2995
rpm in 50-Hz power systems.
As N2 speed reaches a Switch 1 Set Point of 2500 rpm, the fuel governor begins to operate on the
N2 control reference. After 60 seconds, if N2 is not greater than
2500 rpm in 50-Hz power systems or 3000 rpm in 60-Hz power systems, an N2 Failed to
Accelerate shutdown occurs. If Man synchronization mode has been selected, the operator may
begin manual synchronization procedures at this point to close the generator output circuit
breaker. If, however, the Auto synchronization mode has been selected, N2 will continue to
accelerate to a Switch 2 Set Point of 2995 rpm in 50-Hz power systems or 3598 rpm in 60-Hz
power syst3ems. After reaching the N2 Switch 2 Set Point, if the fuel governor is operating in N2
control, the automatic circuit breaker close circuit is activated and a 1-minute timer is started. If
the generator output circuit breaker has not closed when the 1-minute timer elapses, a CIRCUIT
BREAKER FAILED TO CLOSE operator information message is generated.
As illustrated on logic flow diagram Sheet 9, the generator is protected from lube oil system
failures by logic which generates a Generator Lube Oil Pump Fail alarm if lube oil pressure
drops to less than 25 psig. If lube oil pressure continues to drop and falls to less than 20 psig, the
AC lube oil pump is energized and an Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump On Unscheduled alarm occurs.
Should the AC lube oil pump fail following the pump on unscheduled alarm, the DC lube oil
pump is commanded on and an engine shutdown is initiated.
5-82
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-83
5-84
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-85
5-86
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-87
5-88
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-89
5-90
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-91
5-92
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-93
5-94
2262533TR

A two-page logic flow diagram following this discussion illustrates a Normal Stop Sequence.
A Normal Stop Sequence is initiated when Stop is selected on the control panel. The N1 fuel
governor speed reference is then driven to decrease.
When CDP decreases to 117 psia (site-dependent), the generator circuit breaker is energized
Open. Operators are alerted when the circuit breaker is open. As N1 continues to decelerate, and
reaches its idle set point, a Cooldown In Progress message is given and a 5-minute timer is
started.
The 5-minute cooldown timer will also start should the operator elect to manually decrease the
governor speed and manually open the breaker. The operator must then operate the Stop switch
to begin cooldown. After the 5-minute cooldown timer elapses, the generator AC lube oil pump
is energized, upstream and downstream fuel valves are shut off, the gas vent valve is opened on
gas-fueled systems, and 4-minute and 5-minute timers are started.
The 4-minute timer is a coastdown timer that produces a Coastdown Complete operator message
when it elapses. If there are no shutdown conditions prevailing, a Ready to Start message is
generated. If shutdown conditions do exist, a Shutdown Conditions Exist operator message is
generated.
The 5-minute timer is a Post Shaft Rotation timer. After it elapses and the generator zero shaft
speed switch indicates the generator shaft has stopped rotating, the generator space heaters are
energized and the AC lube oil pump is deenergized.
2262533TR
5-95
5-96
2262533TR
2262533TR
5-97
5-98
2262533TR

Doc No: 613034-1200
2262533TR
5-99
5-100
2262533TR
Operation
INTRODUCTION
This section contains instructions and information to safely operate the LM2500 GTG set. The
operating procedures for the turbine generator follow later in this section.
PRESTART INSPECTION
Before starting the LM2500 GTG set, perform the following inspections and initial steps to avoid
inadvertent shutdown or possible damage to the equipment.
Foreign objects or debris left in the turbine inlet plenum could
result in severe damage to the turbine engine.
1.
Check the turbine inlet plenum for foreign objects or debris. Remove any debris.
Note Do not fill the turbine lube oil reservoir past two-thirds full while the turbine is
running. Overfilling will result in runover when unit is shut down.
2.
Check the oil level in the turbine and generator lube oil systems reservoirs. Fill as required.
Use only the approved lube oils listed in Chapter 2 for the turbine and generator lube oil
systems. Check lube oil temperatures. Minimum acceptable lube oil temperature is 70 F.
Note If lube oil temperature is less than 70 F, ensure that the heaters in the lube oil tanks
are turned on. (Refer to One Line Diagram, Motor Control Center.)
3.
Check the fuel pressure. Fuel inlet pressure must be within specifications.
4.
Check fluid level in the reservoir of the hydraulic start unit. Replenish fluid levels as
needed. Use approved fluid listed in Chapter 2.
5.
Examine all fluid fittings, piping, flanges, and hoses for evidence of leakage. Check hoses
for chafing.
Note Leaks at fuel line fittings are often caused by loose fittings and can be eliminated by
simply tightening. If required, lock-wire fittings in accordance with the standard
maintenance practices outlined in the GE LM2500 On-Site Operation & Maintenance
Manual in Chapter 5.
2262533TR
5-101
6. Check condition of the fire and gas protection system detectors.

a. Verify that optical flame detectors are aimed in the desired direction, with a clear field
of view. Verify that the flame detectors have been calibrated and tested in accordance
with the maintenance schedule.
b. Check thermal (heat) spot detectors for clean, undamaged probes. Check maintenance
records to verify that the detectors have been properly calibrated and tested in
accordance with the maintenance schedule.
c. Check combustible gas detector sensors to ensure that the screens are clean. Check the
maintenance records to verify that the sensors have been properly calibrated and tested
in accordance with the maintenance schedule.
Note Gas detector sensors are very sensitive and require frequent calibration. If in doubt,
calibrate or replace them with new sensors.
7.
Check the fire-extinguishing system as follows:

a. Inspect fire extinguishant discharge nozzles for obstructions or corrosion.
b. Check the weight and charge pressure of each fire-extinguishing bottle as outlined in
Chapter 2.
c. Check the batteries and battery chargers that supply power to the fire suppression and
gas detection panel. Verify that connections at the battery terminals are tight and free of
dirt and corrosion, the batteries are fully charged, and chargers are operating properly.
Note During the first 3090 days of operation, monitor the equipment frequently. Record
performance trends in order to predict maintenance and instrument set intervals.
8.
5-102
Check and record all instrument readings at regular intervals while the GTG set is in
operation. Ensure that all readings are within normal limits.
2262533TR
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Startup Power Requirements
Either utility power or a blackstart generator is required to start the turbine. See BOP manuals for
blackstart documentation.
Operating Procedures
The following tables provide operating procedures for the LM2000 GTG set. The operator should
perform the action listed in the Operator Action column with corresponding results listed in the
System Response column. If two or more operator steps, such as setting two or more switches, are
required to obtain a system response, then the response is listed beside the step that actually triggers
the response. Initial conditions, operating indicators, and other pertinent information are listed in
the Comments column.
Note These procedures assume that the bus has been energized from the utility and that
360 VAC is applied to the MCC through the auxiliary transformer.
1.
Table 5.1, AC Power-On. Describes the procedure for applying AC power for system
startup and operation.
2.
Table 5.2, DC Power-On. Describes the procedure for applying DC power to the control
panels.
3.
Table 5.3, Alarm Acknowledge and Reset. Describes the procedure for acknowledging and
resetting alarm and shutdown circuits after alarm conditions have been cleared.
4.
Table 5.4, Manual Turbine Purge. Describes the procedure for verifying that the turbinecranking system is functioning properly and will accelerate the turbine to light-off speed. A
turbine purge cycle may also be used:
5.
to blow any accumulated fuel out of the exhaust collector after an aborted start;
to cool the turbine hot section after a shutdown so that an immediate restart can be
attempted; and
to blow water out of the turbine after a water wash, as described in Chapter 2.
Table 5.5, Local Start with Automatic Synchronizing and Paralleling. Describes the
procedure for starting the LM2000 set from the turbine control panel (TCP), and paralleling
by automatic synchronization with the power distribution system, using the Woodward
controls. (The Woodward control system functions may also be accessed from the desktop
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
2262533TR
5-103
6.
Table 5.6, Local Start with Manual Paralleling. Describes the procedure for starting the
LM2000 set from the TCP and paralleling by manual synchronization with the power
distribution system, using a synchroscope.
7.
Table 5.7, Auto-to-Manual Voltage Regulator Transfer. Describes the procedure for
transferring from auto to manual voltage regulation during operation.
8.
Table 5.8, Generator Unloading. This procedure is used to shift the load from the GTG set
to the utility source before opening the applicable circuit breaker.
9.
Table 5.9, Normal Stop. Describes the procedure for bringing the LM2000 unit to a normal
stop.
10. Table 5.10, Malfunction Shutdown. This procedure is fully automatic and is initiated by the
alarm and shutdown setting of pilot devices. No operator action is required.
11. Table 5.11, Emergency Stop. Describes the procedure for bringing the LM2000 to a quick
stop when emergency conditions require immediate shutdown.
5-104
2262533TR
Table 5.1, AC Power-On

Operator Action
System Response
Comments
At the MCC, set all disconnect

handles in On positions; set all
Hand-Off-Auto switches to Auto
position.
Electronic control system controls

application of AC power from MCC
cubicles.
On-Off indicators show status of the

respective MCC cubicles, as
controlled by the electronic control
system.
Energize the charger(s) for the

Battery chargers begin charging
batteries powering the TCP circuits batteries.
and fire-control system.
In the Termination Cubicle, close

the circuit breakers that apply
battery power to the TCP control
circuits and the fire-control system.
Indicator lamps on battery chargers

illuminate to indicate energized
status, and ammeters indicate
charging rate.
END OF SEQUENCE
Table 5.2, DC Power-On

Operator Action
System Response
Comments
In the Termination Cubicle, close

the circuit breakers that apply DC
voltage to control circuits and firecontrol system.
Set power supply On-Off switches

to On position for fuel management
controller (located in MTTB) and
sequencer (located in TCP).
Resets all timers to zero. Resets all

signal outputs to zero or inactive
state. Selects and energizes
generator and turbine enclosure vent
fans and waits 20 sec to verify air
flow.
Power On indicator illuminates.
Toggle the switches on the circuit

boards for the fuel controller and
sequencer.
Horn sounds and Critical Path

Shutdown message appears on
desktop HMI.
Silence horn by selecting ACK from

the Alarms screen on the desktop
HMI.
2262533TR
5-105
Table 5.2, DC Power-On (Cont)

Note The Reset function may have to be pressed more than once to reset the critical-path
shutdown relays. The Acknowledge function may have to be selected more than once to
silence alarm horn.
Operator Action
System Response
Comments
If no Critical Shutdown is active,

message terminates.
If a shutdown condition or alarms

exist, horn sounds again and
appropriate shutdown and/or alarm
messages appear on desktop HMI.
If required, investigate and clear any
active alarms and shutdowns before
proceeding.
All timers and signal outputs assume

zero or inactive states. One turbine
compartment vent fan and one generator compartment vent fan are
energized.
At the initiation of startup, the second

vent fan for the generator
compartment will energize.
Select Reset from the Alarms

screen on the desktop HMI to latch
critical-path shutdown relays.
The control system waits 30 sec to

verify airflow before energizing
auxiliary generator lube oil pump for
5 min.
At the hydraulic starter skid control

panel, press Reset to clear starting
system alarm indicators.
Turbine and generator compartments

are purged for 310 min before
starting can be attempted.
When compartment purge is

completed, the Master Start
Permissive block of the Start
Permissive screen will turn green.
Red alarm indicators extinguish.
Turbine control systems and starter

skid are now ready for normal
operation.
END OF SEQUENCE
5-106
2262533TR
Table 4.3, Alarm Acknowledge and Reset

Operator Action
System Response
Comments
Select ACK from the Alarms

screen.
Silences horn.
System alarm/shutdown message(s)

remain until cleared and reset.
Select Reset from the Alarms

screen.
desktop HMI reflects that alarm has

been resetting. Alarm or shutdown
messages will terminate when the
condition(s) causing them have been
cleared.
After the cause of any malfunctions

or alarms has been cleared, this
procedure ensures that no other fault
conditions exist which may prohibit
starting.
END OF SEQUENCE
Table 5.4, Manual Turbine Purge

Operator Action
System Response
Comments
Verify lube oil system pressurizes.
No other start or water wash cycle

may be in progress.
Select Maintenance from the Unit

Control screen on the HMI. Then
select Start.
Hydraulic starter pump starts and

runs for 10 sec to verify fluid
circulation.
Starter engages and cranks the gas
generator at approximately 2300 rpm
for 5 min. Fuel and ignition are
disabled during this time.
Starter disengages.
When gas generator speed drops
below 350 rpm, the 15-min coastdown
timer starts.
After turbine is purged, switch to

Normal mode and turbine is ready
to start.
Turbine is ready to start.
END OF SEQUENCE
2262533TR
5-107
Table 5.5, Local Start with Automatic Synchronizing and Paralleling

Operator Action
System Response
Set Synchronizing switch to Auto

position.
Set Voltage Regulator excitation

mode switch to Auto position; and
set Voltage Regulator On-Off
switch to On position.
On the desktop HMI, AVR In Auto

message appears on the Generator
Data portion of the display. If manual
voltage regulation has been selected,
the AVR In Manual message replaces
AVR In Auto.
While in Normal mode, select Start

from the Unit Control screen.
The generator auxiliary lube oil pump

energizes. Pump discharge pressure
is verified. Generator rundown tanks
fill.
Comments
This is the preferred mode of
operation. The switch settings are
required for automatic voltage,
frequency, and phase matching.
This permits automatic synchronizing and paralleling of the
applicable breaker.
Compartment vent fans toggle, and

vent fan airflow is verified. The
hydraulic start pump is energized.
10 sec later, The starter is engaged,
and cranks the gas generator.
The GTG set undergoes crank.
The purge ends after 2 min (standard

configuration) and approximately 7-8
Min (HRSG). The solenoid valve
destrokes the starter swash plate to
min position, and the gas generator
speed decreases to 0%.
When gas generator speed drops
below 1200 rpm, the solenoid valve
positions starter swash plate angle to
max (100%).
4
5
On the desktop HMI, observe the

rpm indicated by GG Speed
Reference display.
Observe power turbine inlet T48
Temp and GG Speed Reference
displays.
The starter ramps to 100% and begins

to accelerate the gas generator.
Fuel flow and ignition start at 1200 rpm. Light-off speed.
Lightoff occurs
5-108
15 sec after fuel ignition, verify T48

is greater than 400F. If T48 is less
than 400F, then a shutdown and
purge sequence occurs for 5
minuts.
2262533TR
Table 5.5, Local Start with Automatic Synchronizing and Paralleling (Cont)
Operator Action
System Response
Comments
The fuel system start ramp begins

increasing fuel flow to accelerate the
gas generator to idle (starter
disconnect) speed.
If gas generator speed fails to

exceed 4500 rpm within 90 sec after
T48 temperature reaches 400 F, the
Fail To Accelerate shutdown is
tripped
Observe power turbine inlet T48

Temp and GG Speed Reference
displays. (Cont)
If core idle (app. 6800 rpm) is not

reached in 120 sec, then a shutdown
occurs..
When gas generator speed exceeds
4500 rpm,
- starter disengages,
- igniters shut off,
- Starting Cycle message terminates,
- Turbine Running message appears,
- Fired Starts Counter advances by
one increment, and
- Turbine Run Time meter initializes.
6
On the desktop HMI display, obGas generator speed reaches 6800

serve that gas generator speed
rpm, starting 5-min warm-up timer.
stabilizes at app 6800 rpm and that
power turbine speed increases.
After 5 min warm up complete, GG
ramps up to accelerate power turbine
to 3000 rpm.
On the desktop HMIs Gen Power

Data screen, observe Generator
Voltage data, Exciter Field Voltage
data, and Exciter Field Current
ampere data.
2262533TR
As generator shaft speed reaches

3000 rpm, the AC lube oil pump
deenergizes and the generatordriven pump assumes lubrication
load.
If power turbine speed fails to exceed

350 rpm within the 5-min warmup
period, the PT Fail To Accelerate
shutdown activates.
Excitation increases as the unit
accelerates to sync-idle speed.
After an approximate 60-sec delay for

voltage to stabilize, paralleling devices
are enabled.
5-109
Table 5.5, Local Start with Automatic Synchronizing and Paralleling (Cont)
Operator Action
System Response
Observe the red and green lamps When paralleling devices match
used to indicate the status of the generator frequency, phase angle,
and output voltage with those on the
circuit breaker.
other bus, the circuit breaker closes
and Ready To Load appears.
On desktop HMIs Gen Power

Data screen, check generator
ammeter, varmeter, and wattmeter readings.
10
On the desktop HMI, check T48

Temp, GG Speed, and PT Speed
displays.
11
Use the Governor Raise-Lower

switch to increase the loading on
the generator.
Comments
The GTG set is ready to assume its
proportional share of the load. The
red (breaker closed) lamp illuminates
and the green (breaker open) lamp
extinguishes.
The unit assumes new load setting by

increasing fuel flow. Loading is limited
by T48 maximum temperature.
END OF SEQUENCE
Table 5.6, Local Start with Manual Paralleling

Manual mode operation of the voltage regulator should only
be performed by personnel who are thoroughly familiar with
the GTG set. Due to the possibility of load variations causing
output voltage fluctuations and possible equipment damage,
the unit must be attended to at all times.
Operator Action
1
Set Synchronizing switch to Man

position, selecting either Gen Man
or Utility Man.
Set Voltage Regulator excitation

mode switch to Auto position (or
set to Man if voltage regulator
fails).
5-110
System Response
Comments
This sequence will only be used
during commissioning or if the
automatic synchronization system
fails.
The AVR In Auto message appears

on the desktop HMIs Generator Data
display. (If the Voltage Regulator
switch is set to Man, the AVR In
Manual message appears.)
If the automatic voltage regulator

fails, the generator may be operated
in the Man mode on the excitation
mode switch. The operator must
adjust the voltage as the load
increases or decreases, in manual
voltage control mode.
2262533TR
Table 5.6, Local Start with Manual Paralleling (Cont)

Operator Action
System Response
Fuel system pressure is verified.
In Normal mode, Select Start from

the Unit Control screen.
Comments
The turbine begins accelerating.

Accessory systems operate as in
Table 4.5. The Master Start
Permissive message terminates.
The Turbine Running message
appears on the desktop HMI when the
unit reaches idle speed.
The voltage regulator increases or

decreases excitation power as
programmed, in order to raise or lower
generator output voltage.
Using the desktop HMIs Generator

Power Data screen, compare
generator and bus voltage levels.
Use the Auto Voltage Regulator
Adjust switch to match generator
voltage to bus voltage.
Use the Speed Raise-Lower switch The gas generator accelerates or

as necessary, in order to match
decelerates slightly to alter the power
generator output frequency to bus turbine speed.
frequency.
Toggle this switch momentarily and

wait for power turbine speed to
stabilize after each adjustment. The
frequencies must be matched as
closely as possible.
Paralleling the generator by continually holding the circuit

breaker switch in the closed position, and waiting for the synccheck relay to detect a phase match, could result in serious
equipment damage and/or injury to personnel.
6
Observe the needle of the

Synchroscope. Adjust the power
turbine speed with the Speed
Raise-Lower switch to obtain the
slowest clockwise rotation
possible.
2262533TR
The synchroscope needle rotates at a

rate proportional to the difference in
frequency between the generator and
the bus voltages. The direction of
rotation indicates whether the generator frequency is above or below the
bus frequency. The needle position
relative to zero indicates the phase
angle difference.
If the difference in frequency is large,

the synchroscope needle will not
rotate but may stay in place and
vibrate.
5-111
Table 5.6, Local Start with Manual Paralleling (Cont)

Operator Action
System Response
Comments
The sync-check relay blocks the

circuit breaker Close command until
the frequency, voltage, and phase
angle are matched accurately enough
to meet its pre-set requirements.
If the generator is synchronized

within safe tolerances, the circuit
breaker close signal is relayed to the
circuit breaker-closing circuit.
Grasp the Generator Circuit

Breaker switch and watch the
synchroscope needle closely. Set
the switch to Close when the
needle is between 11 oclock and
12 oclock, and rotating slowly in a
clockwise rotation.
The LM2000 GTG set is paralleled

As the circuit breaker closes, the
with the utility and may be loaded.
green (breaker open) lamp
extinguishes and the red (breaker
closed) lamp illuminates. Ready To
Load message appears. Also,
indicated speed on the PT
Reference display moves to the upper
limit.
8
Increase the generator loading with The unit assumes the new load setthe Speed Raise-Lower switch.
ting by increasing fuel flow.
Loading limited by T48 temperature.
END OF SEQUENCE
Table 5.7, Auto-to-Manual Voltage Regulator Transfer

When the voltage regulation switch is in the manual mode,
any generator voltage adjustments must be made manually.
Note The following procedure may be performed while the GTG set is operating.
Operator Action
System Response
Comments
On the desktop HMI, the AVR In Auto

message changes to AVR In Manual.
The null balance indicator may settle
at either end of the scale.
The voltage regulation is now under

manual control.
Set the Voltage Regulator ManNorm-Auto switch to Man and

release.
END OF SEQUENCE
5-112
2262533TR
Table 5.8, Generator Unloading

Operator Action
System Response
Use the Speed Raise-Lower switch Gas generator speed will drop to high
to decrease gas turbine speed until idle. The T48 Temp should also
drop.
the Generator Watts Total display
on desktop HMI Generator Power
Data screen indicates minimum
watts.
Set the applicable Generator

Circuit Breaker switch to Trip
(open) position and release.
Comments
Reducing gas turbine speed forces
the utility to reassume the entire load.
The circuit breaker opens. The red

The GTG set now operates in the
lamp extinguishes and the green lamp unloaded state until further operator
illuminates.
action is initiated.
On the desktop HMI, the Unit Ready
To Load message terminates, an
alarm sounds, and a Breaker Trip
message appears on the desktop
HMI.
END OF SEQUENCE
2262533TR
5-113
Table 5.9, Normal Stop

Note This procedure assumes that generator unloading has been performed. If not, select
Stop to initiate a programmed engine ramp-down that will trip the applicable circuit breaker
when the turbine engine CDP reaches a specified value (normally when the generator
loading drops below 5 MW).
Operator Action
System Response
Comments
Ensure that the synchronizing

switch is in the Off position.
Automatic synchronization is disabled. If auto-synchronizer is left on,

attempts to automatically reclose
circuit breaker will continue.
From the desktop HMI menu,

select Stop.
Stop cycle is initiated. The gas

generator decelerates to idle, at
approximately 6800 rpm for approximately 5 min in order to cool down.
The Ready To Load message
terminates.
The cooldown period starts.
When the 5-min cooldown ends, the

fuel valves close and the turbine
engine begins coasting to a stop. On
the desktop HMI, a Stop Cycle
message
appears and the Turbine Running
message terminates.
During the cooldown period, the Start
Permissive message appears.
After the generator shaft speed drops
to 350 rpm, the generator auxiliary
lube oil pump continues to operate for
15 min before deenergizing.
END OF SEQUENCE
5-114
2262533TR
Table 5.10, Malfunction Shutdown

Operator Action
System Response
Comments
Depending on the nature of the

malfunction, resulting shutdowns
could be either a cooldown or faststop type (as in the emergency stop
procedure).
Malfunctions must be cleared and

shutdown circuits reset, before the
turbine can be restarted.
Malfunctions are detected

automatically by the control
system, and indicated by the
lockout relay light.
The desktop HMI monitor annunciates

the reason for the shutdown.
Note Lockout shutdowns can only be reset at the TCP. Resets for non-lockout shutdowns,
however, can be performed from the desktop HMI.
END OF SEQUENCE
2262533TR
5-115
Table 5.11, Emergency Stop
Repeated emergency shutdowns, without a proper cooldown

period, can cause undue equipment wear. Whenever possible,
use the start and normal stop functions on the desktop HMI
menu.
Note Typically, four emergency stop switches are provided: one on the TCP, one in the
generator compartment, and two in the turbine compartment. Operating any of these
switches will initiate the sequence of events described below.
Operator Action
System Response
Initiates a fast stop routine. No

Fuel valves are commanded to be
cooldown period occurs before fuel is
closed immediately. The AC lube oil
pump turns on immediately. The gas cut off.
generator begins to coast down, the
Turbine Running message terminates,
and a Stop Cycle message appears.
Operate the System Emergency

Stop switch on the TCP, or one of
the Emergency Stop switches on
the main skid.
Comments
Gas generator speed drops to 350

rpm, and coastdown timer is started.
2
Reset systems by resetting the

activated Emergency Stop switch
(at an appropriate time). Silence
and extinguish alarms by selecting
Reset from the desktop HMI menu.
END OF SEQUENCE
POST-OPERATION MAINTENANCE
After the GTG set is shut down, refer to Chapter 2 for instructions on preventive maintenance and
any corrective maintenance required to eliminate deficiencies noted during the last operation.
5-116
2262533TR
APPENDIX
2262533TR
APPENDIX-1
APPENDIX-2
2262533TR
DEFINITIONS FOR ALARM AND

SHUTDOWNS
2262533TR
APPENDIX-3
APPENDIX-4
2262533TR

For Shutdowns the following symbols must be verified for proper sequence of operation to verify
Shutdown Conditions:
FSLO
Fast Stop Lockout Without Motor Trips breaker, fuel shutoff immediately,
chops steam and water. Can only be reset from the Turbine Control Panel.
FSWM
Fast Stop Starter motor is engaged for 7.5minutes when NGG goes below 1700
RPM. Can only be reset from the Turbine Control Panel.
Note: If T4.8 is <400F(204C) when FSWM is activated then only FSLO will occur IAW
683143
F-SD Fast Shutdown with motor (resets from anywhere). Can only be reset from the Turbine
Control Panel.
CDLO
Cool Down Lockout Shed Load, trip breaker, and idle for 5 minutes (if manual
reset clears the shutdown during the cool down period, CDLO is aborted). Starter motor is
engaged for 7.5 minutes when XN25 Goes below 1700 RPM. Can only be reset from the Turbine
Control Panel.
CDNLO
Cool Down Non Lockout, No manual reset is required to restart.
SML Slow Deceleration to Minimum Load Fast load shed to minimum load in 20 seconds.
If shutdown condition exist after 3 minutes, then CDLO is engaged. Slow deceleration is defined
as the NGG reference rate of 9 RPM / sec in the deceleration direction. Reset from the Turbine
Control Panel.
SDTI Step Deceleration To Idle - Fuel flow does not go below 1300 PPH. If condition exist
(10) seconds after achieving core idle then do FSLO. Can only be reset from the Turbine Control
Panel.
Vibration summary Shutdown will be a SDTI, but will change to a FLSO if summary cannot be
cleared after 10 seconds with GG at Core Idle.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-5
T2 - COMPRESSOR INLET TEMPERATURE

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
1.
Gas Generator Inlet

Temperature
TE-8015A/B
Setting
Alarm
Remove from
Average
Loss of both signals
Shutdown
SML
Default to 115F
(46C)
Alarm
Select higher
sensor
Difference between
Sensors > 18F (10C)
P2 - COMPRESSOR INLET PRESSURE

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
1. Compressor Inlet Pressure
PT-8024
Loss of signal
Setting
Loss of signal
T3 - COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
1. Gas Generator Compressor
Discharge Temperature (T3)
APPENDIX-6
Setting
Function
Alarm
Default to
14.69 PSIA
Function
TE-8038A/C
Loss of 1 signal
Remove from avg.
Alarm
TE-8038A/C
Loss of 2 signals
Alarm
TE-8038A/C
> 20F between signals

(-6.6C)
Alarm
Select higher signal
P3 - COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
1. Gas Generator Compressor
Discharge Pressure
Function
Loss of 1 signal
PT-8004A/B
Setting
Function
Loss of 1 signal
Alarm
Loss of both signals
Shutdown
FSLO
default to last valid
value
Difference > 10 PSIA

(68.6KPA)
Alarm
Select higher sensor
Difference > 15 PSIA

For > .1 sec.
(103.4KPA)
Shutdown
FSLO
Default to higher
Signal
> 310 PSIA (2585KPA)
Alarm
2262533TR
P4.8 - POWER TURBINE INLET PRESSURE

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
1. Power Turbine Inlet Pressure
Loss of Signal
PT-8060
Setting
Function
Loss of signal
Alarm
Default to last
Valid signal
Alarm
Loss of P48 Pressure

Tap (0.5 + P2 psia)
Alarm
Default to last
Valid signal
T4.8 - POWER TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
Setting
Function
1.
Power Turbine Inlet

Excessive ring spread
TE-8044A8044K
>200 Spread between

valid T48min-T48max
Alarm
2.
Power Turbine Inlet Temperature

Loss of signal
TE-8044A8044K
Loss of 1 signal
Alarm & remove

from average
Loss of 3 or more
Adjacent signals
Shutdown
SML & remove from
average
Loss of any 4 signals
Shutdown
SML & remove from
average
3.
Power Turbine Inlet Temperature Fa TE-8044Ato Lite

8044K
< 400F (204.4C)

with Gas fuel on + 10
seconds on Gas Gas
Fuel
Shutdown
FSLO
4.
Power Turbine Inlet

Temperature Over Temperature
TE-8044A8044K
T48 SEL > 1300F

(704C)
With NGG, 5000RPM
Shutdown
FSLO
TE-8044A8044K
TE-8044A8044K
< 400 F after being

> 400F (204.4C)
> 1525 F (854C)
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
5. Turbine Flame Out

6.
Power Turbine Inlet

Temperature Over Temperature
> 1575F > 0.1sec.

(871C)
2262533TR
Shutdown
FSLO
APPENDIX-7

SPEED SENSORS
Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
Setting
Function
1. Gas Generator Fails to

Accelerate
SE-8000 A/B
< 4500 RPM, 90

seconds after ignition
on
Shutdown
FSLO
2. Gas Generator Fails to

Accelerate
SE-8000 A/B
< 4500 RPM 120

seconds after ignition
on
Shutdown
FSLO
3. Gas Generator Speed Sensor

Differential
SE-8000 A/B
> 37.5 RPM difference

between Sensors
Alarm
Select Higher
Sensor
4. Gas Generator Speed Sensor

failure
SE-8000 A/B
Loss of 1 Sensor
Alarm
Loss of Both Sensors
Shutdown
FSLO
Default to
2000RPM
> 10,100 RPM
Alarm
> 10,200 RPM
Shutdown
FSLO
5. Gas Generator Overspeed
SE-8000 A/B
6. Power Turbine Overspeed
SE-8002 A/B
> 3960 RPM
Shutdown
FSLO
7. Power Turbine Speed Sensor

Failure
SE-8002 A/B
Loss of 1 Sensor
Alarm
Loss of Both Sensors
Shutdown
FSLO
Default to
1000 RPM
Alarm
Select Higher
Sensor
Shutdown
FSLO
8. Power Turbine Speed Sensor

Differential
SE-8002A/B
9. Turbine External Overspeed
SSW1
> 40 RPM Difference

Between Sensors
SSW2
10. Gas Generator Fails to Crank
APPENDIX-8
SE-8000 A/B
< 1700 RPM

After Starter
Engagement
+ 20 Seconds
Shutdown
FSLO
Shutdown
FSLO
2262533TR

FLAME SENSORS
Device Nomenclature
1. Turbine Flame Detectors
VIBRATION SENSORS
Device Nomenclature
1. Gas Generator Vibration
2. Power Turbine Vibration
3. Gas Generator Vibration
4. Power Turbine Vibration
5. Generator Vibration
6. Generator Vibration
2262533TR
Tag no.
BE-8022 A/B
Tag no.
XE-8005
Setting
Function
Loss of 1 signal with

Fuel on
Alarm
Flame not detected
Loss of 2 signals
Shutdown FSLO
Loss of Flame at Power
Shutdown FSLO
Setting
Function
4 mils. (101.6mm)
(75-200Hz)
Alarm
7mils. (177.8mm)
(75-200Hz)
4 mils . (101.6mm)
(75-200HZ)
Shutdown
SDTI
Alarm
7 mils > (177.8mm)

(75-200HZ)
Shutdown
SDTI
7 mils. (177.8mm)
(25-200Hz)
Alarm
10mils. (254mm)
(25-200Hz)
7mils . (177.8mm)
(25-200HZ)
Shutdown
SDTI
Alarm
10 mils > (254mm)

(25-200HZ)
Shutdown
SDTI
XE-8007A
Right side
Non-drive
end ALF
> 3.0 mils (76 mm)
Alarm
> 4.0 mils (101 mm)
Shutdown
SDTI
XE-8007B
Left side
Non-drive end
ALF
XE-8009A
Right side
Non-drive
end ALF
> 3.0 mils (76 mm)
Alarm
> 4.0 mils (101 mm)
Shutdown
SDTI
Alarm
> 4.0 mils (101 mm)
Shutdown
SDTI
XE-8009B
Left side
Non-drive end
ALF
> 3.0 mils (76 mm)
Alarm
> 4.0 mils (101 mm)
Shutdown
SDTI
XE-8006
Mounted on PT
XE-8005
XE-8006
Mounted on PT
> 3.0 mils (76 mm)
APPENDIX-9

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
Setting
LT-1002
100%=0 mm from
top
0 %=752 mm from
top
Low Level (12)

<59% 305mm From Top
High Level (5)
>83% 127mmFrom Top
Low Level (14)
<53% 356mm From Top
Alarm
2. High Turbine Lube Oil Supply

Filter Differential Pressure
PDT-1006
20 PSID > (138KPA)
Alarm
3. High Turbine Scavenge Oil Filter

Differential Pressure
PDT-1007
20 PSID > (138KPA)
Alarm
25 PSID > (172KPA)
Shutdown
SDTI
1. Turbine Lube oil Tank Level
Function
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
4. High Turbine Scavenge Lube Oil

Pressure
PT-1022
110 PSIG > (758.4KPA) Alarm
5. Low Turbine Oil Pressure
PT-1021
< 8 PSIG (55KPA)

RPM > 4500 < 8000
Alarm
< 6 PSIG (41.3KPA)

RPM > 4500 < 8000
Shutdown
FSLO
< 25 PSIG (172.3KPA) Alarm

RPM > 8000
6. High Turbine Accessory Gearbox

Scavenge Oil Temperature
7. High Turbine Sump A Scavenge

Oil Temperature
8. High Turbine Sump B Scavenge
Oil Temperature
TE-1023 A/B
TE-1024 A/B
TE-1025 A/B
< 15 PSIG (103.4KPS)

RPM > 8000
Shutdown
FSLO
Sensor Failure
Shutdown
FSLO
300F > (149C)
Alarm
320 F > (160C)
Shutdown
SML
300F > (149C)
Alarm
320 F > (160C)
Shutdown
SML
Alarm
300F > (149C)

320 F > (160C)
9. High Turbine Sump C Scavenge

Oil Temperature
TE-1026 A/B
300F > (149C)

320 F > (160C)
APPENDIX-10
Shutdown
SML
Alarm
Shutdown
SML
2262533TR
TURBINE LUBE OIL SYSTEM (Cont)

Device Nomenclature
10.High Turbine Sump D Scavenge
Oil Temperature
Tag no.
TE-1027A/B
Setting
Function
300F > (149C)
Alarm
320 F > (160C)
Shutdown
SML
Alarm
11.Turbine Lube Oil Tank Temp. Low
TE-1013
< 70F (21.1C)
12. Turbine Lube Oil Supply

Temperature
TE-1028 A/B
< 20F > 190F

(-6.6C 87.7C)
Alarm
> 6800 RPM

< 90 > 200F
(32.2C 93.3C)
< 75 ohms
> 2.5 sec.
Shutdown
(SML)
13. Magnetic Chip Detector

Accessory Gearbox
MCD-1060

Sump A
MCD-1061
< 75 ohms
> 2.5 sec.
Alarm

Sump B
MCD-1062
< 75 ohms
> 2.5 sec.
Alarm

Sump C
MCD-1063
< 75 ohms
> 2.5 sec.
Alarm

Sump D
MCD-1064
< 75 ohms
> 2.5 sec.
Alarm
2262533TR
Alarm
APPENDIX-11

GAS FUEL SYSTEM
Device Nomenclature
1. Gas Fuel Supply Pressure
Tag no.
PT-2027
Setting
Function
< 195 psig (1344.4 KPA) Alarm

with GG < 7000 RPM
< 320 psig (2206.3 KPA) Alarm
with GG > 7000 RPM
< 185 psig (1275.5KPA) Shutdown
FSWM
2. Gas Fuel Supply Temperature
APPENDIX-12
TE-2032 A/B
> 600 psi (4137 KPA)
Alarm
> 650psig (4481.6KPA)
Shutdown
FSWM
> 275F (135C)
Alarm
> 300F (149C)
Shutdown
CDLO
> 325F (163C)
Shutdown
FSLO
Loss of 1 sensor
Alarm
Remove from avg.
Loss of both sensors
Shutdown
FSLO and default
to last good value
Difference > 10F

(5.5C)
between sensors
Alarm
Select higher sensor
2262533TR
COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
Setting
Function
1. Turbine Room Outlet Temperature
TE-4001
200F > (93C)
Alarm
2. Turbine Room Inlet Temperature
TE-4054
> 140F (60C)
Alarm
> 150F (65.5C)
Shutdown
CDLO
3.Generator Inlet Differential Pressure
PDT-4008
2.75 WC > (69.78 mm) Alarm

BSLN (1.75-2.0) + 1
4.Generator Inlet Differential Pressure
PDT-4009
2.75 WC > (69.78 mm) Alarm

BSLN (1.75-2.0) + 1
5. Combustion Air Inlet Differential

Pressure
PDT-4005
5.0 WC > (127mm)
Alarm
8.0 WC > (203.2mm)
Shutdown
CDLO
6. Turbine Room Pressure Differential
PDT-4007
< .1 WC (2.54mm)
Alarm
7. Air Inlet Filter Temperature
TE-4082
< 43F (6C)

Possible Icing condition
Alarm
8. Generator Exciter Air Outlet

Temperature
TE-4031
>194F (90C)
Alarm
> 212F (100C)
Shutdown
CDLO
Alarm
9. MTTB Cabinet Air Temperature
TE-4090
10. MGTB Cabinet Air Temperature
TE-4091
11. Generator Stator Temperature T1 A TE-4021A
< 0 or > 125F

(<-17.7C 51.6C)
< 0 or > 125F
(<-17.7C 51.6C)
> 273F (133C)
Alarm
> 291F (144C)
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
> 273F (133C)

> 291F (144C)
> 273F (133C)

> 291F (144C)
14. Generator Stator Temperature T1 B TE-4021B
> 273F (133C)

> 291F (144C)
2262533TR
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
APPENDIX-13
COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION (CONT)

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
Setting
Function
> 273F (133C)
Alarm
> 291F (144C)
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
> 273F (133C)

> 291F (144C)
17. Generator Stator Temperatures
TE-4021A/B
TE-4022A/B
TE-4023A/B
< 14F (-10C)
Shutdown
FSLO
Start Inhibited
Must be above 14F f
Start premissive
18. Generator Air Outlet Temperature
TE-4030
>194F (90C)
Alarm
> 212F (100C)
Shutdown
CDLO
APPENDIX-14
2262533TR

Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
1. Generator Lube Oil Tank Level
LT-1001
Setting
High Level
>90% (5 from Top)
2. Generator Run Down Tank Levels
3. Generator Lube Oil Pressure
LT-0041/0042
PT-0026
Function
Low Level
Alarm
< 63% (10.65 from top)
Alarm
Low Level
<55 % (13 from Top)
Shutdown
Low Level
< 78%
Start Locked Out
Low Level
< 78% While Running
< 25 Psig
Shutdown
CDLO
Alarm
< 20 Psig
Shutdown
CDLO & start
AC pump
< 12 > 60 Psig

4. Generator Lube Oil Filter
PDT-0015
> 20 Psig
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
5. Generator Lube Oil Tank

Temperature
TE-0020
< 70F (21.1C)
Alarm
6. Generator Lube Oil Supply

Temperature
TE-0025
> 160F (71.1C)
Alarm
> 190F (87.7C)
Shutdown
CDLO
Alarm
7. Generator Bearing Temperature

DE
TE-0021
> 212F (100C)

> 221F (105C)
8. Generator Bearing Oil Drain DE
TE-0036
> 185F (85C)

> 194F (90C)
9. Generator Bearing Temperature

NDE
TE-0023
>2127F (100C)
> 221F (105C)
10. Generator Bearing Oil Drain NDE
TE-0035
> 185F (85C)

> 194F (90C)
2262533TR
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
Alarm
Shutdown
FSLO
APPENDIX-15

HYDRAULIC STARTER SYSTEM
Device Nomenclature
1. Hydraulic Starter Oil Tank Level
Tag no.
LT-6001
2. Hydraulic Oil Tank Temperature
TE-6003
3. Hydraulic Starter Oil Return

Temperature
TE-6002
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

Device Nomenclature
1. Gas Monitor Shutdown
Tag no.
AE-3004 A/B/C/D
Setting
Function
< 73% (6from top)
Alarm
> 91% (2 from top)
Alarm
< 69% (7 from top)
Shutdown
FSLO
< 70 or > 180F

(21.1C 82.2C)
Alarm
> 190F (87.7C)

> 180F (82.2C)
Shutdown Starter
Alarm
Setting
Function
> 10% LEL
Alarm
Turn on all Fans
> 25% LEL
Shutdown
FSLO
2. Thermal Switch Turbine Enclosure
TS-3003A/B
Shutdown
FSLO
3. Manual Suppressant Agent Release
HS-3008/3009
Shutdown
FSLO
4. Fire/Gas Alarm Horn
YSA-3006/3006A
Verify Operation
5. Fire /Gas Warning Beacon
YSL-3036/3036A
Verify Operation
6. Horn Acklnowledge Switch
HS-3000
Verify Operation
7. Pressure Switch Fire Suppressant

Released
PSHH-3048
8. Fire/Gas Monitor Failure
FPP
Alarm
9. Fire/Gas Monitor Shutdown
FPP
Shutdown
FSLO
APPENDIX-16
> 150 Psig
Shutdown
FSLO
2262533TR

MISCELLANEOUS FAULTS
Device Nomenclature
Tag no.
Setting
Function
1. Local Emergency Stop
ES3
2. Remote Emergency Stop

3. Generator 86 Lockout Trip
ESTR-1 ESTR-2
ESGR-3
86G
4. Generator Summary Alarm
AVR
Shutdown
FSLO
Shutdown
FSLO
Shutdown
FSWM
Alarm
5. Generator Excitation Tripped
AVR
Alarm
6. Generator Rotor Ground Fault
GRF
Alarm
7. Battery Charger Failure-DC
Charger
DC output failed
Alarm
8. Battery Charger Failure-AC
Charger
AC Supply failed
Alarm
9. Low Battery Voltage
Charger
< 21 volts
10. IGPS
IGPS
Trip
Shutdown
SML
Alarm
Fault
Alarm
Power Supply Alarm
Alarm
Failure
Shutdown
CDLO
2262533TR
APPENDIX-17
APPENDIX-18
2262533TR
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
2262533TR
APPENDIX-19
APPENDIX-20
2262533TR
TECHNICAL MANUAL ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A
A
Ampere(s)
abs
Absolute
AC
Alternating Current
acfm Actual Cubic Feet per Minute
acmm Actual Cubic Meter per Minute
AGB Accessory Gearbox
ALF Aft, Looking Forward
Assy Assembly
ASTM American Society for Testing and
Materials
atm Atmosphere
AUX Auxiliary
AVRX Auxiliary Voltage Regulator
B
(Beta) Variable Stator Position
BEM Brush Electrical Machines
bhp
Brake Horsepower
BOP Balance of Plant
Btu
British Thermal Unit
C
C
Degree Celsius (Centigrade)
cc
Cubic Centimeter
CCW Counterclockwise
CDLO Cooldown Lockout
CDP Compressor Discharge Pressure
cfm Cubic Feet per Minute
CG
Center of Gravity
cid
Cubic Inch Displacement
CIT Compressor Inlet Temperature
cm
Centimeter
cm2 Square Centimeter
cm3 Cubic Centimeter
Cont Continued
CRF Compressor Rear Frame
CRT Cathode-Ray Tube (Screen)
CT
Current Transformer
CW Clockwise
2262533TR
APPENDIX-21

D
dB
dBA
DC
DCS
Decibel
Decibel (Absolute)
Direct Current
Digital Control System
DF
Diesel Fuel
dn/dt Differential Speed/Differential Time
(Rate of Change, Speed vs. Time)
dp
dp/dt Differential Pressure/Differential
Time
-dPs3/dt Negative Rate of Change of HighPressure Compressor Static
Pressure
DSM Digital Synchronizing Module
Dwg. Drawing
E
EMU Engine Maintenance Unit
F
F
FCV
F&ID
Fig.
FIR
FMP
FOD
FLSO
Degree Fahrenheit
Flow Control Valve
Flow & Instrument Diagram
Figure
Full Indicator Reading
Fuel Manifold Pressure
Foreign-Object Damage
Fast Stop Lockout Without
Motoring
FSWM Fast Stop With Motoring
ft
Foot (Feet)
ft2
Square Feet
Cubic Feet
ft3
ft-lb Foot-Pound
G
GA
gal
GE
GG
gpm
GT
GTG
General Arrangement
Gallon(s)
General Electric
Gas Generator
Gallons per Minute
Gas Turbine
Gas Turbine Generator
APPENDIX-22
2262533TR
H
H-O-A HAND-OFF-AUTO (Switch)
hp
Horsepower
HP
High Pressure
HPC High-Pressure Compressor
HPCR High-Pressure Compressor Rotor
HPT High-Pressure Turbine
HPTR High-Pressure Turbine Rotor
h
Hour(s)
Hz
Hertz (Cycles per Second)
I
ID
Inside Diameter
IEEE Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers
IGHP Isentropic Gas Horsepower
IGKW Isentropic Gas Kilowatt
IGV Inlet Guide Vane
in
Inch(es)
in2
Square Inch
Cubic Inch
in3
in-Hg Pressure, Inches of Mercury
in-lb Inch-Pound
in-Wg Pressure, Inches of Water
I/O
Input/Output
IPB Illustrated Parts Breakdown
ISA Instrument Society of America
K
kg cm Kilogram-Centimeter
kg m Kilogram-Meter
kohm Kilohm
kPa
KiloPascal
kPad KiloPascal Differential
kPag KiloPascal Gauge
K (CONT)
kV
Kilovolt
kVA Kilovolt Ampere
kvar Kilovar
kW
Kilowatt
kWh Kilowatthour
kWhm Kilowatthour Meter
2262533TR
APPENDIX-23

L
L
lb
LEL
LFL
LP
LPC
Lpm
LPCR
LVDT
Liter
Pound(s)
Lower Explosive Limit
Lower Flammable Limit
Low Pressure
Low-Pressure Compressor
Liters Per Minute
Low-Pressure Compressor Rotors
Linear Variable-Differential
Transformer
M
m
Meter
2
Square Meter
m
m3
Cubic Meter
mA
Milliampere
Maint. Maintenance
MAVR Modular Automatic Voltage
Regulator
mb
Millibar
MCC Motor Control Center
MGTB Main Generator Terminal Box
MHz Megahertz
MIL Military
MIL-SPEC Military Specification
MIL-STD
Military Standard
min Minute(s)
mm Millimeter
Mohm Megohm(s)
mph Miles Per Hour
MTTB Main Turbine Terminal Box
Mvar Megavar
MW Megawatt
N
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers
Association
Nm
Newton Meter
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen
O
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OD
Outside Diameter
O&M Operation and Maintenance
APPENDIX-24
2262533TR
P
P2
Low-Pressure Compressor Inlet

Total Pressure
P25 High-Pressure Compressor Inlet
Total Pressure
P48 Low-Pressure Turbine Inlet Total
Pressure
Pamb Ambient Pressure
Para. Paragraph
P (CONT)
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PF
Power Factor
PMG Permanent Magnet Generator
ppm Parts Per Million
Ps3
High-Pressure Compressor
Discharge Static Pressure
Ps25 High-Pressure Compressor Inlet
Static Pressure
Ps55 Low-Pressure Turbine Discharge
Static Pressure
psia Pounds per Square Inch Absolute
psid Pounds per Square Inch
Differential
psig Pounds per Square Inch Gauge
PT
Pressure Transmitter
PTO Power Takeoff
R
rms
rpm
RTD
RTV
Root Mean Square

Revolutions Per Minute
Resistance Temperature Detector
Room Temperature Vulcanizing
S
scfm
scmm
SDTI
sec
SG
shp
SML
S/O
SOV
S&S
STIG
Standard Cubic Feet per Minute

Standard Cubic Meters per Minute
Step Decelerate to Idle
Second(s)
Specific Gravity
Shaft Horsepower
Slow Decelerate to Minimum Load
Shutoff
Solenoid-operated Valve
Stewart & Stevenson Services, Inc.
Steam Injection
2262533TR
APPENDIX-25
T
T2
T3
T25
T48
Tamb
TAN
TBD
TGB
theta 2
TIT
TRF
Low-Pressure Compressor Inlet

Total Temperature
High-Pressure Compressor
Discharge Temperature
High-Pressure Compressor Inlet
Temperature
Low-Pressure Turbine Inlet
Temperature
Ambient Temperature
Total Acid Number
To Be Determined
Transfer Gearbox
Ratio of Measure Absolute Gas
Generator Inlet Temperature to
Standard Day Absolute
Temperature
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Turbine Rear Frame
V
V
Volt
VAC Volts, Alternating Current
var
Volt-Ampere Reactive
VBV Variable Bypass Valve
VDC Volts, Direct Current
VG
Variable Geometry
V (CONT)
VIGV Variable Inlet Guide Vane
VSV Variable Stator Vane
W
W
W2
Watt
Low Pressure Compressor Physical
Airflow
W25 High Pressure Compressor Physical
Airflow
Wf
Flow, Fuel
Wg
Pressure, Water Gauge
Wh
Watt-Hour
WHRU
Waste Heat Recovery Unit
APPENDIX-26
2262533TR

X
XN2
Low-Pressure Rotor Speed Physical
XN2R Low-Pressure Rotor Speed Corrected

XN25 High-Pressure Compressor Speed Physical
XN25R High-Pressure Compressor Speed Corrected
XNSD Low-Pressure Turbine Speed
2262533TR
APPENDIX-27
APPENDIX-28
2262533TR
GLOSSARY
2262533TR
APPENDIX-29
APPENDIX-30
2262533TR
GLOSSARY
A
A/D Conversion Analog-to-Digital Conversion: A con-version that takes an analog input in
the form of electrical voltage or current and produces a digital output.
ABT Automatic Bus Transfer: For critical loads, normal and alternate, power sources are
provided. The power sources are supplied from separate switchboards through separate cable
runs. Upon loss of the normal power supply, the transfer switch automatically disconnects this
source and shifts the load to the alternate source.
AC Alternating Current: Alternating current is an electric current that flows first in one
direction for a given period of time, and then in the reverse direction for an equal period of time,
constantly changing in magnitude.
A Ampere: A unit of electrical current or rate of flow of electrons. One volt across one ohm
of resistance causes a current flow of one ampere.
Analog Signal: An analog signal is a measurable quantity that is variable throughout a given
range and is representative of a physical quantity.
Annular: In the form of, or forming, a ring.
Anti-Icing: A system for preventing the buildup of ice on the gas turbine intake systems.
APD Automatic Paralleling Device: Automatically parallels any two gas turbine-generator
sets.
B
Babbitt: A white alloy of tin, lead, copper, and antimony which is used for lining bearings.
BAS Bleed-Air System: The BAS uses as its source compressed air extracted from the
compressor stage of each gas turbine module and gas turbine-generator set. The BAS is used for
anti-icing, prairie air, masker air, and low-pressure gas turbine starting for both the gas turbine
module and the gas turbine-generator set.
Bleed Air: Hot, compressed air bled off the compressor stage of the gas turbine module and gas
turbine-generator set. See BAS Bleed-Air System.
Blow-in Doors: The blow-in doors located on the high-hat assembly are designed to open by
means of solenoid-operated latch mechanisms if the inlet airflow becomes too restricted for
normal engine operation.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-31
Borescope: A small periscope used to visually inspect internal engine components.

BTB Buss Tie Breaker: A BTB is used to connect one main switchboard to another main
switchboard.
Buffer: To electronically isolate and filter an electrical signal from its source.
Bus: The term used to specify an uninsulated power conductor.
C
CB Circuit Breaker: An automatic protective device that, under abnormal conditions, will
open a current-carrying circuit.
CIT Compressor Inlet Temperature (T2): CIT is the temperature of the air entering the gas
turbine compressor as measured at the front frame. CIT is one of the parameters used for
calculating engine power output (torque) and scheduling fuel flow and variable stator vane angle.
Coalesce: To grow together, unite, or fuse, as uniting small liquid particles into large droplets.
This principle is used to remove water from fuel in the filter/separator.
Condensate: The product of reducing steam (gas) to a liquid; (water). For example, as used in
the distilling process.
D
D/A Conversion Digital-to-Analog Conversion: A con-version that produces an analog
output in the form of voltage or current from a digital input.
DC Direct Current: Direct current is an electric current that flows in one direction. A pure
direct current is one that will continuously flow at a constant rate.
Deaerator: A deaerator is a device that removes air from oil as in the LS&C tank (gas turbine
module) which separates air from scavenged oil.
Delta P Differential Pressure: The pressure drop across a fixed device.
Demisters: A moisture-removal device that separates water from air.
Dessicant: A substance having a great affinity for water and used as a drying agent.
Diffuser: A device that reduces the velocity and increases the static pressure of a fluid passing
through a system.
Digital Signal: A signal, in the form of a series of discrete quantities, that has two distinct levels.
APPENDIX-32
2262533TR

E
Eductor: The eductor is a mixing tube which is used in the gas turbine module exhaust system.
It is physically positioned at the top of the stack so that the gas flow from the gas turbine module
exhaust nozzles will draw outside air into the exhaust stream as it enters the mixing tube.
EG Electronic Governor: An electronic governor is a system that uses an electronic control
unit, in conjunction with an electrohydraulic governor actuator, to control the position of the
liquid fuel valve on the gas turbine-generator set and regulate engine speed.
F
Fault Alarm: This type of alarm is used in the Fuel Oil Control System and Damage Control
Console. It indicates that a sensor circuit has opened.
FO System Fuel Oil System: The FO system provides a continuous supply of clean fuel to the
gas turbine module and to the gas turbine-generator set. The gas turbine module and gas turbinegenerator set can operate on DFM, ND, and JP-5.
FOD Foreign-Object Damage: Damage as a result of entry of foreign objects into a gas
turbine engine.
G
GB Generator Breaker: Circuit breaker used to connect a gas turbine-generator set to its main
switchboard.
GCU Generator Control Unit: A static GCU is supplied for each gas turbine-generator set
consisting of a static exciter/voltage regulator assembly, field rectifier assembly, motor-driven
rheostat, and a mode select rotary switch. It controls the output voltage of the generator.
Governor Droop Mode: Droop mode is normally used only for paralleling with shore power.
Because shore power is an infinite bus, droop mode is necessary to control the load carried by the
gas turbine-generator set. If a gas turbine-generator set is paralleled with shore power, and one
attempts to operate in isochronous mode instead of droop mode, the gas turbine-generator set
governor speed reference can never be satisfied because the gas turbine-generator set frequency is
being held constant by the infinite bus. If the gas turbine-generator set governor speed reference
is above the shore power frequency, the load carried by the gas turbine-generator set will increase
beyond capacity in an effort to raise the shore power frequency. If the speed reference is below
the shore power frequency, the load will decrease and reverse in an effort to lower the shore
power frequency. The resulting overload or reverse power will trip the gas turbine-generator set
circuit breaker.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-33
Governor Isochronous Mode: The isochronous mode is normally used for gas turbinegenerator set operation. This mode provides a constant frequency for all load conditions. When
operating two gas turbine-generator sets in parallel isochronous mode, it also provides equal load
sharing between the units.
GTG Set Gas Turbine-Generator Set: The GTG set consists of a gas turbine engine; a
reduction gearbox; and a three-phase, alternating-current generator rated at 2000 kW and 450
VAC.
GTM Gas Turbine Module: The GTM consists of the main propulsion gas turbine unit,
including the gas turbine engine, base, enclosure, shock-mounting system, fire detection and
extinguishing system, and the enclosure environmental control components.
H
Header: This is a piping manifold that connects several sub-lines to a major pipeline.
Head Tank: A tank located higher than other system components to provide a positive pressure
to a system by gravity.
Helix: A tube or solid material wrapped like threads on a screw.
High-Hat Assembly: A removable housing over the main engine air intake ducts, which
contains the moisture-separating system, inlet louvers, and blow-in doors.
Hz Hertz: A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second.
I
I/O Input/Output: The interfacing of incoming and outgoing signals from the computer to the
controlled device.
IGV Inlet Guide Vanes: Vanes ahead of the first stage of compressor blades of a gas turbine
engine whose function is to guide the inlet air into the gas turbine compressor at the optimum
angle.
Immiscible: Incapable of being mixed.
Impinge: To strike, hit, or be thrown against, as in the case of condensate impinging against the
tubes or baffles.
Inlet Plenum: That section of the gas turbine inlet air passage that is contained within the engine
enclosure.
ISO Isochronous: Governing with steady-state speed regulation of essentially zero magnitude.
APPENDIX-34
2262533TR

L
Labyrinth/Windback Seals: The labyrinth/windback seals combine a rotating element with a

smooth-surface stationary element to form an oil seal. This type of seal is used in conjunction
with an air seal, with a pressurization air cavity between the two seals. Pressure in the
pressurization air cavity is always greater than the sump pressure, therefore, flow across the seal
is toward the sump, thus preventing oil leakage from the sump. The windback is a course thread
on the rotating element of the oil seal which, by screw action, forces any oil which might leak
across the seal back into the sump.
Latent: Present, but not visible or apparent.
LED Light-emitting Diode: A solid-state device which, when conducting, emits light. The
LEDs are used for the digital displays and card fault indicators in the local control panel and other
electronic systems.
Liquid Fuel Valve: Meters the required amount of fuel for all engine operating conditions for
the GTG set engine.
Load Shedding: Generator overpower protection by automatically dropping preselected nonvital
loads when generator output reaches 100% for 3 seconds, and additional dropping of preselected
semivital loads if the overload condition exists for another 5 seconds.
Local Control: Startup and operation of equipment by means of manual controls attached to the
machinery, or by the electric panel attached to the machinery or located nearby.
LOCOP Local Control Panel: Electronic enclosure containing operating and monitoring
equipment used to control the turbine during operation. The control elements of the system are
powered by 28 VDC from the switchboard or batteries.
M
micron: A unit of measure equal to one-millionth of a meter.
mil: A unit of measure equal to one-thousandth of an inch.
MRG Main Reduction Gear: The reduction gear is a single-reduction, single-helical (spiral),
gear-type speed reducer.
N
Nozzle: A small jet (hole) at the end of a pipe.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-35

O
Orifice: A restricted opening used primarily in fluid systems.

P
PCB Printed Circuit Board: An electronic assembly mounted on a card using etched
conductors. Also called Printed Wiring Board (PWB).
PF Power Factor: The ratio of the average (or active) power to the apparent power (rootmean-square voltage rms current) of an alternating-current circuit.
Pinion: A smaller gear designed to mesh with a larger gear.
Pitch: A term applied to the distance a propeller will advance during one revolution.
PMA Permanent Magnet Alternator: PMA is mounted on the generator shaft extension of
each GTG set and supplies speed sensing and power to the EG. PMA also supplies initial
generator excitation.
Poppet-Type Check Valve: A valve that moves into and from its seat to prevent oil from
draining into the GTG set when the engine is shut down.
ppm Parts Per Million: Unit of measure.
pps Pulses Per Second: Unit of measure.
psi Pounds per Square Inch: Unit of measure (pressure).
psia Pounds per Square Inch Absolute: Unit of measure (pressure).
psid Pounds per Square Inch Differential: Unit of measure (pressure).
psig Pounds per Square Inch Gage: Unit of measure (pressure).
PTO Power Takeoff: PTO is the drive shaft between the GTG set, gas turbine engine, and the
reduction gearbox. Transfers power from the gas turbine to the reduction gearbox to drive the
generator.
Pushbutton Switch Indicators: A panel-mounted device that contains both switch contacts and
indicating lights. The contacts are actuated by depressing the device face. The indicator lights
are labeled and wired for indicating alarm or status information.
APPENDIX-36
2262533TR

R
Rabbet Fit: A groove, depression, or offset in a member into which the end or edge of another
member is fitted, generally so that the two surfaces are flush. Also known as register and spigots.
Radio-Frequency Interference: An electrical signal capable of being propagated into, and
interfering with, the proper operation of electrical or electronic equipment.
RTD Resistance Temperature Detector: Same as RTE.
RTE Resistance Temperature Element: These temperature sensors work on the principle that
as temperature increases, the conductive materials exposed increase their electrical resistance.
S
Scavenge Pump: Used to remove oil from a sump and return it to the oil supply tank.
scfm Standard Cubic Feet per Minute: Unit of measure.
Sensor: A device that responds to a physical stimulus and transmits a result impulse for remote
monitoring.
Serial Data Bus: The bus is time-shared between the LOCOP and the end device. Control and
status information are exchanged in the form of serial data words.
Stall: An inherent characteristic of all gas turbine compressors to varying degrees and under
certain operating conditions. It occurs whenever the relationship between air pressure, velocity,
and compressor rotational speed is altered to such extent that the effective angle of attack of the
compressor blades becomes excessive, causing the blades to stall in much the same manner as an
aircraft wing.
Sync Synchronize: The state where connected alternating-current systems operate at the same
frequency and where the phase-angle displacements between voltages in them are constant or
vary about a steady and stable average value.
SWBD SWitchBoarD: A large panel assembly which mounts the control switches, circuit
breakers, instruments, and fuses essential to the operation and protection of electrical distribution
systems.
Switch Indicator: See Pushbutton Switch Indicator.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-37

T
T2 Compressor Inlet Temperature: Same as CIT.

TIT Turbine Inlet Temperature: TIT is the GTG sets turbine inlet temperature.
U
Ultraviolet Flame Detectors: Ultraviolet flame detectors sense the presence of fire in the GTM
and GTG set and generate an electrical signal to the alarm panel.
X
XDCR Transducer: The XDCR is a sensor that converts quantities such as pressure,
temperature, and flow rate into electrical signals.
XFR Transfer: The theoretical relationship between measure and output values, as determined
by inherent principles of operation.
APPENDIX-38
2262533TR
GAS TURBINE ENGINE THEORY

DEFINITIONS
2262533TR
APPENDIX-39
APPENDIX-40
2262533TR
GAS TURBINE ENGINE THEORY DEFINITIONS

INTRODUCTION
This information sheet has been prepared to aid the student in his understanding of the basic
principles of physics, the gas laws, thermodynamics, and the Brayton cycle, which are associated
with gas turbine engine operation. A thorough knowledge of these principles will greatly aid the
student throughout his career in the Gas Turbine field.
REFERENCES
Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology
Sawyers Turbomachinery Maintenance Handbook
Modern Marine Engineers Manual
Handbook of Physics and Chemistry
Basic Thermodynamics
DEFINITIONS
Absolute pressure P
The actual pressure applied to a system. Normally found by adding
a value of 14.7 to gauge readings. (Normal units are expressed as pounds per square inch,
absolute (psia).)
Absolute temperature
T
Temperature that is reckoned form the absolute zero.
(Normal units are expressed as either degrees Rankine or degrees Kelvin.)
Absolute zero
The point at which all molecular activity ceases. Computed to be a
temperature of approximately 460 degrees Fahrenheit (460 F) or 273 degrees Celsius (273
C).
Acceleration a
The rate of change of velocity, in either speed or direction. (Normal units
are expressed as feet per second squared (ft/sec2).)
Adiabatic
As applied to thermodynamics, applies to a process or cycle that occurs
with no net loss or gain of heat.
Ambient pressure Pamb For our uses while studying marine gas turbine engines, the
pressure felt directly outside the ship (atmospheric pressure).
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
2262533TR
APPENDIX-41
Ambient temperature
Tamb For our uses while studying marine gas turbine engines, the
temperature felt directly outside the ship (atmospheric temperature).
Bernoulli theorem
As a fluid flows through a restricted area such as a nozzle, the
velocity of the fluid will increase with a corresponding decrease in pressure and a slight decrease
in temperature. The inverse is true for fluid flow through a diffuser.
Boyles law
If the absolute temperature of a given quantity of gas is held constant, the
absolute pressure of the gas is inversely proportional to the volume the gas is allowed to occupy.
Brayton cycle
The thermodynamic cycle on which all gas turbine engines operate,
considered to be a constant pressure cycle (combustion occurs at a constant pressure).
British thermal unit Btu Defined as the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of
a 1-pound mass of water 1 degree Fahrenheit (1 F). (Water is to be pure distilled water, and the
temperature change is from 64 degrees Fahrenheit (64 F) to 65 degrees Fahrenheit
(65 F).)
Cascade effect
As related to compressor stall, cascade effect is where turbulence
created in the forward stages of the compression section is passed rearward through the
compressor, with an increase in the total amount of turbulence with each successive stage.
Celsius (centigrade) C
Normally used by scientists, a temperature scale in which the
temperature c in degrees Celsius (C) is related to the temperature Tk in kelvins by the formula:
c = Tk 273.15.
Charles law
If the absolute pressure of a given quantity of gas is held constant, the
volume the gas is allowed to occupy is directly proportional to the absolute temperature of the
gas.
Compound blading
A blending of both reaction and impulse turbine blading such that
the actual blades are impulse at the root and reaction at the tip. It is the most common type of
blading used in the turbine and power turbine sections of modern gas turbine engines.
Compressor discharge pressure
CDP The actual pressure of the air exiting the compressor
section, after having passed through all stages of compression and the diffuser, and passing on to
the combustion section.
Compressor discharge temperature
CDT The temperature of the compressed air that
has passed through all compression stages and the diffuser, and is being passed to the combustor.
Compressor inlet pressure
CIP The pressure of the air at the inlet to the inlet guide vanes of
the compressor. Normally slightly less than atmospheric pressure.
APPENDIX-42
2262533TR
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
Compressor inlet temperature
CIT The temperature of the air which actually enters the
compressor. Normally measured at the inlet bellmouth.
Compressor stall
When turbulence across the stages of the compressor becomes severe
enough (owing to the cascade effect), the actual airflow through the compressor is disrupted and
decreases. During compressor stall, it is not common to see a reduction in the rpm of the
compressor section, only a reduction in the actual airflow through the compressor.
Compressor ratio C/R
compressor inlet pressure.
A ratio of the compressor discharge pressure divided by the
Compressor ratio per stage CR/STG

The pressure rise that each individual stage in the
compressor can handle. It has been determined that in an axial-flow compressor, the maximum
CR/STG is approximately 1.2-to-1.
Conduction
A method of heat transfer in which one area of a substance is heated,
causing an increase in the molecular vibrations at that point. These increased vibrations are
transmitted from atom to atom throughout the length of the substance.
Configuration
How something is put together.
Conservation of momentum
During an elastic collision with no losses owing to heat or
friction, the total momentum of Object 1 must equal the total momentum of Object 2.
Convection
A method of heat transfer in which one area of a fluid is heated, causing a
current to be set up that transfers the heat throughout the fluid.
Cycle
A process that begins with certain conditions and ends at the original conditions.
Cycle efficiency
The output horsepower of the engine divided by the input energy
used. In the case of all gas turbine engines, efficiency is equal to work rate brake divided by heat
rate of addition (the units for both must be the same). (Normal units are expressed as percent
(%).)
Delta
Pressure correction factor.
Distance
The amount of linear separation between two or more objects or points.
Diameter
D
The length of a straight line through the center of an object. (Normal units
are expressed as feet (ft) or inches (in).)
Dovetail
A type of blade attachment normally used to attach the rotating blades in
the compressor section of an axial-flow compressor to the disk.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-43
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
Elastic collision
In physics, a collision in which there are no losses owing to friction
or heat, and no plastic deformation occurs.
Energy
lb.).)
The capacity to do work. (Normal units are expressed as foot pounds (ft-
Exhaust gas temperature EGT

The temperature of the gases that are exhausted from
the engine. (Normal units are expressed as degrees Fahrenheit (F).)
Exit guide vanes
EGV Used in most axial-flow compressors to reduce the total amount of
turbulence that is passed from the compressor section to the combustion section of the engine.
Fahrenheit F
Degrees Fahrenheit. A temperature scale normally used by engineers (not
an absolute temperature scale).
First law of thermodynamics
Energy is indestructible and interconvertible. Three
main points: (1) Energy cannot be created or destroyed; (2) energy can change forms; and (3)
energy is conserved for any system, open or closed.
Fir tree
A type of blade attachment normally used to hold the rotating blades of an
axial-flow turbine to the turbine disk or wheel.
Fluid
or gas).
Any substance which conforms to the shape of its container (may be either liquid
Force F
A vector quantity that tends to produce, modify, or retard motion. (Normal units
are expressed as pounds (lb).)
The amount of fuel an engine is using at any given time. (Normal units are
Fuel flow
Wf
expressed as gallons per hour (gal/hr).)
Function
How something is accomplished.
Gas constant R
A number derived for any gas by use of the perfect gas equation. This
constant for atmospheric air is 53.345.
Gas generator
G/G The section of a split-shaft engine that is composed of the
compressor, combustor, and turbine.
Gas turbine engine GTE A form of internal combustion heat engine that operates on the
Brayton cycle, and in which all events occur continuously during normal engine operation.
Gauge pressure
psig
to read absolute pressure.
APPENDIX-44
The actual pressure readings taken from gauges that are calibrated
2262533TR
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
General gas law
A combination of both Boyles law and Charles law.
Gravity
g
The gravitational attraction of the mass of the earth, the moon, or a planet
for bodies at or near its surface. On earth, the acceleration owing to gravity is 32.174 ft/sec2.
Heat Q
The energy associated with the random motion of atoms, molecules, and smaller
structural units of which matter is composed.
.
Heat rate of addition Qa

The amount of energy (in Btu/min) which is added during the
combustion process in the gas turbine engine.
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
.
Heat rate of rejection

Qr
A loss for a gas turbine engine. The amount of energy that
was added during the gas turbine engine cycle, but was not extracted in the turbine section and
was exhausted to the atmosphere. (Normal units are expressed in British thermal units per minute
(Btu/min).)
Heat transfer
Height hgt
The transfer of thermal energy between two or more bodies or substances.

The extent of elevation above a level. (Normal units are expressed as feet (ft).)
Horsepower hp
The unit of power in the British engineering system, equal to 550 footpounds per second, approximately 745.7 watts.
Impulse blading
A type of turbine or power turbine blading which operates
principally by the conservation of momentum.
Inlet guide vanes
IGV A set of vanes located in the forward part of the axial-flow
compressor which are used to direct the incoming air at a predetermined angle toward the
direction of rotation of the first-stage blades.
Kelvin K
scale.
A temperature scale which is absolute and is related to the Celsius temperature
Kinetic energy
(ft-lb).)
EK
Local sound of speed CS

temperature.
The energy of motion. (Normal units are expressed as foot-pounds

Speed of sound is directly related to the ambient or local
Mass m
The quantity of fundamental matter of which an object is composed. Mass of an
object does not change with location.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-45
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
Matter
Anything having weight and occupying space.
Momentum M
A property of a moving body that determines the length of time required to
bring it to rest when under the action of a constant force.
Newtons laws
Three laws which encompass a large amount of classical physics:
Every body or substance will continue in its state of rest or uniform motion in a
1st
straight line, unless acted upon by some external force.
2nd
A force is required to accelerate a body; the magnitude of this force is directly
proportional to the mass of the body and to the acceleration produced. Mathematically written as:
F = m a.
3rd
For every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction.
Open cycle
A cycle in which the operating medium is drawn in at atmospheric
conditions, undergoes some process or processes, and is then returned to atmospheric conditions.
Potential energy
Ep
Stored energy.
pi
The ratio of the circumference of any circle to its diameter. A constant with no
units; an approximation is 3.1416.
Power p
The time rate of doing work. (Normal units are expressed as horsepower (hp).)
Power turbine
extracted.
P/T
Pound(s)
A unit of measure used to denote either an amount of weight or force.
lb
Pound mass lbm

weight).
The section of split-shaft engines in which work rate brake is
A unit of measure used to denote the mass of an object (the objects
Pressure
The force or thrust exerted over a surface divided by its area. (Normal
units are expressed as pounds per square inch (psi).)
Primary air
CDP air.
The CDP air which is actually used for combustion in a GTE; 25% of all
Radiation
One type of heat transfer in which the thermal energy is transferred from
one body or substance which is not in physical contact with a second body or substance by
random wave motion.
APPENDIX-46
2262533TR
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
Rankine
R
Degrees Rankine. An absolute temperature scale that is directly related to
the Fahrenheit temperature scale.
Reaction blading
of action and reaction.
The type of turbine blading which operates mainly on the principle
Revolutions per minute
rpm
A measure of the speed of rotation of a rotating body.
Secondary air
The portion of CDP air which is used to cool and center the flame of
combustion, 75% of all CDP air.
Second law of thermodynamics
Heat cannot, on its own accord, be made to flow
from a body or substance of lower temperature to a body or substance of higher temperature in a
continuous, self-sustaining process. More simply stated, heat transfer is from hot to cold.
Single-shaft engine
One of the simplest forms of GTE which has only one shaft and
three major components: (1) a compressor, (2) a combustor, and (3) a turbine.
Specific enthalpy
The total energy content of a mass of gas.
Specific heat c
The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a 1-pound mass of
a substance at 1 degree Fahrenheit (1 F).
cv
Specific heat at constant volume
cp
Specific heat at constant pressure
Speed N
Distance traveled per unit time. (Common units are expressed as feet per second
(ft/sec), miles per hour (mph), and revolutions per minute (rpm).)
Temperature T
A measure of the intensity of heat. (Normal units are expressed as
Fahrenheit (F) or Rankine (R) (where an absolute unit is required).)
Theta
The temperature correction factor.
Thermodynamics
reaction of heat.
The branch of physics which deals with the mechanical action or
Time t
A measured or measurable period during which an action, process, or condition
exists or continues.
2262533TR
APPENDIX-47
DEFINITIONS (CONT)
Tip clang
The actual bending of the rotating blades used in an axial-flow compressor
when the pressures across the blades become excessive because of the turbulence of stall. When
these have enough pressure to cause them to physically bend, they can actually contact the
stationary vanes; when this occurs, the condition is known as tip clang.
Turbine inlet temperature TIT The temperature of the gases exiting the combustion section
of the engine and entering the turbine section.
Total energy
Et
The algebraic sum of the potential and

kinetic energy of a body or substance.
Velocity
vel
Speed in a given direction; a vector quantity. (Normal units are expressed
as feet per second (ft/sec) or revolutions per minute (rpm).)
Vector quantity
Volume
V
3
inches (in ).)
A quantity that has both magnitude and direction.

Cubic capacity. (Normal units are expressed as cubic feet (ft3) or cubic
Weight
wt
A measure of the pull of gravity on a quantity of matter. (Normal units are
expressed as pound(s) (lb).)
Work W
Work is equal to the product of the force applied to an object, multiplied by the
distance through which the force acts.
Work rate brake
Wb
The actual output horsepower that is produced by an engine.
Work rate of compression Wc

compressor sections of a GTE.
The calculated value of power required to drive the
Work rate turbine Wt

The amount of work extracted from the hot gases in the turbine
section. This work must be utilized to drive both the compressor section and the engines load in
the single-shaft engine, and the value of work rate turbine is used only to drive the compressor in
the split-shaft engines. (Normal units are expressed as horsepower (hp).
APPENDIX-48
2262533TR
DRAWING TITLE
DRAWING NUMBER
P AND I DIAGRAM
GB-00016609
JUNCTION BOX LAYOUT
GB-00016610
WIRING DIAGRAM
GB-00016611
CABLE SCHEDULE AND TEST RECORD
GB-00016612
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
GB-00016613
FC 1
ITEM
KAJI POWER
ATLAS PC - 90/70 CONTROL
R WITH VERSAMAX DISTRIBUTIVE I/O
E
V FUNCTION
GE PACKAGED POWER, L.P.
WORKSHEET, FUEL CONTROL
SIGNAL
IN/
SOURCE
OUT
TYPE
FUEL CONTROL - A N A L O G I/O
DISPLAY
RANGE
FAULT
RANGE
FAULT LIM
ACTION
UNIT
ALM
ALM
AL
S/P
UNIT
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
ACTION
CONTROL
COMMENTS
FOR METRIC CONVERSION FACTOR, NOTES, AND TABLES SEE SHEET 5
ADDRESS
TERMINAL
REFER TO NOTE AT THE END OF SHEET FOR DETAILS ON TERMINALS, SENSOR WIRING & SHIELDS.
Copyright 2003
GE Packaged Power, L.P.
All rights reserved.
This drawing is the proprietary and/or confidential property of GE Packaged Power, L.P. and is loaned in strict confidence with the understanding that will not be reproduced nor used for any
purpose except that for which it is loaned. It shall be immediately returned on demand and is subject to all other terms and conditions of any written agreement or purchase order that
incorporates or relates to this drawing.
ATLAS PC - SMARTCORE BOARD (SMC)

1-- 1
1-- 2
GAS GEN ROTOR SPEED (NGGA)
1-1-1-1-1-1--
3
4
5
6
7
8
DELTA12
1-1-1-1-1-1--
9
10
11
12
13
14
POWER TURB ROTOR SPEED (NPTA)
DELTA12
TURB COMB FLAME DETECTOR NO.1 (RIGHT)
TURB COMB FLAME DETECTOR NO.1 (LEFT)
GEN MW SIGNAL MW
SE-8000A
SE-8002A
IN
IN
MAG
MAG
0-12000
NOTE 1
RPM
0-5000
NOTE 5
RPM
ZC-2018
ZC-2019
BE-8022A
BE-8022B
WX
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
4-20S
4-20S
4-20
4-20
4-20
4-20
0-100
0-100
-2/102
-2/102
2700-3992
2646/4072
NOTE 7
DEG.F
NOTE 7
NOTE 7
SMC_AI_03
2700-3992
2646/4072
NOTE 7
DEG.F
NOTE 7
NOTE 7
SMC_AI_04
0-30
-2/28
ALARM
MW
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
4-20S
4-20S
4-20S
4-20S
4-20S
4-20S
SE-8000B
SE-8002B
IN
IN
MAG
MAG
0-12000
NOTE 1
RPM
0-5000
NOTE 5
RPM
TE-8044A
TE-8044B
TE-8044C
TE-8044D
TE- 8044E
TE- 8044F
TE- 8038A
TE-2034
PT-8024
PT-8060
PT-8004A
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
4-20
4-20
4-20
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
-40/1000
0-800
-16/816
0-16
8/16
NOTE14
PSIA
0-100
10/90
NOTE 19
PSIA
0-500
10/390
PT-2070
PT-2029
TE-8015A
TE-2032A
IN
IN
IN
IN
4-20
4-20
*RTD2
RTD
0-1300
-26/1326
ALARM
PSIG
0-1000
-20/1020
ALARM
PSIG
-65/130
-70/140
NOTE 22
DEG F
NOTE 22
-40/400
-40/380
NOTE 23
DEG F
NOTE 23
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
ZC-2018
ZC-2019
DELTA12
DELTA12
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
SML
ALARM
10100 RPM
%
%
ALARM
NOTE4
* 10200 RPM
FSLO
Rat* SEE NOTE 2&3, Ratio 1 RPM = 0.783294 HZ
SMC_DSS_01
3960 RPM
FSLO
RatRatio 1 RPM = 1.38333 HZ
SMC_DSS_02
NOTE4
SMC_AI_01
SMC_AI_02
SEE NOTE 8
SMC_AI_05
SMC_AI_06
SMC_AO_01
0-100
0-100
---------
---------
%
%
SMC_AO_02
SMC_AO_03
SMC_AO_04
SMC_AO_05
SMC_AO_06
MAIN- 51/53/54
MAIN- 55/57/58
+ / - / SHLD
MAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAIN-
27/29/30
31/33/34
35/37/38
39/41/42
43/45/46
47/49/50
+ / - / SHLD
MAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAIN-
65/66/67
68/69/70
71/72/73
74/75/76
77/78/79
80/81/82
+ / - / SHLD
ANA1- 57/58/59
ANA1- 60/61/62
+ / - / SHLD
ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1-
1/2/3
4/5/6
7/8/9
10/11/12
13/14/15
16/17/18
19/20/21
22/23/24
26/27/28
29/30/31
32/33/34
+ / - / SHLD
ANA1ANA1ANA1ANA1-
35/37/38
39/41/42
45/44/43/46
49/48/47/50
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
ATLAS PC - ANALOG COMBO BOARD (EBX1)

2-- 1
2-- 2
GAS GEN ROTOR SPEED (NGGB)
2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2--
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (TOP RT,T48-A)
2-2-2-2--
14
15
16
17
DELTA12
2-- 18
2-- 19
POWER TURB ROTOR SPEED (NPTB)
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (TOP RT,T48-B)

POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (TOP RT,T48-C)
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (BOTTOM RT,T48-D)
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (BOTTOM RT,T48-E)
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (BOTTOM RT,T48-F)
GAS GEN COMP DISCH TEMP (T3A)
DELTA12
GAS GEN COMPRESSOR INLET PRESS (P2)
POWER TURBINE INLET PRESSURE (P48)
GAS GEN COMP DISCH PRESS (PS3A) (CDP)
DELTA12
GAS GEN COMPRESSOR INLET TEMP (T2A)
TURB GAS FUEL SUPPLY TEMP A
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
ALARM
10100 RPM
ALARM
10200 RPM
FSLO
3960 RPM
FSLO
Ra Ratio 1 RPM = 0.783294 HZ

Ra Ratio 1 RPM = 1.38333 HZ
EBX1_DSS_01
SEE NOTES 14,15,& 16

EBX1_AI_01
DEG F
EBX1_DSS_02
EBX1_AI_02
EBX1_AI_03
EBX1_AI_04
EBX1_AI_05
EBX1_AI_06
EBX1_AI_07
DEG F
400 DEG F
ALARM
700 DEG F
FSWM
EBX1_AI_08
EBX1_AI_09
NOTE 19 PSIA
EBX1_AI_10
PSIA
310 DEG F
1200
PSIG
ALARM
1250 PSIG
FSLO
NOTE 17
EBX1_AI_11
FSWM
50 PSIG START TRANSFER PERMISSIVE
EBX1_AI_12
EBX1_AI_13
NOTE 22
DEG.F
ALARM
OUT 4-20
OUT 4-20
NOTE 23
* RTD2 = 200 OHM RTD, CHANNEL CONFIGURED FOR 20EBX1_AI_14
DEG.F
EBX1_AI_15
EBX1_AO_1
EBX1_AO_2
FUEL CONTROL ANALOG I / O
ANA1- 51/52/53
ANA1- 54/55/16
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
+ / - / SENSE/SHLD
+ / - / SENSE/SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
SHEET 1 of 6 PAGE 1 OF 13
FC 1
ITEM
KAJI POWER
E
V FUNCTION
SIGNAL
IN/
SOURCE
OUT
TYPE
DISPLAY
RANGE
FAULT
RANGE
FAULT LIM
ACTION
UNIT
ALM
ALM
AL
S/P
UNIT
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
ACTION
CONTROL
COMMENTS
ADDRESS
TERMINAL
ATLAS PC - ANALOG COMBO BOARD (EBX2)

3-- 1
3-- 2
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3--
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (BOTTOM LT,T48-G)
GAS GEN COMP DISCH PRESS (PS3B) (CDP)
PT-2027
PT-2028
PT-8004B
3-3-3-3--
14
15
16
17
DELTA12
PT-2030
3-- 18
3-- 19
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (BOTTOM LT,T48-H)

POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (TOP LT,T48-I)
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (TOP LT,T48-J)
POWER TURBINE INLET TEMP (TOP LT,T48-K)
GAS GEN COMP DISCH TEMP (T3C)
DELTA12
TE-8044G
TE-8044H
TE-8044I
TE-8044J
TE-8044K
TE-8038C
TE-2035
(SPARE)
TURB GAS FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE
TURBINE GAS FUEL MANIFOLD PRESS
(SPARE)
GAS GEN COMPRESSOR INLET TEMP (T2B)
TURB GAS FUEL SUPPLY TEMP B
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
TE-8015B
TE-2032B
IN
IN
MAG
MAG
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
T/C
4-20
4-20
4-20
IN
IN
IN
IN
4-20
4-20
*RTD2
RTD
EBX2_DSS_1
EBX2_DSS_2
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
NOTE 9
DEG F
NOTE 10
DEG F
> ALARM
NOTE 10
DEG F
>
FSLO
-40/2000
-40/1000
0-800
-16/816
ALARM
DEG F
NOTE 12
DEG F

NOTE 12
400 DEG F
ALARM
EBX2_AI_1
EBX2_AI_2
EBX2_AI_3
EBX2_AI_4
EBX2_AI_5
EBX2_AI_6
700 DEG F
FSWM
EBX2_AI_7
EBX2_AI_8
0-750
10/740
NOTE 18
PSIG
0-800
-16/816
ALARM
PSIG
0-500
10/480
NOTE 17
PSIA
0-1000
-20/1020
ALARM
PSIG
NOTE 18 PSIG
ALARM
NOTE 18
EBX2_AI_9
EBX2_AI_10
NOTE 17
NOTE 17
EBX2_AI_11
EBX2_AI_12
EBX2_AI_13
-65/130
-70/140
NOTE 22
DEG F
NOTE 22
-40/400
-40/380
NOTE 23
DEG F
NOTE 23
NOTE 22
DEG.F
ALARM
NOTE 23
* RTD2 = 200 OHM RTD, CHANNEL CONFIGURED FOR 20EBX2_AI_14
DEG.F
OUT 4-20
OUT 4-20
EBX2_AI_15
EBX2_AO_1
EBX2_AO_2
ANA2- 57/58/59
ANA2- 60/61/62
+ / - / SHLD
ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2-
1/2/3
4/5/6
7/8/9
10/11/12
13/14/15
16/17/18
19/20/21
22/23/24
26/27/28
29/30/31
32/33/34
+ / - / SHLD
ANA2ANA2ANA2ANA2-
35/37/38
39/41/42
45/44/43/46
49/48/47/50
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
ANA2- 51/52/53
ANA2- 54/55/16
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
+ / - / SENSE/SHLD
+ / - / SENSE/SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
NOTE FOR ANALOG SHEETS :---(A1) - "S" AFTER 4-20 IN TYPE COLUMN INDICATES 4-20 IS SOURCED FROM ANOTHER DEVICE. ALL OTHER INPUTS HAVE LOOP POWERED DEVICES.
(A2) - ALL OTHER INPUTS HAVE LOOP POWERED DEVICES AND REQUIRES EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY FOR LOOP POWER.
FOR SMARTCORE BOARD (SMC):
(A3) - ANALOG INPUTS (SMC_AI_1 THRU AI_6) CAN BE USED AS EITHER CURRENT OR VOLTAGE INPUT.
(A4) - TYPICAL LOOP POWER CHANNEL 1 CONNECTION (4-20 IN): XMTR(+) = 24VDC(+), XMTR(-) = 27, 24VDC(-) = 29, SHIELD = 30, JUMPER 27 (VIN+) & 28 (IIN+).
(A5) - TYPICAL SOURCE POWER CHANNEL 1 CONNECTION (4-20S IN): XMTR(+) = 27, XMTR(-) = 29, SHIELD = 30, JUMPER 27 (VIN+) & 28 (IIN+).
(A6) - TYPICAL SOURCE POWER CHANNEL 1 CONNECTION (4-20S & 0-200S OUT): LOAD(+) = 65, LOAD(-) = 66, SHIELD = 67.
FOR ANALOG COMBO BOARDS (EBX1 & EBX2 ):
(A7) - FIRST 11 ANALOG INPUTS (EBX_AI_1 THRU AI_11) ARE SOFTWARE CONFIGURABLE 4-20mA OR THERMOCOUPLE.
(A8) - LAST 4 ANALOG INPUTS (EBX_AI_12 THRU AI_15) ARE SOFTWARE CONFIGURABLE 4-20mA OR RTD.
(A9) - CHANNELS 1 THRU 10 MUST BE CONFIGURED IN PAIRS (CHANNELS 1 & 2, 3 & 4, ) AND MUST BOTH BE CONFIGURED AS 4-20 mA INPUTS OR MUST BOTH BE CONFIGURED AS
THERMOCOUPLE INPUTS; ANY UNUSED CHANNEL OF A PAIR, CHANNELS 1 THRU 10, MUST HAVE ITS INPUT SHORTED.
(A10) - TYPICAL LOOP POWER CHANNEL 1 THRU 11 CONNECTION (4-20 IN): XMTR(+) = 24VDC(+), XMTR(-) = 1, 24VDC(-) = 2, SHIELD = 3.
(A11) - TYPICAL SOURCE POWER CHANNEL 1 THRU 11 CONNECTION (4-20S IN): XMTR(+) = 1, XMTR(-) = 2, SHIELD = 3.
(A12) - TYPICAL CHANNEL 12 THRU 15 RTD CONNECTION: (+) = 37, (-) = 36, RETURN(-) = 35, SHIELD = 38.
(A13) - FOR 2-WIRE RTD CONNECTION, JUMPER (-) TO RETURN(-).
(A14) - TYPICAL LOOP POWER CHANNEL 12 THRU 15 CONNECTION (4-20 IN): XMTR(+) = 24VDC(+), XMTR(-) = 35, 24VDC(-) = 37, SHIELD = 38.
(A15) - TYPICAL SOURCE POWER CHANNEL 12 THRU 15 CONNECTION (4-20S IN): XMTR(+) = 35, XMTR(-) = 37, SHIELD = 38.
(A16) - TYPICAL SOURCE POWER CHANNEL 1 CONNECTION (4-20S OUT): LOAD(+) = 51, LOAD(-) = 52, SHIELD = 53.
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
FC 1
ITEM
KAJI POWER
E
V FUNCTION
SIGNAL
IN/
SOURCE
OUT
TYPE

REVISION LIST
==============
A INITIAL REVISION, REV.A
1-- 3
GAS FUEL HEATING VALUE
AE-2015
IN
4-20S
1-- 4
GAS FUEL SPECIFIC GRAVITY
AE-2014
IN
4-20S
3-- 10
TURB GAS FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE
PT-2027
IN
4-20
3-- 11
TURBINE GAS FUEL MANIFOLD PRESS
PT-2028
IN
4-20
3-- 12
(SPARE)
IN
4-20
2-- 16
ADDED COMMENTS TO CLARIFY THAT CHANNEL IS CONFIGURED FOR 200 OHM RTD
3-- 16
ADDED COMMENTS TO CLARIFY THAT CHANNEL IS CONFIGURED FOR 200 OHM RTD
1-- 7
MODIFY THE RANGE 4-20MA = 0-30 MW. 1-6-03 JTN
2-- 17
TURB GAS FUEL SUPPLY TEMP
TE-2032
IN
RTD
3-- 17
(SPARE)
===== END ====================
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DISPLAY
RANGE
FAULT
RANGE
FAULT LIM
ACTION
UNIT
ALM
ALM
AL
S/P
UNIT
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
ACTION
CONTROL
COMMENTS
ADDRESS
TERMINAL
DATE
=====
800-1100
820/1080
NOTE 6
0.2 / 2.2
-0.05 / 2.15
NOTE 6
0-750
10/740
NOTE 18
BTU/SCF
OPT-PART OF FUEL FLOW CALC.

OPT-PART OF FUEL FLOW CALC.
PSIG
NOTE 18 PSIG
ALARM
NOTE 18
???
(T2A, TE-8015A)
(T2B, TE-8015B)
-40/400
-40/380
NOTE 23
DEG F
275 DEG.F
ALARM
300 /325
DEG.F
* 300 DEG.F =CDLO, 325 DEG.F = FSLO
6/3/02 RSP
6/3/02 RSP
7/19/02 RSP
7/19/02 RSP
7/19/02 RSP
8/20/02 RSP
8/20/02 RSP
????
4/25/03RRK
4/25/03RRK
MAINMAINANA2ANA2ANA2-
27/29/30
31/33/34
22/23/24
26/27/28
29/30/31
ANA1- 49/48/47/50
ANA2- 49/48/47/50
+ / - / SHLD
+ / - / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
- / 24VDC(-) / SHLD
+ / - / SENSE/SHLD
+ / - / SENSE/SHLD
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
FC 2
R
KAJI POWER
WITH VERSAMAX DISTRIBUTIVE I/O
E
ITEM
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
SOURCE
TRIP
ACTION
FUEL CONTROL - D I S C R E T E I N P U T S
POINT
UNIT
ALM
ACTIVE
SWITCH
R/F
SIGNAL
WIRED
CONTROL
COMMENTS
CHANNEL
MTTB
TERMINAL
TERMINAL

1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
SHUTDOWN FUEL AND NOX SUPPRESSION
GEN BREAKER CLOSED
(SPARE)
ISOC./DROOP CONTROL
SEQUENCER POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
WATCH DOG TIMER STATUS FOR SEQUENCER
(SPARE)
TUR GAS FUEL UPSTREAM BLOCK VALVE CLOSED
TUR GAS FUEL DOWNSTREAM BLOCK VALVE CLOSED
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
ZC- 2018
ZC- 2019
ZSC-2012
ZSC-2018
SD LIQ
SD WATER
STATUS/AL
STATUS/AL
0
0
1
1
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
SMC_BI_01
SMC_BI_02
1=VLV CLOSED, 0= OPEN - * VLV CLOSED = START OR CRANK PERMISSIVE
SMC_BI_03
SMC_BI_04
SMC_BI_05
SMC_BI_06
SMC_BI_07
SMC_BI_08
SMC_BI_09
SMC_BI_10
SMC_BI_11
SMC_BI_12
K1
K229
FSLO
CNTL
0
1
N.O.
N.O.
K67
SEQ SH 3, 1-10
TDR1
CNTL
FSLO
1
0
1/0
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
0= DROOP, 1= ISOC
SMC_BI_16
0 = SEQUENCER POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
SMC_BI_17
0=WATCH DOG TIMER TINED OUT, 1=SEQ NORMAL
SMC_BI_18
1
1
N.O.
N.O.
SMC_BI_20
SMC_BI_21
SMC_BI_13
SMC_BI_14
0=OPEN, 1=CLOSED
SMC_BI_15
STATUS/AL
SMC_BI_19
ZSC-2006
ZSC-2007
STATUS/AL
STATUS/AL
SMC_BI_22
SMC_BI_23
SMC_BI_24
24VDC(-)
MAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAIN-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
POWER FOR DRY CONTACT 24VDC(+) MUST BE SUPPLIED EXTERNALLY
REVISION LIST
==============
CORRECTED ERRO ON TAG , CHANGED TAG FROM ZSC-2011 TO ZSC-2018 - TURB LIQ FUEL DOWNSTREAM BLOCK VALVE CLOSED
DATE
=====
9/13/02
=== END ============
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
FUEL CONTROL DISCRETE INPUTS
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
SHEET 2 OF 6 PAGE 4 OF 13
FC 3
R
KAJI POWER
E
ITEM
FUNCTION
EXTERNAL
DEVICE
SIGNAL
CONTROLLED
TO
CNTL
VOLTAGE
ACTIVE
CONTACT
SIGNAL
USED
CONTROL
COMMENTS
CHANNEL TERMINAL
EXT. RELAY BOX
CABLE
RELAY
OUTPUT
RELAY
NO.
BOX
TERM NUMBER
DESIG.
FUEL CONTROL - D I S C R E T E O U T P U T S
ATLAS PC - POWER SUPPLY MODULE ( PB_MOD)
1-- 1
1-- 2
1-- 3
+24 VDC INPUT

+24 VDC COMMON INPUT
EARTH GROUND
BATTERY
PS- 1
PS- 2
PS- 3
1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1--
TUR GAS FUEL UPSTREAM BLOCK VLV

TUR GAS FUEL DOWNSTREAM BLOCK/VENT VLV
(SPARE)
SUMMARY CRITICAL SHUTDOWN
WATCH DOG TIMER STATUS - FUEL CONTROL
FUEL CONTROL POWER SUPPLY "OK"
(SPARE)
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
(SPARE)
SOV-2006
SOV-2007
TURB SKID
CRITL PATH
SEQ SH 2, 1-13
SEQ SH 2, 1-14
TCP
TCP
BATTERY
24VDC(+) POWER SUPPLY INPUT

24VDC(-) POWER SUPPLY COMMON INPUT
GROUND
COM/ NC/ NO
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
TURB SKID
24 VDC
24 VDC
1#
(1#)
N.O.
N.O.
OPT - ENERGIZED OPEN ,
PB_MOD_01
OPT - ENERGIZED OPEN FOR BLOCK , ENERGIZED CLOSEDFOR VENT
PB_MOD_02
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
0
1/0
0
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
DPS3/DT - T45.4OVERTEMP TRIP POINT
PB_MOD_04
1= FC NORMAL, 0 = WATCH DOG TIMER TIMED OUT
PB_MOD_05
0 = FUEL CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
PB_MOD_06
1
1
1#
(1#)
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
OPT - CONTROLS SOV-2009
PB_MOD_08
OPT - CONTROLS SOV-2010
PB_MOD_09
OPT
PB_MOD_10
OPT
PB_MOD_11
PB_MOD_03
TURB SKID
PB_MOD_07
SOV-2009
SOV-2010
SOV-2012
SOV-2011
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
PB_MOD_12
24VDC(+) RELAY POWER
24VDC(-) RELAY POWER
PSPSPSPSPSPSPSPSPSPSPSPSPSPS-
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
23
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
W101
U101U101U101U101U101U101U101U101U101U101U101U101-
1/ 2/ 3
4/ 5/ 6
7/ 8/ 9
10/ 11/ 12
13/ 14/ 15
16/ 17/ 18
19/ 20/ 21
22/ 23/ 24
25/ 26/ 27
27/ 28/ 29
30/ 31/ 32
34/ 35/ 36
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K8
K9
K10
K11
K12
NOTE: # IN ACTIVE SIGNAL COL. = POWER TO RELAY TO BE REMOVED IF CRITICAL SHUTDOWN PATH TRIPPED.
( ) IN ACTIVE SIGNAL COL.= RETURN WIRED THRU A15 SAFETY CIRCUIT.
REVISION LIST
==============
1-- 11
SD/RESET GAS METERING VALVE DRIVER
ZC-2001
1-- 12
SD/RESET LIQUID METERING VALVE DRIVER
ZC-2018
1-- 13
SD/RESET TURB NOX WTR INJ METERING VLV DRIVER ZC-2019
1-- 14
(SPARE)
=== END ============
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DATE
=====
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
1/0
1/0
1/0
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
1=ENABLE 0=SHUTDOWN
1-0-1 = RESET
PB_MOD_08
1=ENABLE 0=SHUTDOWN
1-0-1 = RESET
PB_MOD_09
1=ENABLE 0=SHUTDOWN
1-0-1 = RESET
PB_MOD_10
PB_MOD_11
FUEL CONTROL DISCRETE OUTPUTS
PSPSPSPS-
15
16
17
18
W101
W101
W101
W101
U101U101U101U101-
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
K8
K9
K10
K11
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
KAJI POWER
FC 4
ITEM
E
V FUNCTION

NO./
NETWORK
SIGNAL
SOURCE
FUEL CONTROL - DEVICENET COMMUNICATION
SPC VSV BLEED DRIVER: (DEVICENET ADDRESS 2)

ACTUATOR/ VALAVE INTERFACE (TOP)
1-- 1
TURB VSV ACT TORQ MOTOR
FCV-8073
SEE NOTE 26 & 27
1-- 2
TURB VSV XDCR EXICIT PWR
ZE-8073A/B
SEE NOTE 26 & 28
1-- 3
1-- 4
TURB VSV LVDT RETURN 1A (LEFT)
ZE-8073A
TURB VSV LVDT RETURN 1B (RIGHT)
ZE-8073B
SEE NOTE 26 & 27

SEE NOTE 26 & 28
1-1-1-1--
5
6
7
8
TURB VSV RESET IN
FROM ATLAS OUT
TURB VSV SHUTDOWN IN
FROM ATLAS OUT
NOT USED (TURB VSV ALARM IN )
FROM ATLAS OUT
TURB VSV SHUTDOWN OUT
TO ATLAS IN
1-1-1-1-1--
9
10
11
12
13
V-
DEVICE NET
CAN LOW
DEVICE NET
ACTUATOR/ VALAVE INTERFACE (BOTTOM)
CONTROL INTERFACE (TOP)
DEVICE NET
SHIELD
DEVICE NET
CAN HIGH
DEVICE NET
V+
DEVICE NET
POWER INPUT
1-- 14
1-- 15
1-- 16
24VDC+
BATTERY
24VDC-
BATTERY
CHASSIS GROUND
BATTERY
NIU DISCRETE OUTPUT (DEVICENET ADDRESS 6)
CONTROL
RELAY
2222222222222222-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULE (SOLID STATE) - IC200MDL741 (I/O CARRIER KEYCODE: C2)
SD/RESET GAS METERING VALVE DRIVER
ZC-2001
TURB SKID
DELTA12
ZC-2018
TURB SKID
DELTA12
ZC-2019
TURB SKID
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
DELTA12
K97
TURB SKID
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
POWER
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
ACTIVE CONTACT
SIGNAL WIRED
ACTION
1/0
1/0
1/0
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
1=ENABLE 0=SHUTDOWN
1-0-1 = RESET
1=ENABLE 0=SHUTDOWN
1-0-1 = RESET
1=ENABLE 0=SHUTDOWN
1-0-1 = RESET
1#
N.O.
CONTROLS SOV-2016 & SOV-2017
FUEL CONTROL DISTRIBUTIVE DISCRETE I/O
LOCATION
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV:A
KAJI POWER
FC 4
ITEM
E
V FUNCTION

NO./
NETWORK
SIGNAL
SOURCE
FUEL CONTROL - DEVICENET COMMUNICATION

NOTE: N501 THRU N508 ARE RESERVED FOR FUEL CONTROL DISTRIBUTIVE I/O NODES.
# IN ACTIVE SIGNAL COL. = POWER TO RELAY TO BE REMOVED IF CRITICAL SHUTDOWN PATH TRIPPED.
( ) IN ACTIVE SIGNAL COL.= RETURN WIRED THRU A15 SAFETY CIRCUIT.
ALL RELAY COIL (-) TERMINALS SHOULD BE TIED TO 24VDC(-).
PIN NUMBERS SHOWN IN CONTROL TERMINAL COLUMNS = (+) TERMINAL OF RELAY COILS.
1-1-1-1-1--
1
2
3
4
5
REVISION LIST
==============
TURB LIQ FUEL PRIMARY MANIFOLD DRAIN VLV
TURB LIQ FUEL SECONDARY MANIFOLD DRAIN VLV
(SPARE)
TURB LIQ FUEL UPSTREAM BLOCK VALVE
TURB LIQ FUEL DOWNSTREAM BLOCK VALVE
MOVED COMM SKETCH TO LAYOUT DRAWING (683145)
=== END ============
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DATE
=====
K358
K359
SOV-2012
SOV-2018
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
TURB SKID
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
1
1
1#
(1#)
N.O.
N.O.
CONTROLS SOV-2009
CONTROLS SOV-2010
N.O.
N.O.
FUEL CONTROL DISTRIBUTIVE DISCRETE I/O
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
7/16/02 RSP
3/21/03RRK
N501- A1
MTTB
N501- A2
MTTB
N501- A3
MTTB
N501- A4
MTTB
N501- A5
MTTB
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV:A
KAJI POWER
FC 5
R
ITEM

E
V FUNCTION
DESTINATION
FUEL CONTROL - C O M M U N I C A T I O N S
COMMENTS
WIRE OR
SOFTWARE
CONTROL
CABLE #
ADDRESS
TERMINALS

1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
PORT: SMC_SIO#1 ( RS232 OR RS422/485 )

SHIELD
422T (-)
422T (+)
422R (-) / 485(-)
TERM RES(-)
TERM RES(+)
422R(+) / 485(+)
SIG GND
232 RXD
232 TXD
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
ATLAS PC - DEVICENET BOARD

2-2-2-2-2--
1
2
3
4
5
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
SMC_SIO #1
MAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAINMAIN-
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
DEVICENET-
J1-1
J1-2
J1-3
J1-4
J1-5
SEE SHEET 4
2817
2818
VCAN LOW
SHIELD
DEVICENETDEVICENET-
2819
2820
CAN HIGH
V+
DEVICENETDEVICENET-
ATLAS PC - COMMUNICATION ON CPU MODULE

3-- 1
ETHERNET #1 CONNECTION TO SEQUENCER
4-- 1
NOT USED ( COM1 )
SEQUENCER, SLOT 8
10 BASE T - CAT 5 CROSSOVER CABLE (CABLE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER)
W108
NOT USED
ATLAS PC - COMMUNICATION ON ETHERNET MODULE

5-- 1
ETHERNET #2 CONNECTION TO 4 PORT HUB
ETHHUB1, PORT 1
10 BASE T - CAT 5 CABLE (CABLE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER)
W120
REVISION LIST
==============
===== END ====================
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
FUEL CONTROLCOMMUNICATIONS
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV:A
KAJI POWER
FC 6
R
E
V
WORKSHEET NOTES
ACTION CODES:
FSLO = FAST STOP LOCKOUT WITHOUT MOTOR - IMMEDIATELY SHUTDOWN BY SHUTING OFF FUEL, SHUTDOWN STEAM/WATER, AND TRIP BREAKER (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
FSWM = FAST STOP WITH MOTOR - FSLO, THEN ENGAGE STARTER FOR 7.5 MINUTES WHEN NGG REACHES 1700 RPM. (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
= IF T48 IS NOT ABOVE 400 DEG F WHEN FSWM IS ACTIVATED THEN ONLY FSLO WILL OCCUR.
F-SD = FAST SHUTDOWN (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
CDLO = COOLDOWN LOCKOUT - SHED LOAD AND STEAM/WATER, TRIP BKR, IDLE FOR 5 MIN. IF RESET 'CLEARS SD DURING COOL DOWN PERIOD, CDLO IS ABORTED.
= STARTER ENGAGED FOR 7.5 MINUTES WHEN XN25 DROPS TO 1700 RPM. (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
= IF ON NAPHTHA FUEL, CDLO IS REPLACED WITH FSWM.
INTLK = INTERLOCK (REQUIRED TO OPERATE)
SD/STSY = SHUTDOWN STEAM SYSTEM ONLY (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
SML = SLOW DECEL TO MIN LOAD - FAST LOAD SHED TO MIN LOAD IN 20 SEC (IF PROBLEM STILL EXISTS AFTER 3 MINUTES, DO CDLO)
= (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
SDTI = STEP DECEL TO IDLE (FUEL FLOW SHALL NOT GO BELOW 1300 PPH) (10 SECONDS AFTER ACHIEVING CORE IDLE FSLO) (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
STATUS = STATUS OF I/O POINT
CONTROL = INPUT OR OUTPUT REQUIRED TO CONTROL A DEVICE OR FUNCTION.
ALARM = AUDIO AND VISUAL INDICATION OF A FAULT CONDITION.
ABBREVIATIONS
METRIC CONVERSIONS
OPT = OPTION - ONLY ITEMS THAT MAYBE DELTA 12
1 PSIG = 6.894757 KILOPASCALS (SAME FOR PSID)
NPOS = NOT PART OF STANDARD ( NOT INSTALLED - COST ADDER TO INSTALL)
1 DEG F = 1.8 DEG C + 32
JS = JOB SPECIFIC - MUST BE SPECIFIED
1 INCH = 25.4 mm
ON THE PDS TO USE
1 INCH/WG = 25.4 mm/WG
DELTA 12 = END DEVICES NOT SUPPLIED, BUT ALL WIRING
1 MIL = 25.4 MICROMETERS
FOR TCP, INTERCONNECTS, AND SKIDS TO
1 PSIG = 0.06894757 BAR
BE SUPPLIED.
1 CUBIC FOOT = 0.02831685 CUBIC METER
RTD = 100 OHM Pt RTD WITH EUROPEAN SPEC. CHAR.:
1 POUND = 0.453924 KILOGRAM
0.00385 OHMS/OHMS DEG C

100 OHMS AT 32 DEG F (0 DEG C).
THIS WORKSHEET BASED ON MID-IDM-2500-9
NOTE: NOTES ABOUT CORE ENGINE OPERATION MAY NOT REFLECT ACTUAL CORE PROGRAM IN USE, DUE TO UNSCHEDULED UPDATES TO THE CORE PROGRAM BY THE ENGINE MANUFACTURER.
WHEN CONFLICTS IN NOTE INFORMATION EXIST, REFERENCE LATEST IDM, CONTROL SPEC., AND PERTINENT DOCUMENTS OF SUBJECT FOR RESOLUTION.
IF REQUIRED INFORMATION NOT PRESENT IN NOTES, REFER TO ABOVE MENTIONED DOCUMENTS.
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
KAJI POWER
FC 6
R
E
V
WORKSHEET NOTES
FUEL CONTROL NOTES:
1. NGG SPEED SENSORS:
a. NGG RANGE FAULT LIMIT : Min. 1700 RPM WHEN T48 AVG > 400 DEG.F AND FUEL ON = TRUE; Min. 0 RPM WHEN T48 < 400 DEG.F ; Max. 11500 RPM
b. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL=ALARM ; LOSS OF BOTH SIGNALS = FSLO & DEFAULT TO 2000 RPM
c. A DIFFERENCE >37.5 RPM BETWEEN NGG SENSORS = ALARM & SELECT HIGHER SENSOR
2. IF NGG SPEED IS NOT ABOVE 1700 RPM IN 20 SECONDS AFTER STARTER ENGAGEMENT THEN FSLO.
3A. IF NGG SPEED IS NOT ABOVE 4500 RPM 90 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION 'ON', FSLO.
3B. IF NGG SPEED IS NOT ABOVE 6800 RPM 120 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION 'ON', FSLO.
4. LMV FEEDBACK POSITION ERROR
A. IF LMV FEED BACK IS > 3% AND NGG >1700RPM, ALARM
B. IF LMV FEED BACK IS > 6% AND NGG >1700RPM, SML
5. NPT SPEED SENSORS:
a. NPT RANGE FAULT LIMIT : Min. 1000 RPM WHEN NGG > 7000 RPM ; Min. 0 RPM WHEN NGG < 7000 RPM ; Max. 4500 RPM
b. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL=ALARM ; LOSS OF BOTH SIGNALS = FSLO & DEFAULT TO 1000 RPM IF NGG > 7000 RPM
c. A DIFFERENCE > 40 RPM BETWEEN NPT SENSORS = ALARM & SELECT HIGHER SENSOR
6. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
7. TURBINE COMBUSTOR FALME DETECTORS
a. IF ENGINE FLAME SENSOR OUTPUT > 2797 DEG F = INDICATION OF FLAME. IF SENSOR OUTPUT < 2781 DEG F (TUNEABLE BETWEEN 2725 TO 2790 DEG F) = LOSS OF FLAME.
b. IF FLAME DETECTED OR LOSS OF 1 SENSOR AND FUEL HAS BEEN OFF, FAIL SIGNAL = FSLO
c. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL WITH FUEL ON = ALARM (FLAME NOT DETECTED )
d. LOSS OF 2 SIGNALS = FSLO
e. LOSS OF FLAME AT POWER = FSLO
8. WX TRANSDUCER IS USED FOR ENGINE POWER LIMITER PER IDM/CONTROL SPEC. AND ALSO CAN BE ENABLED AS MW CONTROL OF THE UNIT WHEN UNIT IS IN PARALLEL OPERATION.
9. T48
a. T48 RANGE FAULT LIMIT : Min. 350 DEG.F WHEN NGG > 5000 RPM ; Min. -40 DEG.F WHEN NGG <= 5000 RPM ; Max. 1900 DEG.F
b. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL=ALARM & REMOVE FROM AVERAGE
c. LOSS OF 3 OR MORE ADJACENT SIGNALS = SML & REMOVE FROM AVERAGE
d. LOSS OF ANY 4 OR MORE SIGNALS = SML & REMOVE FROM AVERAGE
e. ANY SENSOR THAT IS MORE THAN 200 DEG F BELOW OR ABOVE AVERAGE = ALM & REMOVE FROM AVERAGE
10a. EXCESSIVE RING SPREAD : IF SPREAD BETWEEN VALID (T48 max - T48 min ) >= 200 DEG.F = ALARM
10b. UNDER MIN . TEMPERATURE: IF T48AVG. FALLS < 400 DEG.F AFTER LAST T48 AVG. READING WAS > 400 DEG.F = FSLO
10c. UNDER MIN . TEMPERATURE (GAS FUEL) : IF T48AVG. < 400 DEG F FOR 10 SECONDS AFTER ENERGIZING FUEL AND IGNITORS = FSLO
10d. UNDER MIN . TEMPERATURE (LIQUID FUEL) : IF T48AVG. < 400 DEG F FOR 20 SECONDS AFTER ENERGIZING FUEL AND IGNITORS = FSLO
10e. . OVERTEMPERATURE: IF T48SEL > 1300 DEG.F WHEN NGG < 5000 RPM = FSLO
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
KAJI POWER
FC 6
R
E
V
WORKSHEET NOTES
10f. T48 OVERTEMPERATURE :
ALARM
SHUTDOWN
ALARM
(FSLO)
SHUTDOWN
(FSLO)
GAS FUEL : 3600 RPM POWER TURBINE:

DRY OPERATION : > 1540 DEG.F
> 1575 DEG.F
> 1575 DEG.F
T48 GAS FUEL WET TO 42 PPM NOX : > 1530 DEG.F

T48 GAS FUEL WET TO 25/ 42 PPM NOX : > 1520 DEG.F
> 1565 DEG.F
> 1565 DEG.F
> 1555 DEG.F
> 1555 DEG.F
LIQUID FUEL : 3600 RPM POWER TURBINE:

> 1575 DEG.F
> 1575 DEG.F

> 1565 DEG.F
> 1565 DEG.F
> 1555 DEG.F
> 1555 DEG.F

12. GAS GEN COMP DISCH TEMP (T3):
a. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL = ALARM & REMOVE FROM AVERAGE
c. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TWO SIGNALS > 20F = ALARM & SELECT HIGHER SENSOR
14. LOSS OF P2 SIGNAL = ALARM & DEFAULT TO 14.69 PSIA
17. PS3 (COMPRESSOR DISCH. PRESS) SENSORS
a. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL=ALARM ; LOSS OF BOTH SIGNALS = FSLO & DEFAULT TO LAST VALID VALUE
{NEED TO PUT STEAM LIMITS PER IDM (<120 STEAM PREMISS, OR >282 PSIA STEAM SD )}
b. IF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TWO PS3 SENSORS IS > 10 PSIA = ALARM & SELECT HIGHER SENSOR. .
c. IF DIFFEREENCE IS >15 PSIA FOR > 0.1 SEC = FSLO & DEFAULT TO HIGHER SENSOR.
18. GAS SUPPLY PRESSURE (PGAS)
a. LOSS OF PGAS SIGNAL = DEFAULT TO LAST VALID VALUE AND ALARM.
b. LOW SUPPLY PRESSURE ALARM : IF PGAS < 210 PSIG
c. LOW SUPPLY PRESSURE SHUTDOWN : IF PGAS < 200 PSIG = FSWM
d. HIGH SUPPLY PRESSURE ALARM : IF PGAS > 600 = ALARM
e. HIGH SUPPLY PRESSURE SHUTDOWN : IF PGAS > 650 = FSWM
19. POWER TURBINE INLET PRESSURE (P48)
a. LOSS OF P48 SIGNAL = ALARM & DEFAULT TO LAST VALID VALUE
b. LOSS OF P48 PRESSURE TAP : IF NGG > 7200 RPM & P48SEL <= ( 0.5 + P2 psia ) = ALARM & DEFAULT TO LAST VALID VALUE
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
KAJI POWER
FC 6
R
E
V
WORKSHEET NOTES
22. IF (T2 ):
b. IF LOSS OF BOTH SENSORS = SML & SET DEFAULT VALUE TO 115 DEG.F
c. DIFFERENCE BETEEN TWO T2 SENSORS > 18 DEG.F = ALARM & SELECT HIGHER SENSOR
1 sensor ?
23. FOR GAS FUEL SUPPLY TEMPS (TFUEL)

a. LOSS OF 1 SIGNAL = ALARM
b. LOSS OF BOTH SENSORS = FSLO & SET DEFAULT TO LAST GOOD VALUE
c. DIFFERENCE BETEEN TWO SENSORS > 10 DEG.F = ALARM & SELECT HIGHER VALUE
d. If TGAS > 275 deg F = ALARM
e. If TGAS > 300 deg F = CDLO
f. If TGAS > 325 deg F = FSLO
26. VSV TORQ MOTOR:
a. VSV TORQ MOTOR FAILURE (SHORT OR OPEN) FOR > 0.5 SECONDS = SET VSVMA TO 0.0 mA, ALARM, SDTI, AND CDLO.
b. TORQ MOTOR NULL SHIFT > 10 mA FOR > 5.0 SECONDS AND NGG > 4950 RPM AND CHANGE IN NGG < 150 RPM/SEC = ALARM.
c. TORQ MOTOR NULL SHIFT > 15 mA FOR > 5.0 SECONDS AND NGG > 4950 RPM AND CHANGE IN NGG < 150 RPM/SEC = ALARM, SML.
27. VSV VALVE :
a. VSV POSITION DISPLAY WILL DISPLAY THE AVERAGE OF THE 2 POSITION SENSORS.
b. LOSS OF 1 VSV POSITION SIGNAL = REMOVE FROM THE AVERAGE AND ALARM. LOSS OF BOTH POSITION SENSORS = SDTI, ALARM, AND CDLO.
c. DIFFERENCE OF > 6% BETWEEN POSITION SENSORS & FOR > 1.0 SECONDS & NGG > 4950 RPM = SDTI AND SELECT LOWER POSITION SENSOR
d. WHEN POSITION DEMAND HAS > 10% ERROR FROM POSITION SELECTED FOR MORE THAN 1.0 SECOND AND NGG > 4950 RPM = SET VSVMA TO 0.0 mA AND ALARM, SDTI, AND CDLO.
e. WHEN POSITION DEMAND HAS > 6% ERROR FROM POSITION SELECTED FOR MORE THAN 5.0 SECONDS AND NGG > 4950 RPM AND CHANGE IN NGG IS < 150RPM/SEC = ALARM.
REVISION LIST
DATE
=============
=====
INITIAL REVISION, REV.A

NOTE 18C - GAS FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE - CORRECTED LOW SHUTDOWN SETPOINT ACTION FROM SDTI TO SML
8/26/02 RSP
CHANGED NOTE 18b & 18c. - NEW SETPOINTS WERE ADDED AS PER F&ID
9/17/02 RSP
(Old note 18b: LOW SUPPLY PRESSURE ALARM : IF PGAS < 210 PSIA WHEN NGG <= 7000 RPM = ALARM OR IF PGAS < 400 PSIA WHEN NGG > 7000 RPM = ALARM)
9/17/02 RSP
(Old Note 18c. LOW SUPPLY PRESSURE SHUTDOWN : IF PGAS < 200 PSIA = SML )
9/17/02 RSP
ADD NOTE 4 FOR LMC POSITION ERROR

CHANGED NOTE 18 PSIA TO PSIG
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
KAJI POWER
FC 6
R
E
V
WORKSHEET NOTES
========= END =============
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:07 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683143

REV: A
KAJI POWER
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT

Copyright 2003
This drawing is the proprietary and/or confidential property of GE Packaged Power, L.P. and is loaned in
strict confidence with the understanding that will not be reproduced nor used for any purpose except that
for which it is loaned. It shall be immediately returned on demand and is subject to all other terms and
conditions of any written agreement or purchase order that incorporates or relates to this drawing.
WOODWARD GOVERNOR ATLAS PC SYSTEM

BASED ON THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS:
X
-20 C
70 C
-40 C
CONTINUOUS DUTY COGENERATION SERVICE

OPERATING TEMPERATURE (MIN)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (MAX)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE (MIN) (-40 C)
85 C
95
X
4
STORAGE TEMPERATURE (MAX)

% HUMIDITY (NON CONDENSING)
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
SEISMIC ZONE (UBC)
WOODWARD GOVERNOR ATLAS PC SYSTEM PARTS LIST
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
ATLAS PC WITH SAC FUEL CONTROL (2 X 4) -------------------------------------------------------- 8273-076

24VDC LOW VOLTAGE INPUT
SMARTCORE BOARD WITH ACTUATOR OUTPUTS
2 EBX ANALOG COMBO BOARDS
DEVICENET COMMUNICATIONS
DUAL ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS
SERVO POSITION CONTROLLER DRIVER -------------------------------------------------------------- 8200-220

24VDC LOW VOLTAGE INPUT, SINGLE ACTUATOR / DUAL FEEDBACK,
DEVICENET / ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS,
SOFTWARE CONFIGURABLE
QTY.
1
1
1
1
1
2
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
RELAY MODULE, ATLAS INTERFACE, 12 CHANNEL ------------------------------------------5441-699

CABLE, ATLAS 12 CHANNEL RELAY MODULE INTERFACE, 10 FT ---------------------- 5417-747
NETWORK INTERFACE UNIT, DEVICENET -------------------------------------------------------IC200DBI001
24VDC POWER SUPPLY (INSALLED ON DEVICENET NIU ----------------------------------- IC200PWR001
MODULE, DISCRETE OUTPUT, 24 VDC, POSITIVE LOGIC, 0.5 AMP, ---------------------- IC200MDL741
w/ESCP 16 CH
TERMINATION RESISTOR, 121 OHM 1%, 1/4 WATT -------------------------------------------- RN60D1210F
(MFG & PART# : VISHAY)
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683145

REV: A
SHEET 1 OF 4
KAJI POWER
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT

WOODWARD GOVERNOR ATLAS PC REMOTE MAIN CHASSIS LAYOUT
TOP OF CONTROLS
1
5
DEVICENET
BOTTOM OF CONTROLS
DB9
COM1
ETHERNET #1
(10/100 BASE-T)
ETHERNET #2
(10/100 BASE-T)
NOT USED
ANALOG COMBO (EBX2)
ANA2
ANALOG COMBO (EBX1)
ANA2
25
34
24
SMC BOARD (SMC)
25
24
51
50
MAIN
58
12
ANA1
ANA1
34
ANA2
13
ANA2
1
ANA1
13
12
39
38
MAIN
35
NO FIELD
CONNECTIONS
5 4
MAIN
POWER
3 1
MAIN
27
26
POWER
SUPPLY
MAIN
17
16
FAN
6 7
PS
8
MAIN
9
PS
15
16
MAIN
1
59
23
MAIN
70
71
82
ANA2
42
43
42
43
ANA1
35
SIO#1
DB9
50
ANA2
51
62
50
ANA1
51
62
92
MAIN
93
102
ANA1
MAIN
83
WOODWARD GOVERNOR ATLAS PC CABLE SCHEDULE

CABLE
NUMBER
W108
W120 *
W130
W101
CABLE TYPE
FUNCTION
ETHERNET CAT 5 SHIELDED CROSSOVER CABLE WITH RJ-45 CONNECTORS

ETHERNET CAT 5 SHIELDED CABLE WITH RJ-45 CONNECTORS
2 PAIRS W/OVERALL SHIELD, 15/18 AWG - LOW CAP ( 12 pf/ft) (BELDEN 3082A OR EQUIV.)
12 CHANNEL RELAY MODULE INTERFACE
ETHERNET COMMUNICATION FROM ATLAS PC ETHERNET #1 TO SEQUENCER SLOT 8

ETHERNET COMMUNICATION FROM ATLAS PC ETHERNET #2 TO 4 PORT ETHERNET HUB PORT 1 (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
DEVICE NET COMMUNICATION FROM ATLAS PC DEVICE NET TO SPC DRIVER
ATLAS PC POWER SUPPLY (PS) TO 12 CHANNEL RELAY MODULE (U101)
* = CUSTOMER SUPPLIED
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683145

REV: A
SHEET 2 OF 4
KAJI POWER
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT

DEVICENET COMMUNICATION NETWORK

RESERVED SOFTWARE ADRESSES:
AI & AO
DI & DO
NODE ADDRESS:
(1-64)
(1-128)
NOT USED
NIU
NO. 11
BUS ADDR. 30
5
(2)
ATLAS DEVICENET
COMM PORT
NOT USED
4-20mA BACKUP
4-20mA BACKUP
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
11/1
DO
SOLID ST
N501
11/2
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
11/3
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
11/4
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
11/5
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
11/6
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
11/7
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
11/8
NODE
NOT
SUPPLIED
TERM
GS6 (GAS)
NOT USED
NOT USED RESISTORS
NIU SETUP NOTES:

DIALS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
OPTIONS DESCRIPTION
NAU0123 BUS ADDR. TENS
0123456789 BUS ADDR. ONES
N0123
BAUD (SET TO 3)
Main Rack
1. PWR (IC200PWR001)
Setting
Default
2. Slot 0 (IC200GBI001)
a. Settings
- Data Rate bps
19200
- Parity
Odd
- Stop Bits
1
b. Network
- Ser Bus Addr
1
- Baud Rate 153.6 Kbps
- Report Faults Enabled
- BSM Present
No
- BSM Contr.
No
- Out Time Def
2.5 sec
- CPU Redund
None
- Duplex Default
Off
- BSM Forced Unforced
- BSM State
Bus A
- Series 6 Ref
65535
- Config Protect Disabled
c. Memory Default
d. Pwr Consum
Defaut
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683145

REV: A
SHEET 3 OF 4
KAJI POWER
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT
REVISION
DATE CHANGED
END ================ END =======================
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
FUEL CONTROL LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683145

REV: A
SHEET 4 OF 4
TYPE
RANGE
CONFIG
RANGE
RANGE FAULT LIM
SEQUENCER - D I S T R I B U T I V E A N A L O G I N P U T S / O U T P U T S
FAULT
ACTION UNIT
ALM
ALM
S/P
UNIT
AL
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
SOFTWARE
ACTION
COMMENTS
ADDRESS
CHANNEL
SOURCE
DISPLAY
NODE
NIU
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
WORKSHEET, SEQUENCER
NETWORK
KAJI POWER
NIU/SLOT
ITEM
REVISION
SEQ 1
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINALS
SOURCE
TERMINALS
NODE
LOCATION
Copyright 2003
This drawing is the proprietary and/or confidential property of GE Packaged Power, L.P. and is loaned in strict confidence with the understanding that will not be reproduced
nor used for any purpose except that for which it is loaned. It shall be immediately returned on demand and is subject to all other terms and conditions of any written
agreement or purchase order that incorporates or relates to this drawing.
11111111-
22222222-
33333333-
4444-
5555-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ANALOG INPUT MODULE - IC200ALG240 (I/O CARRIER KEYCODE: C7)

EVAX
4-20S
0-100
EXCITER FIELD AMPS
EVAX
4-20S
0-10
BUS VOLTAGE (52G)
BVX
4-20S
* 0-18
BUS FREQUENCY (52G)
BFX
4-20S
* 55-65
GEN VOLTAGE
GVX
4-20S
0-18
DELTA12
CUSTOMER 4-20S
0-40
DELTA12
AE-2015
4-20 800-1100
DELTA12
AE-2014
4-20
0.2 / 2.2
EXCITER FIELD VOLTS

PDT-4005
4-20
0-20
TURB LUBE OIL SCAVENGE FILTER D/P
PDT-1007
4-20
0-30
TURBINE LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL
LT-1002
4-20
0-100
TURB LUBE OIL SCAVENGE PRESS
PT-1022
4-20
0-200
HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK LEVEL
LT-6001
4-20
0-100
DELTA12
LT-4064
4-20
0-8
DELTA12
LT-4065
4-20
0-8
DELTA12
GVX1
4-20S
*
AIR INLET FILTER D/P (COMBUSTION)

PT-2021
4-20
0-100
DELTA12
PDT-2020
4-20
0-30
DELTA12
CE-4066
4-20
0-500
DELTA12
CE-4067
4-20
0-500
DELTA12
BVX1
4-20S
* 0-18
DELTA12
BFX1
4-20S
* 55-65
DELTA12
BVX2
4-20S
* 0-18
DELTA12
BFX2
4-20S
* 55-65
DELTA12
ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE - IC200ALG331 (I/O CARRIER KEYCODE: D7)

SOV-6019
4-20
0-100
(SPARE)
4-20
(SPARE)
4-20
(SPARE)
4-20
HYD. STARTER PUMP PISTON CNTRL VLV
ANALOG INPUT MODULE - IC200ALG620 (I/O CARRIER KEYCODE: D3)

TE-1013
RTD
-40/400
HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK TEMP
TE-6003
RTD
-40/400
HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL RETURN TEMP
TE-6002
RTD
-40/400
(SPARE)
RTD
TURBINE LUBE OIL TANK TEMP
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
x10
x100
x10
x10
x10
x10
x1
x100
x10
x10
x10
x10
x10
x100
x100
x10
x10
x10
x1
x1
x10
x10
x10
x10
x10
-2/102
-0.2/10.2
* -0.4/18.4
* 53.7/66.3
-0.4/18.4
-0.8/40.8
794/1106
-0.05 / 2.15
-0.4/20.4
-0.6/30.6
-2/102
-4/204
-2/102
-0.2/8.2
-0.2/8.2
*
-2/102
0.6/30.6
-10/510
-10/510
* -0.4/18.4
* 53.7/66.3
* -0.4/18.4
* 53.7/66.3
-----
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
NOTE 5
NOTE 5
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
-----
VDC
ADC
KVAC
HZ
KVAC
MW
NOTE 1
BTU/SCF
IN WC
PSID
%
PSIG
%
IN
IN
KVAC
PSIG
PSID
Uohms
Uohms
KVAC
HZ
KVAC
HZ
5
2*BSLN
83/59
110
91/73
7.25/1.75
7.25/1.75
10
25
110
110
IN WC
PSID
%
PSIG
%
IN
IN
PSIG
PSID
Uohms
Uohms
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
8
IN WC
CDLO
2.5*BSLN PSID
STI
53
%
FSLO
ALARM
ALARM
*ALARM
69
0.75
0.75
5/60
%
IN
IN
PSIG
*START SD
ALM/SD PUMP
ALM/SD PUMP
FSWM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
NOTE 4
NOTE 4
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM DEG F
ALARM DEG F
ALARM DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
190
SEQUENCER DISTRUBITIVE ANALOG I/O
DEG F
START SD
TCP
N301- B16/B15
-/ 24VDC(-)
01
N301- A4/A3
01
N301- A8/A7
FOR MANUAL SYNC, * 50HZ=0-15 -.3/15.3 KVAC
%AI0003
1/1
01
N301- A12/A11
FOR MANUAL SYNC, * 50HZ=45-55 44.1/56.1 HZ
%AI0004
1/1
01
N301- A16/A15
FOR MANUAL SYNC

OPT-NPOS-JS- PART OF MW CTRL
OPT - DLE ONLY
OPT - DLE ONLY
%AI0005
1/1
01
N301- B4/B3
%AI0006
1/1
01
%AI0007
1/1
01
1/1
01
INIT BSLN = 10, MIN BSLN = 5

SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 3
OPT - EVAP COOLER
OPT - EVAP COOLER
OPT-NPOS-JS- GSU * RANGE MAY VARY
%AI0008
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N301- A18
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N301- A17
TCP
%AI0009
1/2
02
N302- A4/A3
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AI0010
1/2
02
N302- A8/A7
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0011
1/2
02
N302- A12/A11
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0012
1/2
02
N302- A16/A15
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0013
1/2
02
N302- B4/B3
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0014
1/2
02
N302- B8/B7
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0015
1/2
02
N302- B12/B11
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
1/2
02
N302- B16/B15
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AI0016
TCP
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N302- A18
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N302- A17
TCP
OPT - LIQ * START PERMISSIVE

OPT - LIQ
OPT - EVAP COOLER
OPT - EVAP COOLER
%AI0025
1/3
03
N303- A4/A3
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AI0026
1/3
03
N303- A8/A7
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0027
1/3
03
N303- A12/A11
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AI0028
1/3
03
N303- A16/A15
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
OPT-NPOS-JS; 52G SYNC, * SCALE CAN VARY
%AI0029
1/3
03
N303- B4/B3
TCP
OPT-NPOS-JS; 52G SYNC, * 50HZ=45-55 44.1/56.1 HZ
%AI0030
1/3
03
N303- B8/B7
OPT-NPOS-JS; 52G SYNC, * SCALE CAN VARY
%AI0031
1/3
03
N303- B12/B11
OPT-NPOS-JS; 52G SYNC, * 50HZ=45-55 44.1/56.1 HZ
%AI0032
1/3
03
N303- B16/B15
+/+/+/+/-
4 ma = ZERO SPEED, 20 ma = FULL SPEED
70
70/180
180
-/ 24VDC(-)
1/1
SEE NOTE 26
SEE NOTE 26 & NOTE 28
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N302- A18
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N302- A17
TCP
%AQ0001
1/4
04
N304- B1/B2
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AQ0002
1/4
04
N304- B5/B6
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
%AQ0003
1/4
04
N304- B9/B10
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
1/4
04
N304- B13/B14
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AQ0004
x10
x10
x10
x10
N301- B12/B11
1/1
%AI0002
ALARM
ALARM
TCP
N301- B8/B7
+/+/+/+/+/+/-
%AI0001
FOR GEN OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION SEE NOTE 1
TCP
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N304- B18
TCP
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N304- B17
TCP
%AI0017
1/5
05
N305- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
%AI0018
1/5
05
N305- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
TCP
TCP
%AI0019
1/5
05
N305- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
TCP
%AI0020
1/5
05
N305- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
TCP
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
SHEET 1 PAGE 1 OF 22
TYPE
RANGE
CONFIG
RANGE
RANGE FAULT LIM
6666-
1
2
3
4
77777777-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
88888888-
9999-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4

TE-4082
RTD
-40/400
DELTA12
TE-4028
RTD
-40/400
DELTA12
TE-2024
RTD
-40/400
(SPARE)
RTD
AIR INLET FILTER TEMP (AMBIENT)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
CUSTOMER 4-20S
0-32
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
CUSTOMER 4-20S
-0.5/0.5
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

PDT- 4007
4-20
0-8
TURB LUBE OIL SUPPLY FILTER D/P
PDT-1006
4-20
0-30
DELTA12
PDT-7003
4-20
0-35
TURB LUBE OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE
PT-1021
4-20
0-100
DELTA12
PT-8061
4-20
0-200
HIGH PRESSURE- RECOUP
PT-8064
4-20
0-200
TURB GAS FUEL SUPPLY FLOW RATE
FT-2000
4-20
0-345
(SPARE)
TURBINE ROOM D/P
FAULT
ACTION UNIT
ALM
ALM
S/P
UNIT
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
x100
x100
-0.6/32.6
-0.52/0.52
x100
x10
x10
x10
x1
x1
x1
-0.16/8.16
-0.6/30.6
-0.7/35.7
-2/102
-4/204
-4/204
-7/352
ALARM DEG F
ALARM DEG F
ALARM DEG F
43
35/130
140
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
ALARM
IN WC
ALARM
PSID
ALARM
PSID
FSLO
PSIG
ALARM
PSIA
ALARM
PSIA
0.1
IN WC
20
PSID
30
PSID
NOTE 6
S/D
UNIT
R/F
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
ACTION
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
160
DEG F
ADDRESS
BSLN+20
DEG F
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F

TE-1027A
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL SUPPLY TEMP (A)
TE-1028A
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL ACCY GB SCAV TEMP (B)
TE-1023B
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL "A" SUMP SCAV TEMP (B)
TE-1024B
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
DEG F
20/190
DEG F
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F

TE-1025B
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL "C" SUMP SCAV TEMP (B)
TE-1026B
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL "D" SUMP SCAV TEMP (B)
TE-1027B
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL SUPPLY TEMP (B)
TE-1028B
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
BSLN+20
DEG F
20/190
DEG F
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINALS
SOURCE
TERMINALS
NODE
LOCATION
SDTI
OPT - AUX SKID - SEE NOTE 34

OPT - LIQ
%AI0021
1/6
06
N306- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
%AI0022
1/6
06
N306- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
TCP
%AI0023
1/6
06
N306- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
TCP
%AI0024
1/6
06
N306- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
TCP
+/+/+/+/+/+/+/+/-
TCP
NPOS - JS
%AI0129
3/1
07
N307- A4/A3
NPOS - JS - *4mA = 0.5 LEAD; 20mA = 0.5 LAG
%AI0130
3/1
07
N307- A8/A7
%AI0131
3/1
07
N307- A12/A11
%AI0132
3/1
07
N307- A16/A15
%AI0133
3/1
07
N307- B4/B3
%AI0134
3/1
07
N307- B8/B7
%AI0135
3/1
07
N307- B12/B11
%AI0136
3/1
07
N307- B16/B15
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N307- A18
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N307- A17
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
ALARM
%AI0193
4/1
08
N108- A4/A3
-/ 24VDC(-)
ALARM
%AI0194
4/1
08
N108- A8/A7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0195
4/1
08
N108- A12/A11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0196
4/1
08
N108- A16/A15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0197
4/1
08
N108- B4/B3
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0198
4/1
08
N108- B8/B7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0199
4/1
08
N108- B12/B11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
4/1
08
N108- B16/B15
-/ 24VDC(-)
OPT - DLE ONLY
ALARM
ALARM
NOTE 6
NOTE 6
NOTE 8
CDLO
OPT - DLE+6STAGE ONLY
%AI0200
DEG F
TURB LUBE OIL "B" SUMP SCAV TEMP (B)
S/D
S/P
OPT - SAC ONLY - CRT TO DISPLAY PPH/SCFM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
11- 1
11- 2
11- 3
11- 4
S/D
ALARM ACFM
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
TURB LUBE OIL "D" SUMP SCAV TEMP (A)
ACTION
ALARM MVAR
ALARM *
x10
x10
x10
x10
10- 1
10- 2
10- 3
10- 4
R/F

TE-1023A
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL "A" SUMP SCAV TEMP (A)
TE-1024A
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL "B" SUMP SCAV TEMP (A)
TE-1025A
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL "C" SUMP SCAV TEMP (A)
TE-1026A
RTD
-40/400
TURB LUBE OIL ACCY GB SCAV TEMP (A)
AL
CHANNEL
SOURCE
DISPLAY
NODE
NIU
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
NETWORK
KAJI POWER
NIU/SLOT
ITEM
REVISION
SEQ 1
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
BSLN+40
DEG F
ALARM
DEG F
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
SML
INIT BSLN =280,

INIT BSLN =280,
INIT BSLN =280,
INIT BSLN =280,
MTTB
MTTB
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N108- A18
MTTB
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N108- A17
MTTB
MAX BSLN =300

MAX BSLN =300
MAX BSLN =300
MAX BSLN =300
%AI0201
4/2
09
N109- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
%AI0202
4/2
09
N109- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0203
4/2
09
N109- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0204
4/2
09
N109- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
INIT BSLN =280, MAX BSLN =300
%AI0205
4/3
10
N110- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
* <90 DEGF AT NGG>6800 RPM OR >200 DEGF
%AI0206
4/3
10
N110- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB

%AI0207
4/3
10
N110- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0208
4/3
10
N110- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB

%AI0209
4/4
11
N111- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0210
4/4
11
N111- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0211
4/4
11
N111- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
* <90 DEGF AT NGG>6800 RPM OR >200 DEGF
%AI0212
4/4
11
N111- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
TYPE
RANGE
CONFIG
RANGE
RANGE FAULT LIM
FAULT
ACTION UNIT
ALM
ALM
S/P
UNIT
AL
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
12- 1
MAG CHIP DET-TUR LUBE OIL ACCY GB SCAV
MCD-1060
RTD
0-300
12- 2
MAG CHIP DET-TUR LUBE OIL "A" SUMP SCAV
MCD-1061
RTD
0-300
12- 3
MAG CHIP DET-TUR LUBE OIL "B" SUMP SCAV
MCD-1062
RTD
0-300
12- 4
MAG CHIP DET-TUR LUBE OIL "C" SUMP SCAV
MCD-1063
RTD
0-300
x10
x10
x10
x10
-6/306
-6/306
-6/306
-6/306

ALARM OHMS
* 75
OHMS
ALARM
ALARM OHMS
* 75
OHMS
ALARM
ALARM OHMS
* 75
OHMS
ALARM
ALARM OHMS
* 75
OHMS
ALARM

MCD-1064
RTD
0-300
TURBINE ROOM AIR OUTLET TEMP.
TE-4001
RTD
-40/400
TURBINE ROOM AIR INLET TEMP.
TE-4054
RTD
-40/400
DELTA12
TE-2077B
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
x10
x10
-6/306
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
*ALARM
*ALARM
ALARM
OHMS
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
* 75
200
140
140
OHMS
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F

TE-4090
RTD
-40/400
(SPARE)
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM DEG F
0/125
DEG F
x10
x10
-48/408
ALARM DEG F
x10
x10
x10
-1.2/61.2
-0.6/30.6
-2/102
13- 1
13- 2
13- 3
13- 4
MAG CHIP DET-TUR LUBE OIL "D" SUMP SCAV
14- 1
14- 2
MTTB CABINET AIR TEMP
14- 3
14- 4
DELTA12
15- 1
15- 2
15- 3
15- 4
15- 5
15- 6
15- 7
15- 8
16- 1
16- 2
16- 3
16- 4
16- 5
16- 6
16- 7
16- 8
TE-2077A
(SPARE)
RTD
RTD
-40/400

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
FT-2002
4-20S
0-60
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
PDT-2073B
4-20
0-30
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
PT-2074B
4-20
0-100
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
FT-2003
4-20S
0-60
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
PDT-2073A
4-20
0-30
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
PT-2074A
4-20
0-100
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
PT-2071
4-20
0-1000
x10
x10
x10
x1
-1.2/61.2
-0.6/30.6
-2/102
-20/1020
ALARM GPM
ALARM PSID
ALARM PSIG
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
GPM
PSID
PSIG
PSIG
140
25
10/55
DEG F
PSID
PSIG
NOTE 9
25
PSID
10/55 PSIG
800
PSIG
150
150
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
150
5/60
5/60
950
18- 1
18- 2
18- 3
18- 4
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DEG F
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
& TERMINALS
SOURCE
TERMINALS
NODE
LOCATION
CDLO
SD WTR INJ
%AI0213
4/5
12
N112- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
* SEE NOTE 7
%AI0214
4/5
12
N112- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
* SEE NOTE 7
%AI0215
4/5
12
N112- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
* SEE NOTE 7
%AI0216
4/5
12
N112- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
* SEE NOTE 7
%AI0217
4/6
13
N113- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
* TURN ENCL VENT FAN B IF APPLICABLE
%AI0218
4/6
13
N113- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
* TURN ENCL VENT FAN B IF APPLICABLE
%AI0219
4/6
13
N113- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
SAC ONLY
%AI0220
4/6
13
N113- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0221
4/7
14
N114- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0222
4/7
14
N114- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
SD WTR INJ
MTTB
%AI0223
4/7
14
N114- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0224
4/7
14
N114- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI0257
5/1
15
N115- A4/A3
+/-
MTTB
%AI0258
5/1
15
N115- A8/A7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
SD WTR INJ
%AI0259
5/1
15
N115- A12/A11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0260
5/1
15
N115- A16/A15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0261
5/1
15
N115- B4/B3
+/-
MTTB
%AI0262
5/1
15
N115- B8/B7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
SD WTR INJ
SD WTR INJ
%AI0263
5/1
15
N115- B12/B11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0264
5/1
15
N115- B16/B15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
MTTB
SAC ONLY
OPT-CRT TO DISPLAY GPM & PPH

OPT
OPT - > 10 PSIG - START PERMISSIVE
OPT- CRT TO DISPLAY GPM & PPH
OPT
OPT - > 10 PSIG - START PERMISSIVE
OPT
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N115- A18
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N115- A17
MTTB
%AI0265
5/2
16
N116- A4/A3
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AI0266
5/2
16
N116- A8/A7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0267
5/2
16
N116- A12/A11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0268
5/2
16
N116- A16/A15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0269
5/2
16
N116- B4/B3
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0270
5/2
16
N116- B8/B7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
%AI0271
5/2
16
N116- B12/B11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
5/2
16
N116- B16/B15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MTTB
MTTB
%AI0272
x10
x10
x10
x10
NODE ADDRESS
* SEE NOTE 7
ALARM

4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
4-20

AC#1 CORE TEMP INTERIOR
TE-4016A
RTD
-40/400
AC#1 CORE TEMP EXTERIOR
TE-4015A
RTD
-40/400
AC#2 CORE TEMP INTERIOR
TE-4016B
RTD
-40/400
AC#2 CORE TEMP EXTERIOR
TE-4015B
RTD
-40/400
DEG F
DEG F
ADDRESS
ALARM
*ALARM
*ALARM
ALARM
MODULE NOT SUPPLIED
17- 1
17- 2
17- 3
17- 4
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
ACTION
CHANNEL
SOURCE
DISPLAY
NODE
NIU
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
NETWORK
KAJI POWER
NIU/SLOT
ITEM
REVISION
SEQ 1
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N116- A18
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N116- A17
%AI273
5/3
17
N117- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
%AI274
5/3
17
N117- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI275
5/3
17
N117- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
%AI276
5/3
17
N117- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MTTB
5/4
18
N118-
MTTB
5/4
18
N118-
MTTB
5/4
18
N118-
MTTB
5/4
18
N118-
MTTB
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
TYPE
RANGE
CONFIG
RANGE
RANGE FAULT LIM
FAULT
ACTION UNIT
ALM
ALM
S/P
UNIT
AL
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
ACTION
ADDRESS
CHANNEL
SOURCE
DISPLAY
NODE
NIU
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
NETWORK
KAJI POWER
NIU/SLOT
ITEM
REVISION
SEQ 1
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINALS
SOURCE
TERMINALS
NODE
LOCATION
19- 1
19- 2
19- 3
19- 4
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
5/5
19
N119-
MTTB
5/5
19
N119-
MTTB
5/5
19
N119-
MTTB
5/5
19
N119-
MTTB
20- 1
20- 2
20- 3
20- 4
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
5/6
20
N120-
MTTB
5/6
20
N120-
MTTB
5/6
20
N120-
MTTB
5/6
20
N120-
MTTB
21- 1
21- 2
21- 3
21- 4
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
5/7
21
N121-
MTTB
5/7
21
N121-
MTTB
5/7
21
N121-
MTTB
5/7
21
N121-
MTTB
22- 1
22- 2
22- 3
22- 4
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
5/8
29
N129-
MTTB
5/8
29
N129-
MTTB
5/8
29
N129-
MTTB
5/8
29
N129-
MTTB
%AI0385
7/1
22
N222- A4/A3
-/ 24VDC(-)
%AI0386
7/1
22
N222- A8/A7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
%AI0387
7/1
22
N222- A12/A11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
%AI0388
7/1
22
N222- A16/A15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
%AI0389
7/1
22
N222- B4/B3
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
%AI0390
7/1
22
N222- B8/B7
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
%AI0391
7/1
22
N222- B12/B11
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
7/1
22
N222- B16/B15
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
MGTB

23- 1
GEN AIR INLET FILTER D/P (DE)
PDT-4008
4-20
0-10
23- 2
GEN AIR INLET FILTER D/P (NDE)
PDT-4009
4-20
0-10
23- 3
GEN LUBE OIL FILTER D/P
PDT-0015
4-20
0-30
23- 4
GEN LUBE OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE
PT-0026
4-20
0-100
23- 5
GEN LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL
LT-0001
4-20
0-100
23- 6 A GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (DE)
LT-0041
4-20
0-100
23- 7 A GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (NDE)
LT-0042
4-20
0-100
23- 8 A DELTA12
PT-0050
4-20
0-100
x100
x100
x10
x10
x10
x10
x10
x10
-0.2/10.2
-0.2/10.2
-0.6/30.6
-2/102
-2/102
-2/102
-2/102
-2/102
IN WC BSLN+1.0
IN WC BSLN+1.0
PSID
20
NOTE 10 PSIG
NOTE 10
ALARM
%
90/63
ALARM
%
NOTE 13
ALARM
%
NOTE 13
ALARM PSIG
10
IN WC
IN WC
PSID
PSIG
%
PSIG
ALARM
ALARM
INTERLK
INTERLK
ALARM
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
270
270
270
270
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F

TE-4022B
RTD
-40/400
GEN STATOR WINDING PHASE T3 TEMP (B)
TE-4023B
RTD
-40/400
GEN LUBE OIL TANK TEMP
TE-0020
RTD
-40/400
GEN LUBE OIL SUPPLY TEMP
TE-0025
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
270
270
70
160
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
ALARM
ALARM

26- 1
GEN BEARING TEMP (DE)
TE-0021
RTD
-40/400
26- 2 A GEN BEARING OIL DRN TEMP (DE)
TE-0036
RTD
-40/400
26- 3
GEN BEARING TEMP (NDE)
TE-0023
RTD
-40/400
26- 4 A GEN BEARING OIL DRN TEMP (NDE)
TE-0035
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
197
189
197
189
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
GEN STATOR WINDING PHASE T1 TEMP (A)
25- 1
25- 2
25- 3
25- 4
PSIG
%
NOTE 13 %
NOTE 13 %
5
PSIG
NOTE 10
ALARM

TE-4021A
RTD
-40/400
TE-4022A
RTD
-40/400
TE-4023A
RTD
-40/400
TE-4021B
RTD
-40/400
24- 1
24- 2
24- 3
24- 4
OPT - INIT BSLN =1.75, MAX BSLN =2.0

OPT - INIT BSLN =1.75, MAX BSLN =2.0
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
55
FSLO
CDLO
CDLO
FSLO
SEE NOTE 12
OPT-SEE NOTE 13
OPT-SEE NOTE 13
OPT - NPOS - JS
N222- A17
FSLO
FSLO
FSLO
FSLO
SEE NOTE 11
SEE NOTE 11
SEE NOTE 11
SEE NOTE 11
%AI0393
7/2
23
N223- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
%AI0394
7/2
23
N223- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0395
7/2
23
N223- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0396
7/2
23
N223- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
290
290
DEG F
DEG F
FSLO
FSLO
SEE NOTE 11
SEE NOTE 11
%AI0397
7/3
24
N224- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0398
7/3
24
N224- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0399
7/3
24
N224- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0400
7/3
24
N224- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0401
7/4
25
N225- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0402
7/4
25
N225- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0403
7/4
25
N225- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0404
7/4
25
N225- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
DEG F
CDLO
203
194
203
194
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
ALARM
POWER, 24VDC(-)
190
ALARM
N222- A18
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
DEG F
ALARM
ALARM
POWER, 24VDC(+)
290
290
290
290
ALARM
ALARM
%AI0392
MGTB
FSLO
FSLO
FSLO
FSLO
SEE NOTE 11
OPT
SEE NOTE 11
OPT
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
TYPE
RANGE
CONFIG
RANGE
RANGE FAULT LIM
FAULT
ACTION UNIT
ALM
ALM
S/P
UNIT
AL
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
SOFTWARE
27- 1
GEN EXHAUST AIR TEMP
TE-4030
RTD
-40/400
27- 2
GEN EXCITER EXHAUST AIR TEMP
TE-4031
RTD
-40/400
27- 3
DELTA12
TE-4097
RTD
-40/400
27- 4
DELTA12
TE-4098
RTD
-40/400
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408
-48/408

ALARM DEG F
200
DEG F
ALARM
220
DEG F
CDLO
ALARM DEG F
200
DEG F
ALARM
220
DEG F
CDLO
ALARM DEG F
ALARM DEG F
28- 1
28- 2
28- 3
28- 4

MGTB CABINET AIR TEMP
TE-4091
RTD
-40/400
(SPARE)
RTD
(SPARE)
RTD
(SPARE)
RTD
x10
x10
x10
x10
-48/408
ALARM DEG F
29- 1
29- 2
29- 3
29- 4
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
0/125
DEG F
ALARM
COMMENTS
ACTION
ADDRESS
CHANNEL
SOURCE
DISPLAY
NODE
NIU
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
NETWORK
KAJI POWER
NIU/SLOT
ITEM
REVISION
SEQ 1
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINALS
SOURCE
TERMINALS
NODE
LOCATION
%AI0405
7/5
26
N226- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
%AI0406
7/5
26
N226- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
MGTB
OPT- TEWAC GEN

OPT- TEWAC GEN
%AI0407
7/5
26
N226- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0408
7/5
26
N226- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
SEE NOTE 32
%AI0409
7/6
27
N227- A1/A2/A3/A4
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0410
7/6
27
N227- A5/A6/A7/A8
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0411
7/6
27
N227- A9/A10/A11/A12
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
%AI0412
7/6
27
N227- A13/A14/A15/A16
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
7/7
28
N228-
MGTB
7/7
28
N228-
MGTB
7/7
28
N228-
MGTB
7/7
28
N228-
MGTB
NOTE: FOR ANALOG SHEETS ---FOR ANALOG INPUT 4-20 mA MODULES (IC200ALG240) WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS IC200CHS022 THE FOLLOWING EXISTS:
FOR ANALOG INPUT 4-20 mA MODULES (IC200ALG240) WITH I/O CARRIER IC200CHS022 THE FOLLOWING EXISTS:
(A1) - "S" AFTER 4-20 IN TYPE COLUMN INDICATES 4-20 IS SOURCED FROM ANOTHER DEVICE.
(A2) - ALL OTHER INPUTS HAVE LOOP POWERED DEVICES AND REQUIRE EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY FOR LOOP POWER.
(A3) - BOTH NEGATIVE TERMINALS IINn- & VINn- (A3/A2, A7/A6, A11/A10, A15/A14, B3/B2, B7/B6, B11/B10 & B15/B14) OF THE CHANNEL SHOULD BE CONNETCTED TOGETHER FOR BEST ACCURACY ON CURRENT RANGES.
(A4) - TYPICAL LOOP POWER CONNECTION (4-20): XMTR(+) = 24VDC(+), XMTR(-) = A4, 24VDC(-) = A3, SHIELD = IE BAR.
(A5) - TYPICAL SOURCE POWER CONNECTION (4-20S): XMTR(+) = A4, XMTR(-) = A3, SHIELD = IE BAR.
FOR ALL RTD MODULES (IC200ALG620) WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS IC200CHS022 THE FOLLOWING EXISTS:
(A6) - TYPICAL RTD HOOKUP CONNECTION : SOURCE 1(+) = A1, (+) = A2, (-) = A3, RETURN(-) = A4, SHIELD = IE BAR
FOR ANALOG OUTPUT 4-20 mA MODULES (IC200ALG331) WITH I/O CARRIER IC200CHS022 THE FOLLOWING EXISTS:
(A6) - TYPICAL LOOP POWER CURRENT SOURCE CONNECTION (4-20): LOAD(+) = 24VDC(+), LOAD(-) = B1, 24VDC(-) = B2, SHIELD = IE BAR.
FOR RTD MODULES (IC200ALG620) WITH I/O CARRIER IC200CHS022 THE FOLLOWING EXISTS:
(A7) - TYPICAL RTD CONNECTION: SOURCE(+) = A1, (+) = A2, (-) = A3, RETURN(-) = A4, SHIELD = IE BAR.
(A8) - FOR 3-WIRE RTD CONNECTION, JUMPER SOURCE(+) TO +.
(A9) - FOR 2-WIRE RTD CONNECTION, JUMPER SOURCE(+) TO + AND RETURN(-) TO -.
(A10) - IF RTD IS NOT INSTALLED, JUMPER SOURCE(+) TO RETURN(-).
NOTE: FOR ALL SHEETS ---NETWORK INTERFACE UNIT (NIU) REQUIRES VERSAMAX POWER SUPPLY MODULE ( IC200PWR002) & NEED THE FOLLOWING:
GROUND
24 VDC 11 Watts, Inrush Current : 20 AMP @24VDC, 25A @30VDC
24VDC COM
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
TYPE
RANGE
CONFIG
RANGE
RANGE FAULT LIM
SERIAL 1
SERIAL 2
SHIELD IN
SHIELD OUT
FAULT
ACTION UNIT
ALM
ALM
S/P
UNIT
AL
R/F
ACTION
S/D
S/D
S/D
S/P
UNIT
R/F
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
ACTION
ADDRESS
CHANNEL
SOURCE
DISPLAY
NODE
NIU
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
NETWORK
KAJI POWER
NIU/SLOT
ITEM
REVISION
SEQ 1
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINALS
SOURCE
TERMINALS
NODE
LOCATION
A1
A2
Ain
Aout
NODES 1 THRU 39 = ANALOG

NODES 40 THRU 59 = DISCRETE INPUTS
NODES 60 THRU 79 = DISCRETE OUTPUTS
REVISION LIST
=============
23- 6
23- 7
DATE
=====
ADDED GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (DE) LT-0041 (N2-22-6, %AI0390)
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANKS LOW LOW (NDE) LT-0042 (N2-22-7, %AI0391)
CORRECTED ERROR ON POWER TERMINALS FOR ANALOG INPUT MODULE - IC200ALG240 - CHANGED "B18" TO "A18" (24VDC+) & "B17" TO "A17" (24VDC-) ON MODULES N302, N301, N108, N115, N116 & N222
15- 6
15- 1
15- 5
CHANGED SETPOINTS TO 25 PSID ALARM ( WAS 25 PSID WTR INJ SD) - TURB NOX WATER INJ FILTER D/P PDT-2073 ( PER FID CHANGE & MEETING WITH TUY HUYNH )
CHANGED COMMENTS FROM " CRT TO DISPLAY PPH " TO "CRT TO DISPLAY GPM & PPH" FOR TURB LIQ FUEL SUPPLY FLOW RATE FT-2002 ( FID MEETING TUY HUYNH)
CHANGED COMMENTS FROM " CRT TO DISPLAY PPH " TO "CRT TO DISPLAY GPM & PPH" FOR TURB NOX WATER INJ SUPPLY FLOW RATE FT-2003 ( FID MEETING TUY HUYNH)
MODIFIED SETPOINTS FOR ITEM 2-3, 2-5, 23-5, 23-6 & 23-7 ( TANK LEVELS - ADDED SETPOINTS IN % )
2-- 3
2-- 5
23- 5
23- 6
23- 7
14- 1
28- 1
14- 1
28- 1
2- 2
7- AL A
23- 6 A
23- 7 A
23- 8 A
26- 2 A
26- 4 A
TURBINE LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL
LT-1002
HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK LEVEL
LT-6001
GEN LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL
LT-0001
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (DE)
LT-0041
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (NDE)
LT-0042
4-20
4-20
4-20
4-20
4-20
0-29.6
0-22.6
0-29.1
0-100
0-100
-0.6/30.2
-0.5/23.1
-0.6/29.7
-2/102
-2/102
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
???
???
INCH
INCH
INCH
%
%
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
NOTE 2 INCH
NOTE 3 INCH
NOTE 12 INCH
NOTE 2 INCH
NOTE 3 INCH
NOTE 12 INCH
FSLO
*START SD
FSLO
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTE 12
%AI0011
%AI0013
%AI0389
%AI0390
%AI0391
CHANGED LOWER ALARM SETPOINTS FROM 0 DEG.F TO 32 DEG.F, MTTB CABINET AIR TEMP TE-4090 ( MATCHED WITH VERSAMAX ENVIORMENT SPEC)
CHANGED ALARM SETPOINTS FROM 0/135 DEG.F TO 32/125 DEG.F, MGTB CABINET AIR TEMP TE-4091 ( MATCHED WITH VERSAMAX ENVIORMENT SPEC)
CHANGED LOWER ALARM SETPOINTS FROM 32 DEG.F TO 0 DEG.F, MTTB CABINET AIR TEMP TE-4090
CHANGED LOWER ALARM SETPOINTS FROM 32 DEG.F TO 0 DEG.F, MGTB CABINET AIR TEMP TE-4091
PDT-1007 MODIFIED CDLO SD TO STI SD PER IDM
ADDED NODE AND PF/VAR CONTROL I/O
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (DE)
LT-0041
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL (NDE)
LT-0042
(SPARE)
GEN BEARING OIL DRN TEMP (DE)
GEN BEARING OIL DRN TEMP (NDE)
====== END =====================
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
TE-0036
TE-0035
4-20
4-20
4-20
RTD
RTD
0-100
0-100
x10
x10
-2/102
-2/102
ALARM
ALARM
%
%
NOTE 13
NOTE 13
INTERLK
INTERLK
%
%
NOTE 13
NOTE 13
%
%
CDLO
CDLO
SEE NOTE 13
SEE NOTE 13
%AI0390
%AI0391
%AI0392
-40/400
-40/400
x10
x10
-48/408
-48/408
ALARM DEG F
ALARM DEG F
189
189
DEG F
DEG F
ALARM
ALARM
194
194
DEG F
DEG F
FSLO
FSLO
%AI0402
%AI0404
8/28/02 RSP
8/28/02 RSP
9/3/02 RSP
9/13/02 RSP
9/13/02 RSP
9/13/02 RSP
9/17/02 RSP
1/2 9/17/02 RSP
A12/A11
1/2 9/17/02 RSP
B4/B3
7/1 9/17/02 RSP
B4/B3
7/1 9/17/02 RSP
B8/B7
7/1 9/17/02 RSP
B12/B11
9/19/02 RSP
9/19/02 RSP
10/7/02 RSP
9/19/02 RSP
2/28/03
8/7/03RRK PER LX EMAIL
7/1 8/7/03RRK PER LX EMAIL
-/ 24VDC(-)
-/ 24VDC(-)
-/ 24VDC(-)
TCP
TCP
MGTB
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
-/ 24VDC(-)
MGTB
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
S(+) / +/ -/ RTN(-)
MGTB
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
SOURCE
ACTION
POINT
UNIT
ALM ACTIVE
SWITCH
R/F
WIRED
SEQUENCER - DISTRIBUTIVE DISCRETE INPUTS (DI MODULE - IC200MDL640 - I/O CARRIER KEYCODE: B4)
1111111111111111-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 A
16
22222222222222223333333333333333-
FIRE/GAS MONITOR SD
FIRE/GAS MONITOR FAILURE
ALARM L.E.L. - TURB ROOM
SD L.E.L. - TURB ROOM
FIRE SUPPRESSANT AGENT RELEASED
GEN BREAKER OPEN
GEN BREAKER CLOSED
BUS/UTILITY BREAKER OPEN
BUS/UTILITY BREAKER CLOSED
VIBRATION SUMMARY ALARM
VIBRATION SUMMARY SD
VIB SYS MALFUNCTION
DELTA12
START SKID MOTOR STARTER AUX CONTACT
FPP
FPP
FPP
FPP
FPP
K230
K229
K232
K231
VIB-SYS
VIB-SYS
VIB-SYS
FSL-4062
FSL-4063
CUSTOMER
MCC
FSLO
ALARM
ALARM
FSLO
FSLO
STATUS
STATUS
STATUS
STATUS
ALARM
SDTI
ALM
ALARM (NOTE)
ALARM (NOTE)
CNTRL
CNTRL
1
2
3
4
5 A
6
7 A
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
GEN AVR SUMMARY ALARM

GEN AVR EXCITATION TRIPPED
GEN MANUAL EXCIT/AUTO AVR SELECTED
GEN EXCITAION LIMITER OPERATION
GEN EXCITER DIODE FAILURE
GEN AVR FAULT
GENERATOR ROTOR GROUND FAULT
GEN ZERO SPEED SWITCH
BATTERY CHARGER FAILURE - DC (24VDC)
BATTERY CHARGER FAILURE - AC (24VDC)
LO BATTERY VOLTAGE (24VDC)
BATTERY CHARGER GROUND FAULT (24VDC)
IGPS 52G TRIP
IGPS FAULT ALARM
IGPS FAILURE
IGPS POWER SUPPLY ALARM
AVR
AVR
AVR
AVR
AVR
AVR
RGF
A17
CHG.
CHG.
CHG.
CHG.
IGPS
IGPS
IGPS
IGPS
ALARM
ALARM
STATUS
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
CNTRL
ALARM
ALARM
SML
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
CDLO
ALARM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 A
14 A
15
16
LOCAL EMERGENCY STOP

REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP
CRITICAL PATH SHUTDOWN
AUTO/MANUAL SYNC *
GEN 86 TRIP
TURBINE EXTERNAL OVERSPEED
LOCAL/ REMOTE CONTROL SELECTION
RAISE XNSD SPEED
LOWER XNSD SPEED
RAISE XNSD SPEED (MANUAL)
LOWER XNSD SPEED (MANUAL)
LOSS OF DC POWER ON SYSTEM
ES3
ESTR-1,2/ESGR3
CRITICAL PATH
SS/K100
86G
SSW1,2
LRS
DSM
DSM
SAS/CUSTOMER
SAS/CUSTOMER
PRC/SW-GR
XSH-0043A
XSH--0043B
FSLO
FSLO
FSLO
CONTROL
FSWM
FSLO
DELTA12
DELTA12
TURBINE/ GEN LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER FAN "A" VIBRATION

TURBINE/ GEN LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER FAN "B" VIBRATION
DELTA12
DELTA12
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
CALORIMETER
PSS
STATUS/CNTL
CNTRL
CNTRL
CNTRL
CNTRL
ALARM
ALARM (NOTE)
ALARM (NOTE)
ALARM
ALARM
SIGNAL
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
TRIP
NODE
SIGNAL
NETWORK

NIU/SLOT
REVISION
SEQ 2
ITEM
%I0001
%I0002
%I0003
%I0004
%I0005
%I0006
%I0007
%I0008
%I0009
%I0010
%I0011
%I0012
%I0013
%I0014
%I0015
%I0016
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
%I0017
%I0018
%I0019
%I0020
%I0021
%I0022
%I0023
%I0024
%I0025
%I0026
%I0027
%I0028
%I0029
%I0030
%I0031
%I0032
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
%I0129
%I0130
%I0131
%I0132
%I0133
%I0134
%I0135
%I0136
%I0137
%I0138
%I0139
%I0140
%I0141
%I0142
%I0143
%I0144
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
NAMES
NODE ADDRESS
NODE
& TERMINAL NO.
LOCATION
10 % LEL
25 % LEL
150 PSIG
NOTE 16
NOTE 16
21 VDC
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1/0
0
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
0
0
1/0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
0
0
0
1
0
0
1/0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
*
N.C.
N.O.
'--N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
FIRE DETECTED
CONTACT CHANGES STATE ON POWER UP
TURN ON ALL FANS
SHUTDOWN UNIT-LEAVE FANS ON
N.C. = SWITCH IN RESET POSITION
CONTACT CLOSE WHEN BREAKER OPEN
CONTACT CLOSE WHEN BREAKER CLOSED
CONTACT CLOSE WHEN BREAKER OPEN
CONTACT CLOSE WHEN BREAKER CLOSED
SEE VIBRATION MALFUNCTION CAUSE & EFFECT MATRIX (SHEET 6)
NOTE: SD EVAP MODULE 'A' WATER PUMP, OPT - EVAP COOLER

NOTE: SD EVAP MODULE 'B' WATER PUMP, OPT - EVAP COOLER
*
N.C.
*1 = VAR CONTROL; 0 = PF CONTROL (ACTIVE ONLY IN REMOTE) - NPOS - JS
0 = MANUAL EXCITER 1 = AVR
OPT-NOT FOR GE GENERATOR
OPT-NOT FOR GE GENERATOR

0 RPM = 1 POWER UP CHANGES RELAY
D.C. OUTPUT FAILED
A.C. SUPPLY FAILED
LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY SYSTEM GROUNDED
BLOWN FUSE ETC. = 1
N.O.= SHUTDOWN (PULL)

N.O.= SHUTDOWN (PUSH) - NOTE 17
* AUTO = 1, MANUAL = 0
CONTACT OPEN WHEN 86 TRIPPED
1 = REMOTE / 0 = LOCAL
ONLY ACTIVE WHEN DSM ENABLED
ONLY ACTIVE WHEN DSM ENABLED
INHIBITED WHEN DSM ENABLED
INHIBITED WHEN DSM ENABLED
BLOWN FUSE,ETC.
OPT - SWAP TO FAN 'B'

OPT - SWAP TO FAN 'A'
OPT-SERIES WIRED SWITCHES
OPT-NPOS-JS
SEQUENCER DISTRIBUTIVE DISCRETE INPUTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340N340-
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
SOURCE
ACTION
POINT
4444444444444444-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CUSTOMER PERMISSIVE START

REMOTE START
REMOTE STOP
ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE
RESET (AL / NLO SD ONLY)
SYNC CONTROL CLOCK
GENERATOR BREAKER FAILURE
86 TRIP (CUSTOMER)
BUS/UTILITY 86 TRIP
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
DELTA12
5555555555555555-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
6666666666666666-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
WATER WASH CONTROL STATION

WATCH DOG TIMER STATUS - FUEL CONTROL
FUEL CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER
LSH-4095
LSH-4096
HS-5005
FC SH 3, 1-8
FC SH 3, 1-9
UNIT
ALM ACTIVE
SWITCH
R/F
WIRED
SIGNAL
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
MTTB
NODE ADDRESS
NODE
& TERMINAL NO.
LOCATION
CNTRL
CNTRL
CNTRL
CNTRL
RESET
SYNC
FSWM
FSWM
ALARM
CNTRL
CNTRL
CNTRL
NOX SD
CNTRL
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
0 = INHIBIT 1 = ENABLE
FROM CUSTOMER'S ZONE CLEAR SIGNAL

WATER OR STEAM
WATER OR STEAM
OPT- NOTE 33
OPT - NPOS - JS PART OF TEWAC
OPT - NPOS - JS PART OF TEWAC
CNTRL
FSLO
FSLO
NAMES
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
TRIP
NODE
SIGNAL
NETWORK

NIU/SLOT
REVISION
SEQ 2
ITEM
1
1/0
0
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
1 = INJECT WASH WATER IF TCP CONTROL ALSO ENABLED

1= FC NORMAL, 0 = WATCH DOG TIMER TIMED OUT
0 = FUEL CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
%I0145
%I0146
%I0147
%I0148
%I0149
%I0150
%I0151
%I0152
%I0153
%I0154
%I0155
%I0156
%I0157
%I0158
%I0159
%I0160
%I0385
%I0386
%I0387
%I0388
%I0389
%I0390
%I0391
%I0392
%I0393
%I0394
%I0395
%I0396
%I0397
%I0398
%I0399
%I0400
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
4/8
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
SOURCE
ACTION
POINT
UNIT
ALM ACTIVE
SWITCH
R/F
WIRED
7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
LSLL-0041A/B
LSLL-0042A/B
PSH-0086
PSL-0087
RGF/DF
CDLO
CDLO
INTLK/F-SD
ALARM
ALARM
NOTE: FOR DISCRETE INPUT SHEETS ---ALL DISCRETE INPUT MODULES ARE WIRED AS A POSITIVE LOGIC INPUTS.
A
1-3-7-7-7-31227-
15
13
1
2
SIGNAL
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
NAMES
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
6
6
20
25
INCH *
INCH *
PSIG
PSIG
0
0
???
???
N.O.
N.O.
* FROM TOP OF TANK NPOS - JS

* FROM TOP OF TANK NPOS - JS
NPOS - JS ENABLE 30 SECONDS AFTER MOTOR ENERGIZED, 1= PRESSURE OK ( = OR > 20 PSIG )
NPOS - JS ENABLE WHEN XNSD > 3000 RPM
NPOS - JS
%I0769
%I0770
%I0771
%I0772
%I0773
%I0774
%I0775
%I0776
%I0777
%I0778
%I0779
%I0780
%I0781
%I0782
%I0783
%I0784
LOCATION
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
MGTB
8/13/02 RSP
N340- A15
8/13/02 RSP
N342- A13
8/28/02 RSP
N246- A1
8/28/02 RSP
N246- A2
8/28/02 RSP
3/28/03RRK
1/8 8/7/03RRK
N341- A5
1/8 8/7/03RRK
N341- A7
TCP
TCP
MGTB
MGTB
NOTE - ALL DI MODULES NEED:

A17
24VDC (-) COMMON (9-16) A18
DATE
=====
ESWM1
ALARM
N.C.
0 = ETHERNET 10 BASE T SYSTEM DOWN
ETHERNET HUB FAILURE
ETHHUB1
ALARM
N.C.
0= FAILURE
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANKS LOW LOW (DE)
LSLL-0041
LSLL-0042
CDLO
CDLO
0
0
-----
* FROM TOP OF TANK

* FROM TOP OF TANK
0
0
N.C.
N.C.
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
& TERMINAL NO.
24VDC (-) COMMON (1-8)
ETHERNET SWITCH MODULE FAILURE
PUT SIGNAL BACK... WAS MISSING

(SPARE)
GEN EXCITER DIODE FAILURE
GENERATOR ROTOR GROUND FAULT
ADDED NODE AND GE GENERATOR I/O
=== END ============
NODE
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
REVISION LIST
==============
GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANKS LOW LOW (NDE)
NODE ADDRESS
*6 INCH #
*6 INCH #
%I0015
%I0141
%I0769
%I0770
REMOVED DISCRETE INPUT BLOCK N246 FROM MGTB - (NIU7, POISTION 8) & MADE " NODE NOT SUPPLIED"
15
15 A
5 A
7 A
ALLA
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
TRIP
NODE
SIGNAL
NETWORK

NIU/SLOT
REVISION
SEQ 2
ITEM
AVR
RGF
ALARM
ALARM
%I0015
%I0021
%I0023
1/7
2/1
7/8
7/8
TCP
TCP
TCP
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
CONTROLLED TO
CNTL
VOLTAGE
ACTIVE
CONTACT
SIGNAL
USED
SEQUENCER - D I S T R U B I T I V E D I S C R E T E O U T P U T S
1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULE (RELAY) - IC200MDL940 (I/O CARRIER KEYCODE: C8)

SUMMARY CRITICAL SHUTDOWN
CRITL PATH TCP
24 VDC
INHIBIT VIBRATION MONITOR
VIB MON
TCP
CONTACT
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
VOLTAGE REGULATOR RESET
AVR
TCP
24 VDC
RAISE VOLTAGE BY CUST. SERIAL REMOTE
AVR
TCP
24 VDC
LOWER VOLTAGE BY CUST. SERIAL REMOTE
AVR
TCP
24 VDC
VAR SHED CONTROL
AVR
TCP
24 VDC
HORN
HORN
TCP
24 VDC
SEQUENCER POWER SUPPLY "OK"
FC SH 2, 1-17 TCP
24 VDC
TEST TIMER CRITICAL PATH TRIP
TCP
24 VDC
TURBINE-GENERATOR SUMMARY SHUTDOWN
CUSTOMER CUSTOMCONTACT
SYNCHRONIZER ENABLE
K28
TCP
24 VDC
CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL
K85
TCP
24 VDC
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SYSTEM RESET (VIB/ESD BUS)
K5/K115
TCP
24 VDC
IGNITOR CONTROL
K83
TCP
24 VDC
TURB RUNNING /READY
K81
TCP
24 VDC
MTTB CABINET COOLING
K347
MTTB 24 VDC
MTTB CABINET HEATING
K348
MTTB 24 VDC
SEQUENCER WATCH DOG TIMER PULSE
TDR1
TCP
24 VDC
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
SIGNAL
NODE
DEVICE
EXTERNAL
NETWORK

NIU/SLOT
REVISION
SEQ 3
ITEM
%Q0129
%Q0130
%Q0131
%Q0132
1 = RESET VOLTAGE REGULATOR TO PRESET START VOLT %Q0133
ONLY ACTIVE WHEN IN REMOTE CONTROL (PULSE OUT) %Q0134
ONLY ACTIVE WHEN IN REMOTE CONTROL (PULSE OUT) %Q0135
ACTIVATE ON NORMAL STOP
%Q0136
%Q0137
0 = SEQUENCER POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
%Q0138
NORMAL MODE = 1
%Q0139
%Q0140
%Q0141
0 = TRIP BKR , 1 = BKR CLOSE PERMISSIVE
%Q0142
%Q0143
%Q0144
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
N360- A1 / A2
%Q0145
%Q0146
ON = NGG > 4600, CONTROLS HE-4050 & HE-4051
%Q0147
CONTROLS MOT-4019A & 4019B, NOTE 23 FOR SETPOINTS &%Q0148
CONTROLS MOT-4019A & 4019B, NOTE 23 FOR SETPOINTS &%Q0149
PULSE OUTPUT TO WATCH DOG TIMER
%Q0150
%Q0151
%Q0152
%Q0153
%Q0154
%Q0155
%Q0156
%Q0157
%Q0158
%Q0159
%Q0160
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
N361- A1
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
NAMES
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINAL NO.
RELAY
TERM
BOX
NUMBER
---------------------------------
---------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
---------------------------------
---------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
CABLE #
NODE
LOCATION
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1#
0/1#
1
1#
1
1
1
1/0
N.O.
N.O.
N/A
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N/A
N/A
N.O.
N/A
N/A
N.O.
N.O.
N/A
NGG < 6000 RPM OR NPT < 1800
FOR BE-8016A & 8016B
SEQUENCER DISTRUBITIVE DISCRETE OUTPUTS
N360- A3 / A4
N360- A5 / A6
N360- A7 / A8
N360- A9 / A10
N360- A11 / A12
N360- A13 / A14
N360- A15 / A16
N360- B1 / B2
N360- B3 / B4
N360- B5 / B6
N360- B7 / B8
N360- B9 / B10
N360- B11 / B12
N360- B13 / B14
N360- B15 / B16
N361- A2
N361- A3
N361- A4
N361- A5
N361- A6
N361- A7
N361- A8
N361- A9
N361- A10
N361- A11
N361- A12
N361- A13
N361- A14
N361- A15
N361- A16
POWER, 24VDC(+)
N361- A18
POWER, 24VDC(-)
N361- A17
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
CONTROLLED TO
CNTL
VOLTAGE
ACTIVE
CONTACT
SIGNAL
USED
3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3--
4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 A
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
FUEL SYSTEM INITIALIZE
A15
TCP
24 VDC
AVR EXCITATION ON
AVR
TCP
24 VDC
MGTB CABINET SPACE HEATER
HE-4053
MGTB 24 VDC
TURBINE WATER WASH PUMP AIR SUPPLY VLV
SOV-5034
MAIN SK24 VDC
(SPARE)
TURBINE WATER WASH OFF-LINE SUPPLY VLV
SOV-5032
MAIN SK24VDC
DELTA12
SOV-4068
24VDC
DELTA12
SOV-4069
24VDC
DELTA12
SOV-4041
24VDC
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
DELTA12
HE-0005B
MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
PSS
TCP
24VDC
GEN LUBE OIL AC PUMP
MOT-0033
TCP
120VAC
GENERATOR LUBE OIL TANK HEATER
HE-0005
MCC
120 VAC
TURBINE LUBE OIL TANK HEATER
HE-1004
MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
MOT-0032
MCC
120 VAC
HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK HEATER
HE-6010
MCC
120 VAC
HYDRAULIC STARTER PUMP
MOT-6015
MCC
120 VAC
HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL HEAT EXCH FAN
MOT-6016
MCC
120 VAC
TURB ENCLOSURE VENT FAN "A"
MOT-4017A MCC
120 VAC
TURB ENCLOSURE VENT FAN "B"
MOT-4017B MCC
120 VAC
TURBINE/ GEN LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER FAN "A"
MOT-0043A MCC
120 VAC
TURBINE/ GEN LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER FAN "B"
MOT-0043B MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
MOT-2022
MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
MOT-2075A
MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
MOT-2075B
MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
MOT-4060
MCC
120 VAC
DELTA12
MOT-4061
MCC
120 VAC
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
NAMES
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
SIGNAL
NODE
DEVICE
EXTERNAL
NETWORK

NIU/SLOT
REVISION
SEQ 3
ITEM
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
2/5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINAL NO.
CABLE #
RELAY
TERM
BOX
NUMBER
NODE
LOCATION
1
1
1
1#
1#
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1#
1#
1#
1
1
N.O.
N.O./N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
N.O.
AT FUEL INITIATION ACTIVATE FOR 1 SEC.

SEE NOTE 31
SEE NOTE 32
ENERGIZED OPEN
ENERGIZED OPEN
ENERGIZE CLOSED , OPT - EVAP COOLER - SEE NOTE 4
ENERGIZE CLOSED , OPT - EVAP COOLER - SEE NOTE 4
ENERGIZE OPEN , OPT - AUX SKID - SEE NOTE 34
OPT-NPOS-JS, 1 = EN HTR, NOTE 26

OPT-NPOS-JS, 0= PSS ON, 1=PSS OFF
%Q0161
%Q0162
%Q0163
%Q0164
%Q0165
%Q0166
%Q0167
%Q0168
%Q0169
%Q0170
%Q0171
%Q0172
%Q0173
%Q0174
%Q0175
%Q0176
%Q0177
%Q0178
1 = ENABLE HEATER (WHEN LEVEL NORMAL BY LT-1002), %Q0179
OPT-NPOS-JS
%Q0180
1 = ENABLE HEATER (WHEN LEVEL NORMAL BY LT-6001), %Q0181
SEE NOTE 27
%Q0182
MOTOR ON = IF TANK TEMP > 110 DEG.F, OFF = IF TANK TE %Q0183
%Q0184
OPT-NPOS
%Q0185
OPT-NPOS-JS
%Q0186
OPT-NPOS-JS
%Q0187
OPT - LIQUID FUEL
%Q0188
OPT - WATER INJ
%Q0189
OPT - WATER INJ
%Q0190
OPT - EVAP COOLER
%Q0191
OPT - EVAP COOLER
%Q0192
0= AC PUMP ON, 1= AC PUMP OFF
1 = ENABLE HEATER (WHEN LEVEL NORMAL BY LT-0001),
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A1- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A2- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A3- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A4- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A5- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A6- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A7- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A8- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A9- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A10- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A11- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A12- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A13- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A14- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A15- N.C./C/N.O.
N362- J1
W362
U362-J1
A16- N.C./C/N.O.
POWER, 24VDC(+)
U362-
A18
POWER, 24VDC(-)
U362-
A17
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A1- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A2- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A3- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A4- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A5- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A6- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A7- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A8- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A9- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A10- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A11- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A12- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A13- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A14- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A15- N.C./C/N.O.
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A16- N.C./C/N.O.
POWER, 24VDC(+)
U363-
A18
POWER, 24VDC(-)
U363-
A17
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
CONTROLLED TO
CNTL
VOLTAGE
ACTIVE
CONTACT
SIGNAL
USED
5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5-5--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SOFTWARE
COMMENTS
NAMES
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
SIGNAL
NODE
DEVICE
EXTERNAL
NETWORK

NIU/SLOT
REVISION
SEQ 3
ITEM
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NODE ADDRESS
& TERMINAL NO.
CABLE #
RELAY
TERM
BOX
NUMBER
NODE
LOCATION
NODE NOT SUPPLIED

NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
NODE NOT SUPPLIED
N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364N364-
NOTE: FOR DISCRETE OUTPUT SHEETS ---# IN ACTIVE SIGNAL COL. = POWER TO RELAY TO BE REMOVED IF CRITICAL SHUTDOWN PATH TRIPPED.
(#1) IN ACTIVE SIGNAL COL.= RETURN WIRED THRU A15 SAFETY CIRCUIT.
POWER SUPPLY
6-- 1
6-- 2
6-- 3
+24 VDC INPUT

+24 VDC COMMON INPUT
EARTH GROUND
A
3-- 6
4-4-3-4--
10
11
15 A
4 A
BATTERY
BATTERY
24 VDC POWER SUPPLY INPUT - MAIN CHASSIS

24 VDC POWER SUPPLY INPUT - MAIN CHASSIS
24+L1
24+L1COM
GRN/YEL
REVISION LIST
==============
ADDED TURBINE WATER WASH OFF-LINE SUPPLY VLV SOV-5033, N3-62-6 ( %Q0166) ( FROM SPARE CHANNEL)
ADDED LUB OIL HEAT EXCHANGER FAN OPTION ( ITEM 4-10 & 4-11)
DATE
=====
TURBINE/ GEN LUBE OIL HEAT EXCHANGER FAN
(SPARE)
GENERATOR LUBE OIL TANK HEATER "B"
(SPARE)
HE-0005B
MCC
120 VAC
N.O.
1 = ENABLE HEATER (WHEN LEVEL NORMAL BY LT-0001),
%Q0186
%Q0187
%Q0175
%Q0180
2/6
2/6
2/5
2/6
8/22/02 RSP
9/18/02 RSP
9/18/02 RSP
N363- J1
9/18/02 RSP
N363- J1
W363
U363-J1
A10- N.C./C/N.O.
W363
U363-J1
A11- N.C./C/N.O.
W362
U362-J1
A15- N.C./C/N.O.
W363
U363-J1
A4- N.C./C/N.O.
TCP
TCP
TCP
TCP
=== END ============
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER

CHANNEL
CABLE #
1-1-1-1-1-1--
1
2
3
4
5
6
PORT 1 (RS232)
RS-232 - CTS (Clear to Send)
RS-232 - TXD (Transmit Data)
RS-232 - 0 V (Signal Ground)
RS-232 - 0 V (Signal Ground)
RS-232 - RXD (Receive Data)
RS-232 - RTS (Request to Send)
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
W1001-1
W1001-1
W1001-1
W1001-1
W1001-1
W1001-1
2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
PORT 2 (RS485)
Cable Shield
N.C. No Connection
N.C. No Connection
N.C. No Connection
+5 VDC Logic Power (Max. current 100 mA)
RTS(A) - Differential request to Send
SG - Signal Ground
CTS(B') - Differential Clear to Send
RT - Resistor Termination
RD(A') - Differential Receive Data
RD(B') - Differential Receive Data
SD(A) - Differential Send Data
SD(B) - Differential Send Data
RTS(B') - Differential Request to Send
CTS(A') - Differential Clear to Send
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
W1001-2
3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
PORT 3 (RS485)
Cable Shield
N.C. No Connection
N.C. No Connection
N.C. No Connection
+5 VDC Logic Power (Max. current 100 mA)
RTS(A) - Differential request to Send
SG - Signal Ground
CTS(B') - Differential Clear to Send
RT - Resistor Termination
RD(A') - Differential Receive Data
RD(B') - Differential Receive Data
SD(A) - Differential Send Data
SD(B) - Differential Send Data
RTS(B') - Differential Request to Send
CTS(A') - Differential Clear to Send
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
W1001-3
ITEM
REVISION
SLOT
CHASSIS
SEQ 4
FUNCTION
SEQUENCER - C O M M U N I C A T I O N S
DESTINATION
COMMENTS
90/70 PLC CPU MODULE - IC697CGR935
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV.DATE: N/A
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
90/70 PROGRAMMER
SEQUENCERCOMMUNICATIONS
DWG NO:20063-01-683146
REV:A
KAJI POWER
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
SLOT
CHASSIS
REVISION
SEQ 4
ITEM
CABLE #
ETHHUB1, PORT 2
10 BASE T - CAT 5 CABLE (GREEN)
W1004
ESWM1, PORT 5
10 BASE T - CAT 5 CABLE (RED)
W1005
NIU SERIAL A1
NIU SERIAL A2
NIU SHIELD IN/OUT (A IN/OUT)
2 COND SHIELDED 8.8 pf/ft WIRE

1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
W1006-1 & 2
W1006-1 & 2
W1006-1 & 2
NIU SERIAL B1
NIU SERIAL B2
NIU SHIELD IN/OUT (B IN/OUT)

1
1
1
7
7
7
1
1
1
W1007-1 & 2
W1007-1 & 2
W1007-1 & 2
FUEL CONTROL, ETHERNET #1
10 BASE T - CAT 5 CABLE (CABLE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER)
W108
DESTINATION
COMMENTS
90/70 PLC ETHERNET INTERFACE MODULE - IC697CMM742
4-- 1
10 BASE T PORT
ETHERNET CONNECTION TO 4 PORT HUB
5-- 1
10 BASE T PORT
ETHERNET CONNECTION TO 10 PORT SWITCH
( FOR HMI, DCS, REMOTE WONDERWARE)
90/70 PLC GENIUS I/O BUS CONTROLLER MODULE - IC697BEM731
6-- 1
6-- 1
6-- 1
GENIUS CHANNEL 1
PRIMARY GENIUS BUS SERIAL 1
PRIMARY GENIUS BUS SERIAL 2
PRIMARY GENIUS BUS SHIELD OUT/IN
90/70 PLC GENIUS I/O BUS CONTROLLER MODULE - IC697BEM731
7-- 1
7-- 1
7-- 1
GENIUS CHANNEL 1
SECONDARY GENIUS BUS SERIAL 1
SECONDARY GENIUS BUS SERIAL 2
SECONDARY GENIUS BUS SHIELD OUT/IN
8-- 1
10 BASE T PORT
ETHERNET CONNECTION TO FUEL CONTROL
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV.DATE: N/A
DWG NO:20063-01-683146
REV:A
KAJI POWER
90/70 PLC MODBUS RTU MASTER/SLAVE MODULE - HE697RTM701
9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9-9--
PORT 1 MASTER (RS232 OR RS422/485) - CONFIGURED FOR RS485

SHIELD
TD - RS-232 (NOT USED)
RD - RS-232 (NOT USED)
RTS - RS-232 (NOT USED)
CTS - RS-232 (NOT USED)
NC
SIGNAL GROUND
DCD - RS-232 (NOT USED)
SD (A) - RS-485 (SEND DATA (-)) JMP TO 13
RTS (A) - RS-485 (READY TO SEND (-)) (NOT USED)
CTS (A') - RS-485 (CLEAR TO SEND (-)) (NOT USED)
TERM. RESISTOR (CTS) - RS-485 (NOT USED)
RD (A') - RS-485 (RECEIVE DATA (-)) - JMP TO 9
PINS 14-19 = NC
DTR - RS-232 (NOT USED)
SD (B) - RS-485 (SEND DATA (+)) JMP TO 24 & 25
RTS (B) - RS-485 ( READY TO SEND (+)) (NOT USED)
CTS (B') - RS-485 (CLEAR TO SEND (+)) (NOT USED)
TERM. RESISTOR (RD) - RS-485 - JMP TO 25 & 21
RD (B') - RS-485 (RECEIVE DATA (+)) JMP TO 24 & 21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
20
21
22
23
24
25
PORT 2 SLAVE (RS232 OR RS422/485) - CONFIGURED FOR RS485

SHIELD
TD - RS-232 (NOT USED)
RD - RS-232 (NOT USED)
RTS - RS-232 (NOT USED)
CTS - RS-232 (NOT USED)
NC
SIGNAL GROUND
DCD - RS-232 (NOT USED)
SD (A) - RS-485 (SEND DATA (-)) JMP TO 13
RTS (A) - RS-485 (READY TO SEND (-)) (NOT USED)
CTS (A') - RS-485 (CLEAR TO SEND (-)) (NOT USED)
TERM. RESISTOR (CTS) - RS-485 (NOT USED)
RD (A') - RS-485 (RECEIVE DATA (-)) - JMP TO 9
PINS 14-19 = NC
DTR - RS-232 (NOT USED)
SD (B) - RS-485 (SEND DATA (+)) JMP TO 24 & 25
RTS (B) - RS-485 ( READY TO SEND (+)) (NOT USED)
CTS (B') - RS-485 (CLEAR TO SEND (+)) (NOT USED)
TERM. RESISTOR (RD) - RS-485 - JMP TO 25 & 21
RD (B') - RS-485 (RECEIVE DATA (+)) - JMP TO 24 & 21
10- 1
10- 2
10- 3
10- 4
10- 5
10- 6
10- 7
10- 8
10- 9
10- 10
10- 11
10- 12
10- 13
10- 14
10- 20
10- 21
10- 22
10- 23
10- 24
10- 25
DESTINATION
COMMENTS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
SLOT
REVISION
CHASSIS
SEQ 4
ITEM
CABLE #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
W1009-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
W1009-2
CONN. PIN
DMMF/VIBRATION MONITOR
5 (SIGNAL GND)
8 (TRAN-) ALSO JMP TO 9 (REC-)
7 (REC+) ALSO JMP TO 6 (TRAN+)
6 (RXA-) & 9 (TXA-)
3 (TXB+) & 4 (RXB+)
CUSTOMER DCS
CUSTOMER DCS
CUSTOMER DCS
CUSTOMER DCS
REVISION LIST
==============
DATE
=====
=== END ============
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV.DATE: N/A
DWG NO:20063-01-683146
REV:A
KAJI POWER

REVISION
SEQ 5
*** PROPRIETARY INFORMATION ***

WORKSHEET NOTES
ACTION CODES:
FSLO = FAST STOP LOCKOUT WITHOUT MOTOR - IMMEDIATELY SHUTDOWN BY SHUTING OFF FUEL, SHUTDOWN STEAM/WATER, AND TRIP BREAKER (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
FSWM = FAST STOP WITH MOTOR - FSLO, THEN ENGAGE STARTER FOR 7.5 MINUTES WHEN NGG REACHES 1700 RPM. (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
= IF T48 IS NOT ABOVE 400 DEG F WHEN FSWM IS ACTIVATED THEN ONLY FSLO WILL OCCUR.
F-SD = FAST SHUTDOWN (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
CDLO = COOLDOWN LOCKOUT - SHED LOAD AND STEAM/WATER, TRIP BKR, IDLE FOR 5 MIN. IF RESET 'CLEARS SD DURING COOL DOWN PERIOD, CDLO IS ABORTED.
= STARTER ENGAGED FOR 7.5 MINUTES WHEN XN25 DROPS TO 1700 RPM. (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
= IF ON NAPHTHA FUEL, CDLO IS REPLACED WITH FSWM.
INTLK = INTERLOCK (REQUIRED TO OPERATE)
SD/STSY = SHUTDOWN STEAM SYSTEM ONLY (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
SML = SLOW DECEL TO MIN LOAD - FAST LOAD SHED TO MIN LOAD IN 20 SEC (IF PROBLEM STILL EXISTS AFTER 3 MINUTES, DO CDLO)
= (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
SDTI = STEP DECEL TO IDLE (FUEL FLOW SHALL NOT GO BELOW 1300 PPH) (10 SECONDS AFTER ACHIEVING CORE IDLE FSLO) (RESET FROM TURBINE CONTROL PANEL ONLY)
STATUS = STATUS OF I/O POINT
CONTROL = INPUT OR OUTPUT REQUIRED TO CONTROL A DEVICE OR FUNCTION.
ALARM = AUDIO AND VISUAL INDICATION OF A FAULT CONDITION.
ABBREVIATIONS
METRIC CONVERSIONS
OPT = OPTION - ONLY ITEMS THAT MAYBE DELTA 12
1 PSIG = 6.894757 KILOPASCALS (SAME FOR PSID)
NPOS = NOT PART OF STANDARD ( NOT INSTALLED - COST ADDER TO INSTALL)
1 DEG F = 1.8 DEG C + 32
JS = JOB SPECIFIC - MUST BE SPECIFIED
1 INCH = 25.4 mm
ON THE PDS TO USE

DELTA 12 = END DEVICES NOT SUPPLIED, BUT ALL WIRING
1 INCH/WG = 25.4 mm/WG

1 MIL = 25.4 MICROMETERS
FOR TCP, INTERCONNECTS, AND SKIDS TO
1 PSIG = 0.06894757 BAR
BE SUPPLIED.
1 CUBIC FOOT = 0.02831685 CUBIC METER
RTD = 100 OHM Pt RTD WITH EUROPEAN SPEC. CHAR.:
1 POUND = 0.453924 KILOGRAM
0.00385 OHMS/OHMS DEG C

100 OHMS AT 32 DEG F (0 DEG C).
BSLN = BASELINE
THIS WORKSHEET BASED ON MID-IDM-2500-9
NOTE: NOTES ABOUT CORE ENGINE OPERATION MAY NOT REFLECT ACTUAL CORE PROGRAM IN USE, DUE TO UNSCHEDULED UPDATES TO THE CORE PROGRAM BY THE ENGINE MANUFACTURER.
WHEN CONFLICTS IN NOTE INFORMATION EXIST, REFERENCE LATEST IDM, CONTROL SPEC., AND PERTINENT DOCUMENTS OF SUBJECT FOR RESOLUTION.
IF REQUIRED INFORMATION NOT PRESENT IN NOTES, REFER TO ABOVE MENTIONED DOCUMENTS.
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER

REVISION
SEQ 5

WORKSHEET NOTES
SEQUENCER NOTES:
1. GENERATOR OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION AT THIS INPUT ( 76 DEVICE)
IF EXCITER FIELD AMPS (%AI0002) > 8.0 ADC & IF GEN BREAKER OPEN (%I0006 ) AND CONDITION EXISTS FOR >2.0 SECONDS, THEN
TURN OFF "AVR EXCITATION ON" OUPUT ( %Q0162) & ALARM AND ANNUNCIATE " GEN EXCITATION AMPS HIGH "
2 TURBINE LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL: ( FULL TANK 100% = 29.6 INCHES)
a. HI LEVEL ALARM: > 83% ( 5.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL)
b. LO LEVEL ALARM: < 59% ( 12.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL )
c. LO LEVEL SHUTDOWN (FSLO) : < 53% ( 14.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL )
3 HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK LEVEL: ( FULL TANK 100% = 22.6 INCHES)
a. HI LEVEL ALARM: > 91% ( 2.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL )
c. LO LEVEL SHUTDOWN (FSLO): < 69% ( 7.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL )
4. OPEN EVAP COOLER BYPASS VALVE IF CONDUCTIVITY > 110 Uohms/CM AND CLOSED IF < 90 Uohms/CM
5. GAS ANALYSIS INPUTS : LHV= GAS FUEL HEATING VALUE, SG= GAS FUEL SPECIFIC GRAVITY
a. SIGNAL FAULT : IF (LHV OR SG) FAILS= ALARM & DEFAULT TO LAST HOUR AVERAGED VALUE
b. DURING STARTUP, IF (LHV OR SG) FAILS AND NO MANUAL VALUE AVAILABLE = ABORT START
c. IF THE SIGNALS FROM THE GAS ANALYSIS EQUIPMENT ARE FAULTED, THEN THE LAST HOUR AVERAGED VALUE SHALL BE USED AS THE DEFAULTS.
6. TURB LUBE OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE SENSOR
a. ALARM = IF PRESSURE < 8 PSIG & IF 4500 < NGG < 8000
b. FSLO = IF PRESSURE < 6 PSIG & IF 4500 < NGG < 8000
c. ALARM = IF PRESSURE < 25 PSIG & NGG >= 8000 RPM
d. FSLO = IF PRESSURE < 15 PSIG & NGG >= 8000 RPM
e. FSLO = IF PRESSURE SENSOR FAIL
7. PER IDM CHIP DETECTORS MUST ALARM WHEN < 100 OHMS. NIU BLOCK HAS 301 OHM ELEVATOR TIED ACROSS INPUTS. 100 // WITH 301 OHM => 75.06 OHMS.
MUST MEASURE < 75 OHM FOR 2.5 SEC TO ALARM
8. TURB THRUST BALANCE PISTON PRESSURE (TBP) IS OUTSIDE THE LIMITS IN FIGURE 1 OF TABLE 11-1 OF IDM(TBP V/S P48) = ALARM. LOOK AT b.
a. IF TBP < 50 PSIA WHEN P48 > 60 PSIA = CDLO
b. IF TBP < (2.5 * P48) - 49 OR TBP > (2.5 * P48) - 37 = ALARM
9. ALARM = IF WATER TO FUEL RATIO (W/F) HIGH - IF W/F > 1.0 FOR GAS FUEL OR IF W/F > 1.2 FOR LIQ FUEL
10. GEN LUBE OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE SENSOR
a. ALARM = IF PRESSURE < 25 PSIG
b. CDLO & START AC PUMP = IF PRESSURE < 20 PSIG
c. FSLO = IF PRESSURE < 12 PSIG OR IF PRESSURE > 60 PSIG
d. FSLO = IF PRESSURE SENSOR FAILS
11. a.START ENABLE INHIBITED IF GEN STATOR WINDING TEMP BELOW 14 DEG F - SPACE HEATERS WILL BE USED TO WARM GENERATOR STATOR.
b. WARM LUBE OIL WILL BE USED TO WARM UP BEARINGS TO 68 DEG F BEFORE STARTER ENGAGEMENT WILL BE ALLOWED.
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER

REVISION
SEQ 5

WORKSHEET NOTES
12. GENERATOR LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL: ( FULL TANK 100% = 29.1 INCHES )
a. HI LEVEL ALARM: > 90% ( 5.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL )
c. LO LEVEL SHUTDOWN (FSLO): < 55% ( 13.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL )
13. GEN LUBE OIL RUNDOWN TANK LEVEL TRANSMITTERS ( LT-0040 & LT-0041): RUNDOWN TANK FULL 100% = 27.9 INCHES
a. IF RUNNING & LEVEL IS < 78% ( 6.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL ) = CDLO
b. IF STARTING & LEVEL > 78% ( 6.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TANK TOP WALL ) = REMOVE INTERLK
16. VIBRATION SETPOINTS ARE:
HP ROTOR LEVEL (75 - 200 HZ) > 4 MILS DA (1.75 IN/SEC ) = ALARM
HP ROTOR LEVEL (75 - 200 HZ) > 7 MILS DA (3.0 IN/SEC ) = SDTI
PT ROTOR LEVEL (25 - 200 HZ) > 7 MILS DA (1.75 IN/SEC ) = ALARM
PT ROTOR LEVEL (25 - 200 HZ) > 10 MILS DA (3.0 IN/SEC ) = SDTI
GEN ROTOR LEVEL > 3.0 MILS FOR MORE THAN 1.0 SEC = ALARM
GEN ROTOR LEVEL > 4.0 MILS FOR MORE THAN 0.1 SEC = SDTI
17. IF REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP IS ACTIVATED FROM TURBINE ROOM, TURBINE ROOM VENT FANS WILL BE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
23. SOFTWARE INTER LOCK MUST BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT FROM TURNING COOLING (%Q0148) & HEATING (%Q01149) OUTPUTS "ON" AT THE SAME TIME.
MTTB COOLING OUTPUT = 1 WHEN CABINET AIR TEMP (TE-4090) > 65 DEG.F, OUTPUT = 0 WHEN CABINET AIR TEMP < 60 DEG.F
MTTB HEATING OUTPUT = 1 WHEN CABINET AIR TEMP (TE-4090) < 35 DEG.F, OUTPUT = 0 WHEN CABINET AIR TEMP > 40 DEG.F
A/C UNIT OUTSIDE FAN IS TURNED ON WHEN MTTB COOLING OUTPUT = ON
A/C UNIT INSIDE FAN IS ON ALL THE TIME.
26. TURBINE, GENERATOR & HYDRAULIC STARTER LUBE OIL TANK HEATERS & TANK TEMPERATURES:
a. HEATERS ON (OUTPUT = 1) WHEN TANK TEMP < 90 DEG.F, HEATERS OFF (OUTPUT = 0) WHEN TANK TEMP > 95 DEG.F
27. WHEN STARTER HIGH SPEED START COMMAND IS REMOVED OR NOTED SHUTDOWNS FOR ANY REASON, WAIT 10 SEC. TO ALLOW PUMP TO RESET TO NEUTRAL POSITION BEFORE DE-ENERGIZING HYD START MOTOR.
28. HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK TEMP & HEAT EXCH. FAN MOTOR
a. HEAT EXCH. FAN MOTOR ON = IF TANK TEMP > 110 DEG.F, OFF = IF TANK TEMP < 100 DEG.F
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER

REVISION
SEQ 5

WORKSHEET NOTES
31. IF UNIT IS RUNNING: OUTPUT = 1 AND LATCH, WHEN NPT > 3240 RPM. OUTPUT = 0 AND UNLATCH, WHEN NPT SPEED < 3060 RPM IF FLSO OR FSWM OR STOPPING AND GENERATOR BREAKER OPEN.
32. MGTB CABINET SPACE HEATER & CABINET AIR TEMPERATURE
a. HEATER ON (OUTPUT = 1 ) WHEN CABINET AIR TEMP < 35 DEG.F, HEATER OFF (OUTPUT= 0 ) WHEN CABINET AIR TEMP > 40 DEG.F
33. WX TRANSDUCER IS USED FOR ENGINE POWER LIMITER PER IDM/CONTROL SPEC. AND ALSO CAN BE ENABLED AS MW CONTROL OF THE UNIT WHEN UNIT IS IN PARALLEL OPERATION.
34. HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL HEAT EXCHANGE
a. FAN 'ON' IF TE-6003 > 110 DEG F OR TE-4028 > 125 DEG F
b. FAN 'OFF' IF TE-6003 < 100 DEG F AND TE-4028 < 115 DEG F
c. ANYTIME HYDRAULIC MOTOR 'ON' , OPEN EXHAUST DAMPER
d. WHILE HYDRAULIN MOTOR 'OFF' AND IF TE-4028 > 65 DEG F - OPEN EXHAUSTDAMPER. IF TE-4028 < 60 DEG F - CLOSED EXHAUST DAMPER
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER

REVISION
SEQ 5

WORKSHEET NOTES
REVISION LIST
A
DATE

CHANGED NOTE 2, 3 & 12 TO REFLECT TANK LEVEL IN %
9/18/02 RSP
OLD NOTE 2: TURBINE LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL:
9/18/02 RSP
a. HI LEVEL ALARM = 5.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL INCREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
b. LO LEVEL ALARM = 12.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL DECREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
c. LO LEVEL SHUTDOWN (FSLO) = 14.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL DECREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
OLD NOTE 3: HYDRAULIC STARTER OIL TANK LEVEL:
9/18/02 RSP
a. HI LEVEL ALARM = 2.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL INCREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
b. LO LEVEL ALARM = 6.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL DECREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
c. LO LEVEL SHUTDOWN (START SHUTDOWN) = 7.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL DECREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
OLD NOTE 12: GENERATOR LUBE OIL TANK LEVEL:
9/18/02 RSP
a. TANK LEVEL TRANSMITTER MUST SHOW TANK LEVEL GOOD ( NO ALARMS OR SD LEVELS ) BEFORE ALLOWING STARTER ENGAGEMENT.
9/18/02 RSP
b. HI LEVEL ALARM = 5.0 INCH DECREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL INCREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
c. LO LEVEL ALARM = 10.65 INCH INCREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL DECREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
d. LO LEVEL SHUTDOWN (FSLO) = 13.0 INCH INCREASING FROM TOP OF TANK ( NOTE: TANK LEVEL DECREASING)
9/18/02 RSP
ADDED NOTE 13
9/18/02 RSP
NOTE 23 - ADDED NOTE FOR A/C UNIT FANS OPERATION (INSIDE & OUTSIDE FANS)
9/20/02 RSP
CHANGED NOTE 5 BACK TO AE-XXX NOTES WAS TE-4028 NOTE

========= END =============
ORIGINATED: 9/4/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:08 AM
REV DATE: N/A
WORKSHEET NOTES
DWG NO: 20063-01-683146

REV: A
KAJI POWER
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
GE FANUC 90/70 SYSTEM

BASED ON THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS:
X
0C
55 .0 C
-40 C
CONTINUOUS DUTY COGENERATION SERVICE

OPERATING TEMPERATURE (MIN) (0 C)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (MAX) (55 C) ( Above 45.0 C - Requires cooling fan for CPU)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE (MIN) (-40 C)
70.0 C
95
X
4
Copyright 2003
This drawing is the proprietary and/or confidential property of GE Packaged Power, L.P. and is
loaned in strict confidence with the understanding that will not be reproduced nor used for any
purpose except that for which it is loaned. It shall be immediately returned on demand and is
subject to all other terms and conditions of any written agreement or purchase order that
incorporates or relates to this drawing.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE (MAX) (70 C)
% HUMIDITY (NON CONDENSING)
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
SEISMIC ZONE (UBC)
GE FANUC 90/70 LOCAL MAIN RACK
1
1
1
0
1
RACK, 9 SLOT, REAR MOUNT ------------------------------------------------------------HOT STANDBY, FAST USER MEMORY, CPU MODULE ---------------------------POWER SUPPLY, 24 VDC INPUT 160 WATTS;
5 VDC,12 VDC, (-)12 VDC, 90 WATTS ----------------------------------------------------MODULE, BUS TRANSMITTER -----------------------------------------------------------FAN ASSEMBLY, 24 VDC --------------------------------------------------------------------
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:09 AM
REV DATE: N/A
P/N
P/N
IC697CHS790
IC697CPX935
P/N
P/N
P/N
IC697PWR724
IC697BEM713
IC697ACC744
3
1
2
0
1 PK
1 PK
MODULE, ETHERNET INTERFACE, 1 PORT -----------------------------MODULE, MODBUS RTU MASTER / SLAVE, 2 PORT -----------------MODULE, GENIUS I/O BUS CONTROLLER, 1 PORT -------------------MODULE, REDUNDANCY COMMUNICATIONS ------------------------JUMPER, BLANK SLOT INTERRUPT JUMPER ( Pk of 6) --------------BLANK SLOT FILLER (SLOT COVER) (Pk of 6) --------------------------
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
P/N
P/N
P/N
P/N
P/N
P/N
IC697CMM742
HE697RTM701
IC697BEM731
IC697RCM711
IC697ACC722
IC697ACC720
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683147

REV: A
SHEET 1 OF 6
KAJI POWER
SEQUENCER LAYOUT

GE FANUC 90/70 LOCAL MAIN RACK LAYOUT

SLOT 0
SLOT 1
1 RS-232
2 RS-422
CABLE
24VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
CPU
A0
A1
W1001-1
W1001-2
W1001-3
SLOT 2
(FUTURE)
(BTM)
SLOT 3
SLOT 4
SLOT 6
SLOT 7
SLOT 8
SLOT 9
(FUTURE)
(RCM)
BLANK
BLANK
SLOT
SLOT
INTERRUPT INTERRUPT
JUMPER
JUMPER
INSTALLED INSTALLED
A2
SLOT 5
A3
ETHERNET
ETHERNET
NO 1
10BASE T
(TO FUEL
CNTRL)
NO 2
10BASE T
(DCS/HMI)
GENIUS
BUS
COMM
(PRI.)
GENIUS
BUS
COMM
(SEC.)
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
W1004
W1005
W1006-1
W1006-2
W1007-1
W1007-2
W108 *
W1009-1
W1009-2 *
ETHERNET
NO 3
10BASE T
(TO FUEL
CNTRL)
RTU
MASTER
SLAVE
COMM
AFTER
AFTER
ETHERNET ETHERNET
HUB
SWITCH
W102 - 1 *
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:09 AM
REV DATE: N/A
W1005 - 11 *
W1005 - 12 *
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683147

REV: A
SHEET 2 OF 6
KAJI POWER
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
GE FANUC 90/70 CABLE SCHEDULE

FOR LOCAL MKVI MAIN CHASSIS
CABLE
NUMBER
CABLE TYPE
FUNCTION
W1001-1
W1001-2
W1001-3
NOT USED
NOT USED
PROGRAMMING CABLE FOR 90/70 PROGRAMMER
CPU PORT 1 - RS-232 COMMUNICATION

CPU PORT 2 - RS-485 COMMUNICATION
CPU PORT 3 - RS-485 COMMUNICATION - 90/70 PROGRAMMING PORT
W1004
W120-1 *

ETHERNET CAT 5 SHIELDED WITH RJ-45 CONNECTORS
ETHERNET COMMUNICATION TO 4 PORT ETHERNET HUB PORT 2

ETHERNET COMMUNICATION FROM 4 PORT ETHERNET HUB PORT 3 TO HMI (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
W1005
W1005 -11 *ETHERNET CAT 5 SHIELDED CABLE WITH RJ-45 CONNECTORS
W1005-12 * ETHERNET CAT 5 SHIELDED WITH RJ-45 CONNECTORS
ETHERNET COMMUNICATION TO 10 PORT ETHERNET SWITCH PORT 5

ETHERNET COMMUNICATION FROM 10 PORT ETHERNET SWITCH PORTS 4 OR 9 TO CUSTOMER DCS (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
ETHERNET COMMUNICATION FROM 10 PORT ETHERNET SWITCH PORT 1 TO HMI (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
W1006-1
W1006-2
1 PAIR SHIELDED, 22 AWG - LOW CAP ( 8.8 pf/ft) (BELDEN 89182 OR EQUIV.)
GENIUS BUS PRIMARY LOOP TO DISTRIBUTIVE I/O NIUs

GENIUS BUS PRIMARY LOOP TO DISTRIBUTIVE I/O NIUs
W1007-1
W1007-2
GENIUS BUS SECONDARY LOOP TO DISTRIBUTIVE I/O NIUs

GENIUS BUS SECONDARY LOOP TO DISTRIBUTIVE I/O NIUs
W108 *
ETHERNET CAT 5 SHIELDED WITH RJ-45 CONNECTORS
ETHERNET COMMUNICATION TO FUEL CONTROL ETHERNET #1 (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
W1009-1
2 PAIRS W/OVERALL SHIELD, 24 AWG - LOW CAP ( 12.5 pf/ft) (BELDEN 8162 OR EQUIV.)
W1009-2 * 2 PAIRS W/OVERALL SHIELD, 24 AWG - LOW CAP ( 12.5 pf/ft) (BELDEN 8162 OR EQUIV.)
MODBUS COMMUNICATION FROM RTU MASTER TO DMMF & VIBRATION MONITOR - RS-485
MODBUS COMMUNICATION FROM RTU SLAVE TO CUSTOMER DCS - RS-485 (CUSOMTER SUPPLIED)
* = CUSTOMER SUPPLIED
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:09 AM
REV DATE: N/A
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683147

REV: A
SHEET 3 OF 6
KAJI POWER
SEQUENCER LAYOUT

GE FANUC VERSAMAX DISTRIBUTIVE I/O LAYOUT

RESERVED SOFTWARE ADRESSES:
AI & AO
DI & DO
(1-64)
(1-128)
(65-128)
(129-256)
TCP
TCP
(2)
NIU
(RESISTORS
NO. 1
BUS ADDR. 29
(TERM)
1/1
AI
N301
%AI1-%AI8
NIU
NO. 2
BUS ADDR. 28
(129-192)
(257-384)
NOTE:
(193-256)
(385-512)
(257-320)
(513-640)
(321-384)
(641-768)
TCP
IF BIU 5
MTTB
MTTB
NOTE:
MTTB
NIU
USED
(2)
BIU 6 USED
NIU
NO. 3
MOVE
NIU
(TERM)
NIU
MOVE
NO. 6
BUS ADDR. 27 TERM
NO. 4
(RESISTORS)
NO. 5
TERM
BUS ADDR. 24
NOT
RESISTORS BUS ADDR. 26
BUS ADDR. 25 RESISTORS
NOT
SUPPLIED FROM BIU 4
FROM BIU 5 SUPPLIED
2/1
DI
N342
%I129-%I144
3/1
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
4/1
AI
AUX
N108
TERM%AI193-%AI200
1/2
AI
AUX
N302
TERM %AI9-%AI16
1/3
AI
N303
%AI25-%AI32
1/4
AO
N304
%AQ1-%AQ4
1/5
RTD
N305
%AI17-%AI20
2/2
DI
N343
%I145-%I160
2/3
DO REALY
N360
%Q129-%Q144
2/4
DO SOLID ST
N361
%Q145-%Q160
2/5
DO SOLID ST
N362
%Q161-%Q176
3/2
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
3/3
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
3/4
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
3/5
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
4/2
RTD
N109
%AI201-%AI204
4/3
RTD
N110
%AI205-%AI208
4/4
RTD
N111
%AI209-%AI212
EXPANDED
PWR SUPP.
NIU NO.4
1/6
RTD
N306
%AI21-%AI24
1/7
DI
N340
%I1-%I16
1/8
DI
N341
%I17-%I32
2/6
DO SOLID ST
N363
%Q177-%Q192
2/7
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N364
2/8
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N307
3/6
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
3/7
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
3/8
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
4/5
RTD
N112
%AI213-%AI216
4/6
RTD
N113
%AI217-%AI220
4/7
RTD
N114
%AI221-%AI224
TO BIU 5
1-32 (32)
0
1-24 (24)
1-4 (4)
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:09 AM
REV DATE: N/A
129-160 (32)
129-192 (64)
0
0
NA
NA
NA
NA
385-400 (16)
0
193-224 (32)
0
(449-512)
(897-1024)
MGTB
MGTB
NIU
NO. 8
BUS ADDR. 22
NOT
SUPPLIED
NIU
NO. 7
BUS ADDR. 23
NIU SETUP NOTES:

DIALS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
OPTIONS
DESCRIPTION
NAU0123
BUS ADDR. TENS
5/1
TO BIU 6
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N115
6/1
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
7/1
AUX
AI
TERM
N222
%AI385-%AI392
8/1
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
0123456789
N0123
BUS ADDR. ONES

BAUD (SET TO 3)
Main Rack
Setting
5/2
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N116
5/3
RTD
N117
5/4
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N118
5/5
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N119
6/2
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
6/3
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
6/4
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
6/5
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
7/2
RTD
N223
%AI393-%AI396
7/3
RTD
N224
%AI397-%AI400
7/4
RTD
N225
%AI401-%AI404
EXPANDED
PWR SUPP.
NIU NO.7
8/2
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
8/3
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
8/4
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
8/5
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
1. PWR (IC200PWR001)
Default
2. Slot 0 (IC200GBI001)
a. Settings
- Data Rate bps
19200
- Parity
Odd
- Stop Bits
1
b. Network
- Ser Bus Addr
1
- Baud Rate
153.6 Kbps
- Report Faults
Enabled
- BSM Present
No
- BSM Contr.
No
- Out Time Def
2.5 sec
- CPU Redund
None
- Duplex Defaul
Off
5/6
MODULE NOT
SUPPLIED
N120
5/7
MODULE NOT
SUPPIED
N121
5/8
MODULE NOT
SUPPIED
N129
6/6
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
6/7
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
6/8
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
7/5
RTD
N226
%AI405-%AI408
7/6
RTD
N227
%AI409-%AI412
7/7
MODULE NOT
SUPPIED
N228
8/6
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
8/7
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
8/8
MODULE
NOT
SUPPLIED
- BSM Forced
- BSM State
- Series 6 Ref
- Config Protect
c. Memory
d. Pwr Consum
4/8
DI
N145
%I385-%I400
%I
%Q
%AI
%AQ
(385-448)
(769-896)
Unforced
Bus A
65535
Disabled
Default
Defaut
7/8
MODULE NOT
SUPPIED
0
0
257-272 (16)
0
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
NA
NA
NA
NA
0
0
385-412 (28)
0
NA
NA
NA
NA
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683147

REV: A
SHEET 4 OF 6
KAJI POWER
SEQUENCER LAYOUT

GE FANUC 90/70 FIELD CONTROL PARTS LIST

TCP
MTTB
MGTB
TOTAL
QTY.
QTY.
QTY.
QTY.
IC200GBI001
NETWORK INTERFACE UNIT, GENIUS BUS
IC200PWR002
24VDC EXPANDED 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
IC200PWB001
POWER SUPPLY BOOSTER CARRIER (24VDC)
14
IC200ALG620
MODULE, 16 BIT RTD INPUT, 4 CHANNEL
IC200ALG240
MODULE, ANALOG INPUT, 16BIT VOLTAGE/ CURRENT, 8 CHANNEL ISOLATED
IC200ALG331
MODULE, ANALOG OUTPUT, 16 BIT VOLTAGE/CURRENT, 4 CHANNEL, 1500VAC ISOLATION
IC200MDL640
MODULE, DISCRETE INPUT 24VDC, POS./NEG. LOGIC, 16 CHANNEL
IC200MDL940
MODULE, RELAY OUTPUT, 2.0 AMP 16 CHANNEL ISOLATED, FORM A
IC200MDL741
MODULE, DISCRETE OUTPUT, 24VDC POSITIVE LOGIC 0.5 AMP, w/ESCP 16 CHANNEL
11
10
27
IC200CHS022
I/O CARRIER, COMPACT BOX-STYLE
IC200CHS003
I/O CARRIER, CONNECTOR STYLE
IC200CHS111A
MODULE, I/O INTERPOSING RELAY, 10.0 AMP, FUSED, 16 CHANNEL
IC200BL110
CABLE, I/O NON-SHEILDED, TWO CONNECTORS 1.0 M LONG
SC1A 1% 150
TERMINATION RESISTOR 150 OHM 1%, 1/2 WATT, (MFG & PART# :CLAROSTAT)
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:09 AM
REV DATE: N/A
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683147

REV: A
SHEET 5 OF 6
KAJI POWER
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
REVISION
A
DATE
PAGE 1 - CHANGED CPU MODULE PART # FROM "IC697CGR935" TO "IC697CPX935"
8/15/02 RSP
PAGE 4 - REMOVED N246 FROM NIU7 POSITION 8, ADDED "MODULE NOT SUPPLIED" AT NIU7 POSITION 8
8/28/02 RSP
PAGE 5- CHANGED PARTS LIST, CHANGED MGTB QUANTITY FROM 1 TO 0 ( TOTAL QTY FROM 6 TO 5) , DISCRETE INPUT MODULE P/N IC2008/28/02 RSP
END ================ END =======================
ORIGINATED: 9/5/03
PRINTED: 2/11/2004 9:09 AM
REV DATE: N/A
SEQUENCER LAYOUT
DRWG NO: 20063-01-683147

REV: A
SHEET 6 OF 6
3/8"-16UNC X 1/2"
[13]DEEP
(4X)

Package Familiarization LM2500 - 50 HZ

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Package Familiarization LM2500 - 50 HZ

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

This document is intended for training use only. It is not

This manual is not a replacement for experience and

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

LM2000 50HZ TYPICAL PRE START WALK AROUND

GAS TURBINE BASIC PRINCIPLES

LM2000 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION

ENGINE OPERATING PARAMETERS

GAS TURBINE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND SKID OVERVIEW

HYDRAULIC START SYSTEM

TURBINE LUBE OIL SYSTEM

TURBINE GAS FUEL SYSTEM

TURBINE WATER WASH SYSTEM

VENTILATION AND COMBUSTION AIR SYSTEM

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

TURBINE-GENERATOR VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM

24-VDC BATTERY SYSTEM

ELECTRICITY AND THE PRINCIPLES OF POWER

BRUSHLESS EXCITATION SYSTEM

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

ELECTRIC GENERATOR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION

GENERATOR LUBE OIL SYSTEM

POWER CONTROL AND SYNCHRONIZATION

DIGITAL GENERATOR PROTECTION SYSTEM

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM

TURBINE CONTROL PANEL

ATLAS PC CONTROL SYSTEM

FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NORMAL START SEQUENCE

NORMAL STOP SEQUENCE

TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

DEFINITIONS FOR ALARM AND SHUTDOWNS

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

GAS TURBINE ENGINE THEORY DEFINITIONS

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

PLTG Kaji Power Station

LM2000 50HZ GENERATOR PACKAGE

BASIC OPERATORS COURSE

SYSTEM PACKAGE OVERVIEW